Vsphere esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide
0 likes790 views
This document provides instructions for installing vSphere Installation and Setup. It begins with an overview of the installation process, which includes installing vCenter Server components like vCenter Single Sign-On, vCenter Inventory Service, and the vSphere Web Client before installing vCenter Server. It then discusses system requirements, preparing the vCenter Server database, and required information before providing step-by-step instructions for installing ESXi, vCenter Server, and configuring the environment after installation.
![7 Configure a SQL Server ODBC Connection on page 40
After you create a vCenter Server user, establish a connection with a SQL Server database. This
connection is required to install a vCenter Server system.
8 Configure Microsoft SQL Server TCP/IP for JDBC on page 41
If the Microsoft SQL Server database has TCP/IP disabled and the dynamic ports are not set, the JDBC
connection remains closed. The closed connection causes the vCenter Server statistics to malfunction.
You can configure the server TCP/IP for JDBC.
9 (Optional) Configure a Microsoft SQL Server Database User to Enable Database Monitoring on
page 42
vCenter Server Database Monitoring captures metrics that enable the administrator to assess the status
and health of the database server. Enabling Database Monitoring helps the administrator prevent
vCenter downtime because of a lack of resources for the database server.
Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server
You must create a database and user for vCenter Server. To simplify the process, you can use a script.
In the script, you can customize the location of the data and log files.
The user that is created by this script is not subject to any security policy. Change the passwords as
appropriate.
Procedure
1 Log in to a Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio session as the sysadmin (SA) or a user account
with sysadmin privileges.
2 Run the following script.
The script is located in the vCenter Server installation package at /<installation directory>/vCenter-
Server/dbschema/DB_and_schema_creation_scripts_MSSQL.txt.
use [master]
go
CREATE DATABASE [VCDB] ON PRIMARY
(NAME = N'vcdb', FILENAME = N'C:VCDB.mdf', SIZE = 3000KB, FILEGROWTH = 10% )
LOG ON
(NAME = N'vcdb_log', FILENAME = N'C:VCDB.ldf', SIZE = 1000KB, FILEGROWTH = 10%)
COLLATE SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS
go
use VCDB
go
sp_addlogin @loginame=[vpxuser], @passwd=N'vpxuser!0', @defdb='VCDB',
@deflanguage='us_english'
go
ALTER LOGIN [vpxuser] WITH CHECK_POLICY = OFF
go
CREATE USER [vpxuser] for LOGIN [vpxuser]
go
use MSDB
go
CREATE USER [vpxuser] for LOGIN [vpxuser]
go
You now have a Microsoft SQL Server database that you can use with vCenter Server.
Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server
VMware, Inc. 33](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-33-320.jpg)
![What to do next
See “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34.
Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW
Schema
By using this recommended method, available with vCenter Server 5.x, the vCenter Server database
administrator can set permissions for vCenter Server users and administrators to be granted through
Microsoft SQL Server database roles.
VMware recommends this method because it removes the requirement to set up the database dbo schema
and db_owner role for vCenter Server users who install and upgrade vCenter Server.
Alternatively, you can assign vCenter Server database permissions by creating and assigning the db_owner
role and letting the vCenter Server installer create the default schema that assigns database user permissions
to that role. See “Set Database Permissions by Using the dbo Schema and the db_owner Database Role,” on
page 35.
Prerequisites
Create the vCenter Server database. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on
page 33
Procedure
1 Create the database VCDB and the database schema VMW in VCDB.
2 Assign the default schema VMW to the user [vpxuser].
3 In the vCenter Server database, create the user role VC_ADMIN_ROLE.
4 In the vCenter Server database, grant privileges to the VC_ADMIN_ROLE.
a Grant the schema permissions ALTER, REFERENCES, and INSERT.
b Grant the permissions CREATE TABLE, VIEW, and CREATE PROCEDURES.
5 In the vCenter Server database, create the VC_USER_ROLE.
6 In the vCenter Server database, grant the schema permissions SELECT, INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE,
and EXECUTE to the VC_USER_ROLE.
7 Grant the VC_USER_ROLE to the user [vpxuser].
8 Grant the VC_ADMIN_ROLE to the user [vpxuser].
9 In the MSDB database, create the user [vpxuser].
10 In the MSDB database, create the user role VC_ADMIN_ROLE.
11 Grant privileges to the VC_ADMIN_ROLE in MSDB.
a On the MSDB tables syscategories, sysjobsteps, and sysjobs, grant the SELECT permission to the
user [vpxuser].
b On the MSDB stored procedures sp_add_job, sp_delete_job, sp_add_jobstep, sp_update_job,
sp_add_jobserver, sp_add_jobschedule, and sp_add_category, grant the EXECUTE permission to
the role VC_ADMIN_ROLE.
12 In the MSDB database, grant the VC_ADMIN_ROLE to the user [vpxuser].
13 Connect to the vCenter Server database as user [vpxuser] and create the ODBC DSN.
14 Install vCenter Server.
vSphere Installation and Setup
34 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-34-320.jpg)
![15 Revoke the VC_ADMIN_ROLE from the user [vpxuser] in the vCenter Server database.
After you revoke the role, you can leave the role as inactive for use in future upgrades, or remove the
role for increased security. If you remove the role, you must recreate the role and assign it to the user
[vpxuser] before any future upgrade of vCenter Server.
The hardcoded dbo role is removed from VCDB_mssql.sql.
What to do next
“Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles,” on page 36
Set Database Permissions by Using the dbo Schema and the db_owner Database
Role
If you use Microsoft SQL Server database, the simplest way to assign permissions for a vCenter Server
database user is through the database role db_owner. Assign the db_owner role to the vCenter Server
database user on both the vCenter and MSDB databases.
Alternatively, experienced database administrators can set permissions by creating database roles and the
VMW schema manually. See “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the
VMW Schema,” on page 34 and “Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and
Roles,” on page 36. That method, available beginning with vSphere 5.0, is recommended, because it gives
the database administrator greater control over database permissions. The recommended method also
removes the requirement to set up the database dbo schema and db_owner role for vCenter Server users
who install and upgrade vCenter Server.
Prerequisites
Create the vCenter Server database. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on
page 33
Procedure
1 Assign the role dbo to the vCenter Server and Microsoft SQL databases.
2 For any user who will install or upgrade vCenter Server, assign the user the default schema dbo.
When you install vCenter Server, the installer uses the default dbo schema to assign permissions to the
db_owner role.
Use a Script to Create a vCenter Server User by Using the dbo Schema and
db_owner Database Role
If you set database permissions by using the dbo schema and db_owner database role, you can use a script
to create a vCenter Server user with the db_owner database role.
Alternatively, experienced database administrators can set permissions by creating database roles and the
VMW and SQL Server database schemas. See “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database
Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34“Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema
and Roles,” on page 36. That method, available beginning with vSphere 5.0, is recommended, because it
gives the database administrator greater control over database permissions. That method removes the
requirement to set up the database role dbo and db_owner schema for vCenter Server users who install and
upgrade vCenter Server.
Prerequisites
Create the vCenter Server database. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on
page 33
Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server
VMware, Inc. 35](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-35-320.jpg)
![Procedure
1 Log in to a Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio session as the sysadmin (SA) or a user account
with sysadmin privileges.
2 Run the following script.
The script is located in the vCenter Server installation package /installation directory/vCenter-
Server/dbschema/DB_and_schema_creation_scripts_MSSQL.txt file.
use VCDB
go
sp_addrolemember @rolename = 'db_owner', @membername = 'vpxuser'
go
use MSDB
go
sp_addrolemember @rolename = 'db_owner', @membername = 'vpxuser'
go
What to do next
“Configure a SQL Server ODBC Connection,” on page 40
Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles
In this recommended method of configuring the SQL database, you create the custom schema VMW,
instead of using the existing dbo schema.
This method requires that you create new database roles and grant them to the database user. See “Set
Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34 and “Use a
Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles,” on page 36.
Prerequisites
Create the SQL Server database and user for vCenter Server. You can create the database manually or by
using a script. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on page 33
Procedure
1 Log in to a Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio session as the sysadmin (SA) or a user account
with sysadmin privileges.
2 Run the following script.
The script is located in the vCenter Server installation package at /installation directory/vCenter-
Server/dbschema/DB_and_schema_creation_scripts_MSSQL.txt
CREATE SCHEMA [VMW]
go
ALTER USER [vpxuser] WITH DEFAULT_SCHEMA =[VMW]
go
if not exists (SELECT name FROM sysusers WHERE issqlrole=1 AND name = 'VC_ADMIN_ROLE')
CREATE ROLE VC_ADMIN_ROLE;
GRANT ALTER ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_ADMIN_ROLE;
GRANT REFERENCES ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_ADMIN_ROLE;
GRANT INSERT ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_ADMIN_ROLE;
GRANT CREATE TABLE to VC_ADMIN_ROLE;
GRANT CREATE VIEW to VC_ADMIN_ROLE;
GRANT CREATE Procedure to VC_ADMIN_ROLE;
vSphere Installation and Setup
36 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-36-320.jpg)
![if not exists (SELECT name FROM sysusers WHERE issqlrole=1 AND name = 'VC_USER_ROLE')
CREATE ROLE VC_USER_ROLE
go
GRANT SELECT ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE
go
GRANT INSERT ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE
go
GRANT DELETE ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE
go
GRANT UPDATE ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE
go
GRANT EXECUTE ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE
go
sp_addrolemember VC_USER_ROLE , [vpxuser]
go
sp_addrolemember VC_ADMIN_ROLE , [vpxuser]
go
use MSDB
go
if not exists (SELECT name FROM sysusers WHERE issqlrole=1 AND name = 'VC_ADMIN_ROLE')
CREATE ROLE VC_ADMIN_ROLE;
go
GRANT SELECT on msdb.dbo.syscategories to VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT SELECT on msdb.dbo.sysjobsteps to VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT SELECT ON msdb.dbo.sysjobs to VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_job TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_delete_job TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_jobstep TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_update_job TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_jobserver TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_jobschedule TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_category TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE
go
sp_addrolemember VC_ADMIN_ROLE , [vpxuser]
go
(Optional) Use a Script to Create Microsoft SQL Server Database Objects Manually
You can create database objects manually with this method of configuring the SQL database.
Alternatively, you can configure a SQL Server ODBC connection and run the Install package. The vCenter
Server installer will create database objects. See“Configure a SQL Server ODBC Connection,” on page 40.
Using a script to create database objects manually requires that you take one of the following actions.
n Grant the db_owner role to the database user in VCDB and in MSDB. See “Set Database Permissions by
Using the dbo Schema and the db_owner Database Role,” on page 35 and “Use a Script to Create a
vCenter Server User by Using the dbo Schema and db_owner Database Role,” on page 35.
Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server
VMware, Inc. 37](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-37-320.jpg)
![JDBC URL Formats for the vCenter Server Database
The vCenter Server installer generates and validates the JDBC URL for the vCenter Server database. If the
installer fails to connect to the database using the generated JDBC URL, the installer will prompt you to
specify the JDBC URL.
JDBC URL Note for All Databases
NOTE The domain name cannot contain the exclamation point character (!). Java interprets the exclamation
point as a jar file separator.
JDBC URL Formats for Microsoft SQL Server Databases
For Microsoft SQL Server databases, you can use the following example JDBC URLs as a model:
n Connect to default (unnamed) SQL Server instance by host name:
jdbc:sqlserver://host;databaseName=database
n Connect to named instance by host name and instance name:
jdbc:sqlserver://host;instanceName=instance;databaseName=database
n Connect to SQL Server by host name and port:
jdbc:sqlserver://host:port;databaseName=database
n Connect by port:
jdbc:sqlserver://localhost:1422;databaseName=VIM_VCDB (user name, password, and database type
to be passed separately)
n Connect to local server with integrated security:
jdbc:sqlserver://localhostSQLEXP_VIM;databaseName=VIM_VCDB;integratedSecurity=true
n Connect to local server without integrated security:
jdbc:sqlserver://localhostSQLEXP_VIM;databaseName=VIM_VCDB (user name, password, and
database type to be passed separately)
VMware vCenter Server JDBC configuration for Microsoft SQL Server might not work by default with direct
IPv6 addresses. You must use one of the following forms:
n Use the host name form for a standard Type-4 JDBC URL (recommended):
jdbc:sqlserver://database-fully-qualified-host-name:port
n Use direct IPv6 address format:
jdbc:sqlserver://;serverName=[IPv6-address]
For more information about JDBC URL formatting for MS SQL databases, including port and instance
configuration options, see the msdn.microsoft.com Web site. At the time of this topic's publication, the
information was available at http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms378428.aspx.
JDBC URL Formats for Oracle Databases
For Oracle databases, you can use the following example JDBC URLs as a model:
n This format requires host name and address, port (default 1521) and service name (for example,
"oracle.world"):
jdbc:oracle:thin:@host:port/service
Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server
VMware, Inc. 61](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-61-320.jpg)
![n Verify that the machine on which you are performing this procedure has access to syslinux version 3.86.
This procedure requires syslinux version 3.86.
Procedure
1 If your USB flash drive is not detected as /dev/sdb, or you are not sure how your USB flash drive is
detected, determine how it is detected.
a In a terminal window, run the following command.
tail -f /var/log/messages
This command displays current log messages in the terminal window.
b Plug in your USB flash drive.
The terminal window displays several messages identifying the USB flash drive, in a format similar
to the following message.
Oct 25 13:25:23 ubuntu kernel: [ 712.447080] sd 3:0:0:0: [sdb] Attached SCSI removable
disk
In this example, "[sdb]" identifies the USB device. If your device is identified differently, use that
identification, without the brackets, in place of sdb, in this procedure.
2 Create a partition table on the USB flash device.
/sbin/fdisk /dev/sdb
a Type d to delete partitions until they are all deleted.
b Type n to create primary partition 1 that extends over the entire disk.
c Type t to set the type to an appropriate setting for the FAT32 file system, such as c.
d Type a to set the active flag on partition 1.
e Type p to print the partition table.
The result should be similar to the following text:
Disk /dev/sdb: 2004 MB, 2004877312 bytes
255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 243 cylinders
Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes
Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System
/dev/sdb1 1 243 1951866 c W95 FAT32 (LBA)
f Type w to write the partition table and quit.
3 Format the USB flash drive with the Fat32 file system.
/sbin/mkfs.vfat -F 32 -n USB /dev/sdb1
4 Run the following commands.
/path_to_syslinux-3.86_directory/syslinux-3.86/bin/syslinux /dev/sdb1
cat /path_to_syslinux-3.86_directory/syslinux-3.86/usr/share/syslinux/mbr.bin > /dev/sdb
5 Mount the USB flash drive.
mount /dev/sdb1 /usbdisk
6 Mount the ESXi installer ISO image.
mount -o loop VMware-VMvisor-Installer-5.x.x-XXXXXX.x86_64.iso /esxi_cdrom
7 Copy the contents of the ISO image to /usbdisk.
cp -r /esxi_cdrom/* /usbdisk
vSphere Installation and Setup
124 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-124-320.jpg)
![accepteula or vmaccepteula (required)
Accepts the ESXi license agreement. This command functions as it did in ESXi 4.1.
clearpart (optional)
Compared to kickstart, the behavior of the ESXi clearpart command is different. Carefully edit the
clearpart command in your existing scripts.
Clears any existing partitions on the disk. Requires install command to be specified.
--drives= Remove partitions on the specified drives.
--alldrives Ignores the --drives= requirement and allows clearing of partitions on every
drive.
--ignoredrives= Removes partitions on all drives except those specified. Required unless the
--drives= or --alldrives flag is specified.
--overwritevmfs Permits overwriting of VMFS partitions on the specified drives. By default,
overwriting VMFS partitions is not allowed.
--firstdisk=
disk-type1
[disk-type2,...]
Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to
the following order:
1 Locally attached storage (local)
2 Network storage (remote)
3 USB disks (usb)
You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list
appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are
overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including
esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information,
or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with
the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather
than a normal local disk, the argument is
--firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local.
dryrun (optional)
Parses and checks the installation script. Does not perform the installation.
install
Specifies that this is a fresh installation. Replaces the deprecated autopart command used for ESXi 4.1
scripted installations. Either the install, upgrade, or installorupgrade command is required to determine
which disk to install or upgrade ESXi on.
--disk= or --drive= Specifies the disk to partition. In the command --disk=diskname, the diskname
can be in any of the forms shown in the following examples:
n Path: --disk=/vmfs/devices/disks/mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0
n MPX name: --disk=mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0
n VML name: --disk=vml.000000034211234
vSphere Installation and Setup
144 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-144-320.jpg)
![n vmkLUN UID: --disk=vmkLUN_UID
For accepted disk name formats, see “Disk Device Names,” on page 152.
--firstdisk=
disk-type1,
[disk-type2,...]
Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to
the following order:
1 Locally attached storage (local)
2 Network storage (remote)
3 USB disks (usb)
You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list
appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are
overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including
esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information,
or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with
the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather
than a normal local disk, the argument is
--firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local.
--ignoressd Excludes solid-state disks (S--firstdiskSDs) from eligibility for
partitioning. This option can be used with the install command and the
--firstdisk option. This option takes precedence over the --firstdisk
option. This option is invalid with the --drive or --disk options and with
the upgrade and installorupgrade commands. See the vSphere Storage
documentation for more information about preventing SSD formatting
during auto-partitioning.
--overwritevsan You must use the --overwritevsan option when you install ESXi on a disk,
either SSD or HDD (magnetic), that is in a Virtual SAN disk group. If you use
this option and there is no Virtual SAN partition on the selected disk, the
installation will fail. When you install ESXi on a disk that is in Virtual SAN
disk group, the result depends on the disk you select:
n If you select an SSD, the SSD and all underlying HDDs in the same disk
group will be wiped.
n If you select an HDD, and the disk group size is greater than two, only
the selected HDD will be wiped.
n If you select an HDD disk, and the disk group size is two or less, the SSD
and the selected HDD will be wiped.
For more information about managing Virtual SAN disk groups, see the
vSphere Storage documentation.
--overwritevmfs Required to overwrite an existing VMFS datastore on the disk before
installation.
--preservevmfs Preserves an existing VMFS datastore on the disk during installation.
--novmfsondisk Prevents a VMFS partition from being created on this disk. Must be used
with --overwritevmfs if a VMFS partition already exists on the disk.
Chapter 7 Installing ESXi
VMware, Inc. 145](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-145-320.jpg)
![installorupgrade
Either the install, upgrade, or installorupgrade command is required to determine which disk to install or
upgrade ESXi on.
--disk= or --drive= Specifies the disk to partition. In the command --disk=diskname, the diskname
can be in any of the forms shown in the following examples:
n Path: --disk=/vmfs/devices/disks/mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0
n MPX name: --disk=mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0
n VML name: --disk=vml.000000034211234
n vmkLUN UID: --disk=vmkLUN_UID
For accepted disk name formats, see “Disk Device Names,” on page 152.
--firstdisk=
disk-type1,
[disk-type2,...]
Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to
the following order:
1 Locally attached storage (local)
2 Network storage (remote)
3 USB disks (usb)
You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list
appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are
overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including
esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information,
or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with
the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather
than a normal local disk, the argument is
--firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local.
--overwritevsan You must use the --overwritevsan option when you install ESXi on a disk,
either SSD or HDD (magnetic), that is in a Virtual SAN disk group. If you use
this option and there is no Virtual SAN partition on the selected disk, the
installation will fail. When you install ESXi on a disk that is in Virtual SAN
disk group, the result depends on the disk you select:
n If you select an SSD, the SSD and all underlying HDDs in the same disk
group will be wiped.
n If you select an HDD, and the disk group size is greater than two, only
the selected HDD will be wiped.
n If you select an HDD disk, and the disk group size is two or less, the SSD
and the selected HDD will be wiped.
For more information about managing Virtual SAN disk groups, see the
vSphere Storage documentation.
--overwritevmfs Install ESXi if a VMFS partition exists on the disk, but no ESX or ESXi
installation exists. Unless this option is present, the installer will fail if a
VMFS partition exists on the disk, but no ESX or ESXi installation exists.
--forcemigrate If a version 4.x host contains customizations, such as third-party VIBS or
drivers, that are not included in the installer .ISO, the installer exits with an
error describing the problem. The forcemigrate option overrides the error
and forces the upgrade.
vSphere Installation and Setup
146 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-146-320.jpg)
![n Swiss German
n Turkish
n US Dvorak
n Ukranian
n United Kingdom
serialnum or vmserialnum (optional)
Deprecated in ESXi 5.0.x. Supported in ESXi 5.1. Configures licensing. If not included, ESXi installs in
evaluation mode.
--esx=<license-key> Specifies the vSphere license key to use. The format is 5 five-character groups
(XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX).
network (optional)
Specify a network address for the system.
--bootproto=[dhcp|
static]
Specify whether to obtain the network settings from DHCP or set them
manually.
--device= Specifies either the MAC address of the network card or the device name, in
the form vmnicNN, as in vmnic0. This options refers to the uplink device for the
virtual switch.
--ip= Sets an IP address for the machine to be installed, in the form
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Required with the --bootproto=static option and
ignored otherwise.
--gateway= Designates the default gateway as an IP address, in the form
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Used with the --bootproto=static option.
--nameserver= Designates the primary name server as an IP address. Used with the --
bootproto=static option. Omit this option if you do not intend to use DNS.
The --nameserver option can accept two IP addresses. For example: --
nameserver="10.126.87.104[,10.126.87.120]"
--netmask= Specifies the subnet mask for the installed system, in the form
255.xxx.xxx.xxx. Used with the --bootproto=static option.
--hostname= Specifies the host name for the installed system.
--vlanid= vlanid Specifies which VLAN the system is on. Used with either the
--bootproto=dhcp or --bootproto=static option. Set to an integer from 1
to 4096.
--addvmportgroup=(0|1) Specifies whether to add the VM Network port group, which is used by
virtual machines. The default value is 1.
paranoid (optional)
Causes warning messages to interrupt the installation. If you omit this command, warning messages are
logged.
vSphere Installation and Setup
148 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-148-320.jpg)
![part or partition (optional)
Creates an additional VMFS datastore on the system. Only one datastore per disk can be created. Cannot be
used on the same disk as the install command. Only one partition can be specified per disk and it can only
be a VMFS partition
datastore name Specifies where the partition is to be mounted
--ondisk= or --ondrive= Specifies the disk or drive where the partition is created.
--firstdisk=
disk-type1,
[disk-type2,...]
Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to
the following order:
1 Locally attached storage (local)
2 Network storage (remote)
3 USB disks (usb)
You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list
appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are
overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including
esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information,
or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with
the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather
than a normal local disk, the argument is
--firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local.
reboot (optional)
Reboots the machine after the scripted installation is complete.
<--noeject> The CD is not ejected after the installation.
rootpw (required)
Sets the root password for the system.
--iscrypted Specifies that the password is encrypted.
password Specifies the password value.
upgrade
Either the install, upgrade, or installorupgrade command is required to determine which disk to install or
upgrade ESXi on.
--disk= or --drive= Specifies the disk to partition. In the command --disk=diskname, the diskname
can be in any of the forms shown in the following examples:
n Path: --disk=/vmfs/devices/disks/mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0
n MPX name: --disk=mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0
n VML name: --disk=vml.000000034211234
n vmkLUN UID:--disk=vmkLUN_UID
For accepted disk name formats, see “Disk Device Names,” on page 152.
--firstdisk=
disk-type1,
[disk-type2,...]
Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to
the following order:
1 Locally attached storage (local)
Chapter 7 Installing ESXi
VMware, Inc. 149](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-149-320.jpg)
![2 Network storage (remote)
3 USB disks (usb)
You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list
appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are
overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including
esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information,
or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with
the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather
than a normal local disk, the argument is
--firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local.
--deletecosvmdk If the system is being upgraded from ESX, remove the directory that contains
the old Service Console VMDK file, cos.vmdk, to reclaim unused space in the
VMFS datastore.
--forcemigrate If a version 4.x host contains customizations, such as third-party VIBS or
drivers, that are not included in the installer .ISO, the installer exits with an
error describing the problem. The forcemigrate option overrides the error
and forces the upgrade. If you are upgrading a 5.0.x host, supported custom
VIBs that are not included in the ESXi installer ISO are migrated. You do not
need to to use the forcemigrate option.
See the vSphere Upgrade documentation for imformation about upgrading
hosts that have third-party custom VIBs.
CAUTION Using the forcemigrate option might cause the upgraded host to
not boot properly, to exhibit system instability, or to lose functionality.
%include or include (optional)
Specifies another installation script to parse. This command is treated similarly to a multiline command, but
takes only one argument.
filename For example: %include part.cfg
%pre (optional)
Specifies a script to run before the kickstart configuration is evaluated. For example, you can use it to
generate files for the kickstart file to include.
--interpreter
=[python|busybox]
Specifies an interpreter to use. The default is busybox.
%post (optional)
Runs the specified script after package installation is complete. If you specify multiple %post sections, they
run in the order that they appear in the installation script.
--interpreter
=[python|busybox]
Specifies an interpreter to use. The default is busybox.
--timeout=secs Specifies a timeout for running the script. If the script is not finished when
the timeout expires, the script is forcefully terminated.
--ignorefailure If true, the installation is considered a success even if the %post script
terminated with an error.
vSphere Installation and Setup
150 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150-320.jpg)
![=[true|false]
%firstboot
Creates an init script that runs only during the first boot. The script has no effect on subsequent boots. If
multiple %firstboot sections are specified, they run in the order that they appear in the kickstart file.
NOTE You cannot check the semantics of %firstboot scripts until the system is booting for the first time. A
%firstboot script might contain potentially catastrophic errors that are not exposed until after the
installation is complete.
--interpreter
=[python|busybox]
Specifies an interpreter to use. The default is busybox.
NOTE You cannot check the semantics of the %firstboot script until the system boots for the first time. If the
script contains errors, they are not exposed until after the installation is complete.
Differences Between ESXi 4.x and ESXi 5.x Scripted Installation and Upgrade
Commands
Before you perform a scripted ESXi installation or upgrade, if you are familiar with ESXi version 4.x scripted
installation, note the differences between ESXi 4.x and ESXi 5.x scripted installation and upgrade
commands.
In ESXi 5.x, because the installation image is loaded directly into the host RAM when the host boots, you do
not need to include the location of the installation media in the installation script.
ESXi 5.x supports scripted upgrades in addition to scripted installation.
Command differences are noted in the following summary.
accepteula or
vmaccepteula
Only in ESXi
autopart Deprecated and replaced with install, upgrade, or installorupgrade.
auth or authconfig Not supported in ESXi 5.x.
bootloader Not supported in ESXi 5.x.
esxlocation Deprecated and unused in ESXi.
firewall Not supported in ESXi 5.x.
firewallport Not supported in ESXi 5.x.
install,
installorupgrade,
upgrade
These commands replace the deprecated autopart command. Use one of
these command to specify the disk to partition, and the part command to
create the vmfs datastore. installorupgrade and upgrade are newly
supported in ESXi 5.x.
serialnum Deprecated in ESXi 5.0.x. Supported in ESXi 5.1.
vmserialnum Deprecated in ESXi 5.0.x. Supported in ESXi 5.1.
timezone Not supported in ESXi 5.x.
virtualdisk Not supported in ESXi 5.x.
zerombr Not supported in ESXi 5.x.
Chapter 7 Installing ESXi
VMware, Inc. 151](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-151-320.jpg)
![PartnerSupported VIBs with the PartnerSupported acceptance level are published by a partner
that VMware trusts. The partner performs all testing. VMware does not
verify the results. This level is used for a new or nonmainstream technology
that partners want to enable for VMware systems. Today, driver VIB
technologies such as Infiniband, ATAoE, and SSD are at this level with
nonstandard hardware drivers. VMware directs support calls for VIBs with
this acceptance level to the partner's support organization.
CommunitySupported The Community Supported acceptance level is for VIBs created by
individuals or companies outside of VMware partner programs. VIBs at this
level have not gone through any VMware-approved testing program and are
not supported by VMware Technical Support or by a VMware partner.
Structure of ImageProfile, SoftwarePackage, and ImageProfileDiff Objects
In some situations, knowing the structure of ImageProfile, SoftwarePackage, and ImageProfileDiff objects
helps you manage deployment and upgrade processes.
ImageProfile Object Properties
The ImageProfile object, which is accessible with the Get-EsxImageProfile PowerCLI cmdlet, has the
following properties.
Name Type Description
AcceptanceLevel AcceptanceLevel Determines which VIBs you can add to
the profile. Levels are
VMwareCertified, VMwareAccepted,
PartnerSupported, and
CommunitySupported. See
“Acceptance Levels,” on page 227.
Author System.String Person who created the profile. 60
characters or fewer.
CreationTime System.DateTime Timestamp of creation time.
Description System.String Full text description of profile. No
length limit.
GUID System.String Globally unique ID of the image
profile.
ModifiedTime System.DateTime Timestamp of last modification time.
Name System.String Name of the image profile. 80
characters or fewer.
ReadOnly System.Boolean When set to true, the profile cannot be
edited. Use Set-EsxImageProfile -
Readonly to make your custom image
profiles read only.
Rules ImageProfileRule[] Displays any OEM hardware
requirements that the image profile
might have. Auto Deploy checks this
property when deploying an image
profile and deploys the profile if
matching hardware is available.
Vendor System.String Organization that publishes the
profile. 40 characters or fewer.
VibList SoftwarePackage[] List of VIB IDs the image consists of.
vSphere Installation and Setup
228 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-228-320.jpg)
![SoftwarePackage Object Properties
When preparing an image profile, you can examine software packages to decide which packages are
suitable for inclusion. The SoftwarePackage object has the following properties.
Name Type Description
AcceptanceLevel AcceptanceLevel Acceptance level of this VIB.
Conflicts SoftwareConstraint[] List of VIBs that cannot be installed at
the same time as this VIB. Each
constraint uses the following format:
package-name[<<|<=|=|>=|<<
version]
Depends SoftwareConstraint[] List of VIBs that must be installed at
the same time as this VIB. Same
constraint format as Conflicts
property.
Description System.String Long description of the VIB.
Guid System.String Unique ID for the VIB.
LiveInstallOk System.Boolean True if live installs of this VIB are
supported.
LiveRemoveOk System.Boolean True if live removals of this VIB are
supported.
MaintenanceMode System.Boolean True if hosts must be in maintenance
mode for installation of this VIB.
Name System.String Name of the VIB. Usually uniquely
describes the package on a running
ESXi system.
Provides SoftwareProvides List of virtual packages or interfaces
this VIB provides. See
“SoftwareProvide Object Properties,”
on page 231.
ReferenceURLs SupportReference[] List of SupportReference objects
with in-depth support information.
The SupportReference object has two
properties, Title and URL, both of
type System.String.
Replaces SoftwareConstraint[] List of SoftwareConstraint objects that
identify VIBs that repliace this VIB or
make it obsolete. VIBs automatically
replace VIBs with the same name but
lower versions.
ReleaseDate System.DateTime Date and time of VIB publication or
release.
SourceUrls System.String[] List of source URLs from which this
VIB can be downloaded.
StatelessReady System.Boolean True if the package supports host
profiles or other technologies that
make it suitable for use in conjunction
with vSphere Auto Deploy.
Summary System.String One-line summary of the VIB.
Tags System.String[] An array of string tags for this package
defined by the vendor or publisher.
Tags can be used to identify
characteristics of a package.
Chapter 7 Installing ESXi
VMware, Inc. 229](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-229-320.jpg)
![Name Type Description
Vendor System.String VIB vendor or publisher.
Version System.String VIB version.
VersionObject Software.Version The VersionObject property is of
type SoftwareVersion. The
SoftwareVersion class implements a
static Compare method to compare two
versions of strings. See
“SoftwareVersion Object Properties,”
on page 230
ImageProfileDiff Object Properties
When you run the Compare-EsxImageProfile cmdlet, you pass in two parameters, first the reference profile,
and then the comparison profile. The cmdlet returns an ImageProfileDiff object, which has the following
properties.
Name Type Description
CompAcceptanceLevel System.String Acceptance level for the second profile
that you passed to Compare-
EsxImageProfile.
DowngradeFromRef System.String[] List of VIBs in the second profile that
are downgrades from VIBs in the first
profile.
Equal System.Boolean True if the two image profiles have
identical packages and acceptance
levels.
OnlyInComp System.String List of VIBs found only in the second
profile that you passed to Compare-
EsxImageProfile.
OnlyInRef System.String[] List of VIBs found only in the first
profile that you passed to Compare-
EsxImageProfile.
PackagesEqual System.Boolean True if the image profiles have
identical sets of VIB packages.
RefAcceptanceLevel System.String Acceptance level for the first profile
that you passed to Compare-
EsxImageProfile.
UpgradeFromRef System.String[] List of VIBs in the second profile that
are upgrades from VIBs in the first
profile.
SoftwareVersion Object Properties
The SoftwareVersion object allows you to compare two version strings. The object includes a Compare static
methot that accepts two strings as input and returns 1 if the first version string is higher than the second
version string. Compare returns 0 if two versions strings are equal. Compare returns -1 if the second version
string is higher than the first string. The object has the following properties.
vSphere Installation and Setup
230 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-230-320.jpg)
![Procedure
1 Install Microsoft .NET 2.0 from the Microsoft website following the instructions on that website.
2 Install Microsoft PowerShell 2.0. from the Microsoft website following the instructions on that website.
3 Install vSphere PowerCLI, which includes the Image Builder cmdlets.
See the vSphere PowerCLI Installation Guide for detailed instructions.
What to do next
Review “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232.If you are new to PowerCLI, read the PowerCLI
documentation.
Use Image Builder cmdlets and other PowerCLI cmdlets and PowerShell cmdlets to manage image profiles
and VIBs. Use Get-Help cmdlet_name at any time for command-line help.
Using Image Builder Cmdlets
Image Builder cmdlets are implemented as Microsoft PowerShell cmdlets and included in VMware
PowerCLI. Users of Image Builder cmdlets can take advantage of all PowerCLI features.
Experienced PowerShell users can use Image Builder cmdlets just like other PowerShell cmdlets. If you are
new to PowerShell and PowerCLI, the following tips help you come up to speed.
You can type cmdlets, parameters, and parameter values in the PowerCLI shell.
n Get help for any cmdlet by running Get-Help cmdlet_name.
n Remember that PowerShell is not case sensitive.
n Use tab completion for cmdlet names and parameter names.
n Format any variable and cmdlet output by using Format-List or Format-Table or their short forms fl or
ft. See Get-Help Format-List.
Passing Parameters by Name
You can pass in parameters by name in most cases and surround parameter values that contain spaces or
special characters with double quotes.
Add-EsxSoftwarePackage -ImageProfile profile42 -SoftwarePackage "partner package 35"
Passing Parameters as Objects
You can pass parameters as objects if you want to do scripting and automation. You can use the technique
with cmdlets that return multiple objects or with cmdlets that return a single object.
1 Bind the output of a cmdlet that returns multiple objects to a variable.
$profs = Get-EsxImageProfile
2 When you run the cmdlet that needs the object as input, access the object by position, with the list
starting with 0.
Add-EsxSoftwarePackage -ImageProfile $profs[4] -SoftwarePackage partner-pkg
The example adds the specified software package to the fifth image profile in the list returned by Get-
EsxImageProfile.
Most examples in the documentation pass in parameters by name. “Image Builder Workflows,” on page 240
includes examples that pass parameters as objects.
vSphere Installation and Setup
232 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-232-320.jpg)
![For remote depots, run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url.
For an offline depot ZIP file, you must download the ZIP file first.
a Download the ZIP file to a local file path.
b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline-bundle.zip
PowerShell adds the specified depot to your current session and lists all current depots.
3 Check the $DefaultSoftwareDepots variable, which now returns the newly-added depot.
$DefaultSoftwareDepots
4 Display all currently available image profiles.
Get-EsxImageProfile
The list helps you pick a likely candidate for cloning.
5 Clone one of the image profiles by specifying the name displayed in the Name column, a name for the
new profile, and the vendor.
$ip = New-EsxImageProfile -CloneProfile base-tbd-v1 -Name "Test Profile 42" -Vendor
"Vendor20"
6 Display the newly created image profile.
$ip
Name Vendor Last Modified Acceptance Level
---- ------ ------------- ----------------
Test Profile 42 Vendor20 9/15/2010 5:45:43... PartnerSupported
Example: Creating Image Profile by Cloning Using Variables
This sample cmdlet sequence repeats the steps of this workflow, but passes parameters as objects, accessed
by position in a variable, instead of passing parameters by name. You can run the following cmdlets in
sequence from the PowerCLI prompt.
$DefaultSoftwareDepots
Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url
$DefaultSoftwareDepots
$profs = Get-EsxImageProfile
$profs
$ip = New-EsxImageProfile -CloneProfile $profs[2] -Name "new_profile_name" -Vendor "my_vendor"
$ip
Creating Image Profiles from Scratch Workflow
In most situations, you create an image profile by cloning an existing profile. Some VMware customers or
partners might need to create an image profile from scratch. Pay careful attention to dependencies and
acceptance levels if you create an image profile from scratch.
Before you use the cmdlets in this workflow, make sure your environment meets the following
requirements.
n VMware PowerCLI and prerequisite is software installed. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and
Prerequisite Software,” on page 231.
n You have access to a depot that includes a base image and one or more VIBs. VMware and VMware
partners make public depots, accessible by a URL, available. VMware or VMware partners can create a
ZIP file that you can unzip to your local environment and access by using a file path.
See “Create an Image Profile,” on page 233 for an example of cloning and modifying an image profile.
vSphere Installation and Setup
242 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-242-320.jpg)
![The system expects that the acceptance level of the VIBs you add to the base image is at least as high as the
level of the base image. Pass in the -AcceptanceLevel parameter to change the acceptance level of the image
profile if you have to add a VIB with a lower acceptance level.
As an alternative to specifying the parameters on the command line, you can use the PowerShell prompting
mechanism to specify string parameters. Prompting does not work for other parameters such as objects.
The following workflow illustrates creating image profiles from scratch.
1 At the PowerShell prompt, add the depot that contains the packages you want to use to the current
session.
For remote depots, run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url.
For an offline depot ZIP file, you must download the ZIP file first.
a Download the ZIP file to a local file path.
b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline-bundle.zip
2 List the available packages that you are interested in and bind them to a variable.
Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -CreatedAfter 7/1/2010
3 Create a new profile, assign it a name and vendor, and add a base package.
New-EsxImageProfile -NewProfile -Name "Test #2" -vendor "Vendor42" -SoftwarePackage esx-
base[0]
The example uses the esx-base package. In most cases, you include the esx-base package when you
create an image profile from scratch. Names that contain spaces are surrounded by quotes.
4 Pipe the information about the new image profile to format-list for detailed information about the
new package.
(Get-EsxImageProfile -Name "Test #2").VibList | format-list
Example: Creating Image Profiles from Scratch Using Variables
This command sequence repeats the steps of the workflow, but passes parameters as objects, accessed by
position in a variable, instead of passing parameters by name. You can run the following commands in
sequence from the PowerCLI prompt.
Add-EsxSoftwareDepot depoturl
$pkgs = Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -CreatedAfter 7/1/2010
$ip2 = New-EsxImageProfile -Name "Test #2" -vendor "Vendor42" -SoftwarePackage $pkgs[0]
$ip2 | format-list
Editing Image Profiles Workflow
You can create a custom image by cloning and editing an image profile. You can add or replace one or more
VIBs in the existing profile. If adding or replacing VIBs would make the image profile inconsistent, an error
results.
Before you use the cmdlets in this workflow, make sure your environment meets the following
requirements.
n VMware PowerCLI and prerequisite is software installed. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and
Prerequisite Software,” on page 231.
n You have access to a depot that includes a base image and one or more VIBs. VMware and VMware
partners make public depots, accessible by a URL, available. VMware or VMware partners can create a
ZIP file that you can download to your local environment and access by using a file path.
1 At the PowerShell prompt, add the depot that contains the image profile that you want to edit to the
current session.
Chapter 7 Installing ESXi
VMware, Inc. 243](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-243-320.jpg)
![Configure Syslog on ESXi Hosts
All ESXi hosts run a syslog service (vmsyslogd), which logs messages from the VMkernel and other system
components to log files.
You can use the vSphere Web Client or the esxcli system syslog vCLI command to configure the syslog
service.
For more information about using vCLI commands, see Getting Started with vSphere Command-Line Interfaces.
Procedure
1 In the vSphere Web Client inventory, select the host.
2 Click the Manage tab.
3 In the System panel, click Advanced System Settings.
4 Locate the Syslog section of the Advanced System Settings list.
5 To set up logging globally, select the setting to change and click the Edit icon.
Option Description
Syslog.global.defaultRotate Sets the maximum number of archives to keep. You can set this number
globally and for individual subloggers.
Syslog.global.defaultSize Sets the default size of the log, in KB, before the system rotates logs. You
can set this number globally and for individual subloggers.
Syslog.global.LogDir Directory where logs are stored. The directory can be located on mounted
NFS or VMFS volumes. Only the /scratch directory on the local file
system is persistent across reboots. The directory should be specified as
[datastorename] path_to_file where the path is relative to the root of the
volume backing the datastore. For example, the path
[storage1] /systemlogs maps to the
path /vmfs/volumes/storage1/systemlogs.
Syslog.global.logDirUnique Selecting this option creates a subdirectory with the name of the ESXi host
under the directory specified by Syslog.global.LogDir. A unique directory
is useful if the same NFS directory is used by multiple ESXi hosts.
Syslog.global.LogHost Remote host to which syslog messages are forwarded and port on which
the remote host receives syslog messages. You can include the protocol
and the port, for example, ssl://hostName1:514. UDP (default), TCP,
and SSL are supported. The remote host must have syslog installed and
correctly configured to receive the forwarded syslog messages. See the
documentation for the syslog service installed on the remote host for
information on configuration.
6 (Optional) To overwrite the default log size and log rotation for any of the logs.
a Click the name of the log you that want to customize.
b Click the Edit icon and enter the number of rotations and log size you want.
7 Click OK.
Changes to the syslog options take effect immediately.
vSphere Installation and Setup
260 VMware, Inc.](https://image.slidesharecdn.com/vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-150528110341-lva1-app6892/85/Vsphere-esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide-260-320.jpg)
Vsphere esxi-vcenter-server-55-installation-setup-guide
- 1. vSphere Installation and Setup vSphere 5.5 This document supports the version of each product listed and supports all subsequent versions until the document is replaced by a new edition. To check for more recent editions of this document, see http://www.vmware.com/support/pubs. EN-001266-04
- 2. vSphere Installation and Setup 2 VMware, Inc. You can find the most up-to-date technical documentation on the VMware Web site at: http://www.vmware.com/support/ The VMware Web site also provides the latest product updates. If you have comments about this documentation, submit your feedback to: docfeedback@vmware.com Copyright © 2009–2013 VMware, Inc. All rights reserved. Copyright and trademark information. VMware, Inc. 3401 Hillview Ave. Palo Alto, CA 94304 www.vmware.com
- 3. Contents About vSphere Installation and Setup 7 Updated Information 9 1 Introduction to vSphere Installation and Setup 11 Overview of the vSphere Installation and Setup Process 11 2 System Requirements 13 ESXi Hardware Requirements 13 Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client , vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On 17 vCenter Server Software Requirements 22 vSphere Web Client Software Requirements 22 Providing Sufficient Space for System Logging 23 Required Ports for vCenter Server 23 Required Ports for the vCenter Server Appliance 26 Conflict Between vCenter Server and IIS for Port 80 27 DNS Requirements for vSphere 27 Supported Remote Management Server Models and Minimum Firmware Versions 28 3 Before You Install vCenter Server 29 Preparing vCenter Server Databases 30 Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server 49 How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation 51 vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes 52 vCenter Single Sign-On and High Availability 54 vCenter Single Sign-On Components 56 Setting the vCenter Server Administrator User 56 Authenticating to the vCenter Server Environment 57 How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects Log In Behavior 57 Identity Sources for vCenter Server with vCenter Single Sign-On 58 Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network 59 Using a User Account for Running vCenter Server 60 Installing vCenter Server on IPv6 Machines 60 JDBC URL Formats for the vCenter Server Database 61 Running the vCenter Server Installer from a Network Drive 62 Required Information for Installing or Upgrading vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client 62 Microsoft SQL Database Set to Unsupported Compatibility Mode Causes vCenter Server Installation or Upgrade to Fail 68 VMware, Inc. 3
- 4. 4 Installing vCenter Server 69 vCenter Server Installation and Sign-In Process 69 vCenter Server Components and Support Tools 72 Download the vCenter Server Installer 73 Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client , vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server by Using Simple Install 73 Use Custom Install to Install vCenter Server and Required Components 76 Add a vCenter Single Sign-On Identity Source 85 Install or Upgrade vCenter Server Java Components Separately 90 Install or Upgrade vCenter Server tc Server Separately 91 vCenter Single Sign-On Installation Fails 91 Download and Deploy the VMware vCenter Server Appliance 92 5 After You Install vCenter Server 99 Install vCenter Server Components 100 Creating vCenter Server Linked Mode Groups 109 Configuring VMware vCenter Server - tc Server Settings in vCenter Server 114 VMware vCenter Management Webservices Service Fails to Start 116 Back Up the Inventory Service Database on Windows 116 Restore an Inventory Service Database Backup on Windows 116 Back Up the Inventory Service Database on Linux 117 Restore an Inventory Service Database Backup on Linux 117 Reset the vCenter Inventory Service Database 118 Enable IPv6 Support for vCenter Inventory Service 119 6 Before You Install ESXi 121 Options for Installing ESXi 121 Media Options for Booting the ESXi Installer 123 Using Remote Management Applications 134 Required Information for ESXi Installation 134 Download the ESXi Installer 135 7 Installing ESXi 137 Installing ESXi Interactively 137 Installing, Upgrading, or Migrating Hosts Using a Script 140 Installing ESXi Using vSphere Auto Deploy 155 Using vSphere ESXi Image Builder CLI 223 8 Setting Up ESXi 245 ESXi Autoconfiguration 246 About the Direct Console ESXi Interface 246 Set the Password for the Administrator Account 249 Configuring the BIOS Boot Settings 249 Host Fails to Boot After You Install ESXi in UEFI Mode 250 Network Access to Your ESXi Host 251 Configure the Network Settings on a Host That Is Not Attached to the Network 251 Managing ESXi Remotely 252 Configuring Network Settings 252 vSphere Installation and Setup 4 VMware, Inc.
- 5. Storage Behavior 256 View System Logs 259 Configure Syslog on ESXi Hosts 260 Enable Lockdown Mode Using the Direct Console 261 Enable Lockdown Mode Using the vSphere Web Client 261 Enable ESXi Shell and SSH Access with the Direct Console User Interface 262 Set the Host Image Profile Acceptance Level 262 Reset the System Configuration 263 Remove All Custom Packages on ESXi 264 Disable Support for Non-ASCII Characters in Virtual Machine File and Directory Names 264 Disable ESXi 264 9 After You Install and Set Up ESXi 265 Managing the ESXi Host with the vSphere Web Client 265 Licensing ESXi Hosts 265 Index 267 Contents VMware, Inc. 5
- 6. vSphere Installation and Setup 6 VMware, Inc.
- 7. About vSphere Installation and Setup vSphere Installation and Setup describes how to install new configurations of VMware ® vCenter Server and ESXi. Intended Audience vSphere Installation and Setup is intended for anyone who needs to install and set up vCenter Server and ESXi. This information is written for experienced Windows or Linux system administrators who are familiar with virtual machine technology and datacenter operations. VMware, Inc. 7
- 8. vSphere Installation and Setup 8 VMware, Inc.
- 9. Updated Information This vSphere Installation and Setup publication is updated with each release of the product or when necessary. This table provides the update history of vSphere Installation and Setup. Revision Description EN-001266-04 n Removed the topic that discusses how to configure Windows NTP Client for Network Clock Synchronization. That information is available from the Microsoft Web site n Updated “Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network,” on page 59 to include link to Knowledge Base article that includes current time synchronization intervals. n In the topic “vCenter Server Database Configuration Notes,” on page 30, added information about the required SQL Server Collation Model and ODBC System DSN minimum version for Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express and Microsoft SQL Server 2008. n In the topics “Back Up the Inventory Service Database on Linux,” on page 117 and “Restore an Inventory Service Database Backup on Linux,” on page 117, corrected a typo in the command to stop VMware Inventory Service. EN-001266-03 n Added information about additional vCenter Single Sign-On ports to Table 2-12. n In the topic “Download and Deploy the VMware vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 92, added information in Step 1 and Step 2. n In the topic “(Optional) Use a Script to Create the Oracle Database Schema,” on page 44, corrected the list of scripts in Step 3. n In the topic “vCenter Server Software Requirements,” on page 22, added information about using the online VMware Compatibility Guide to find compatible host operating system versions for vCenter Server. n In the topic “(Optional) Use a Script to Create Microsoft SQL Server Database Objects Manually,” on page 37, made the following corrections: n In Step 4, added script insert_stats_proc_mssql.sql, and corrected the name of script VCDB_views_mssql.sql. n In Step 7, added grant execute on insert_stats_proc to vCenter_db_user and removed grant execute on process_temptable0_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on process_temptable1_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on process_temptable2_proc to vCenter_db_user EN-001266-02 Corrected location of dbschema directory in the following topics: n “Configure an Oracle Database User,” on page 43. n “Use a Script to Create a Local or Remote Oracle Database,” on page 44. n “(Optional) Use a Script to Create the Oracle Database Schema,” on page 44. . EN-001266-01 Updated Table 2-8. EN-001266-00 Initial release. VMware, Inc. 9
- 10. vSphere Installation and Setup 10 VMware, Inc.
- 11. Introduction to vSphere Installation and Setup 1 vSphere 5.x provides various options for installation and setup. To ensure a successful vSphere deployment, understand the installation and setup options, and the sequence of tasks required. You have several options for installing and setting up ESXi, for managing vSphere with vCenter Server and the vSphere Web Client, and for the database setup that you use with vCenter Server. Overview of the vSphere Installation and Setup Process vSphere is a sophisticated product with multiple components to install and set up. To ensure a successful vSphere deployment, understand the sequence of tasks required. NOTE This overview does not apply to the vCenter Server Appliance. To deploy the vCenter Server Appliance, see “Download and Deploy the VMware vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 92. The following illustration shows the order of installation for vCenter Server components. vCenter Server vCenter Inventory Service vCenter ServervSphere Web ClientvCenter Single Sign-On Installing vSphere includes the following tasks: 1 Read the vSphere release notes. 2 Verify that your system meets vSphere hardware and software requirements. See Chapter 2, “System Requirements,” on page 13. 3 Install vCenter Server. a (Optional) Set up the vCenter Server database. See “Preparing vCenter Server Databases,” on page 30. NOTE For small installations (up to 5 hosts and 50 virtual machines), you can use the bundled Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Express database, which you can choose to have the vCenter Server installer create during the vCenter Server installation. b Review the topics in Chapter 3, “Before You Install vCenter Server,” on page 29. VMware, Inc. 11
- 12. c Use the topic “Required Information for Installing or Upgrading vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client,” on page 62 to create a worksheet with the information you need for installation. d Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and other vCenter Server support tools as appropriate. Connect to vCenter Server from the vSphere Web Client. See Chapter 4, “Installing vCenter Server,” on page 69 and Chapter 5, “After You Install vCenter Server,” on page 99. e (Optional) Create a Linked Mode Group or join vCenter Server to a Linked Mode Group. See “Creating vCenter Server Linked Mode Groups,” on page 109. 4 Install ESXi. a Review the topics in Chapter 6, “Before You Install ESXi,” on page 121. b Determine the ESXi installation option to use. See “Options for Installing ESXi,” on page 121. c Determine where you will locate and boot the ESXi installer. See “Media Options for Booting the ESXi Installer,” on page 123. If you are PXE-booting the installer, verify that your network PXE infrastructure is properly set up. See “PXE Booting the ESXi Installer,” on page 127. d Use the topic “Required Information for ESXi Installation,” on page 134 to create a worksheet with the information you will need when you install ESXi. e Install ESXi, using the installation option you chose: n “Installing ESXi Interactively,” on page 137 n “Installing, Upgrading, or Migrating Hosts Using a Script,” on page 140 n “Installing ESXi Using vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 155 5 Configure ESXi boot and network settings, the direct console, and other settings. See Chapter 8, “Setting Up ESXi,” on page 245 and Chapter 9, “After You Install and Set Up ESXi,” on page 265. 6 Consider setting up a syslog server for remote logging, to ensure sufficient disk storage for log files. Setting up logging on a remote host is especially important for hosts with limited local storage. Optionally, you can install the vSphere Syslog Collector to collect logs from all hosts. See “Providing Sufficient Space for System Logging,” on page 23, “Configure Syslog on ESXi Hosts,” on page 260, and “Install or Upgrade vSphere Syslog Collector,” on page 106. vSphere Installation and Setup 12 VMware, Inc.
- 13. System Requirements 2 Systems running vCenter Server and ESXi instances must meet specific hardware and operating system requirements. If you are using Auto Deploy to provision ESXi hosts, see also “Preparing for vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 165. This chapter includes the following topics: n “ESXi Hardware Requirements,” on page 13 n “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17 n “vCenter Server Software Requirements,” on page 22 n “vSphere Web Client Software Requirements,” on page 22 n “Providing Sufficient Space for System Logging,” on page 23 n “Required Ports for vCenter Server,” on page 23 n “Required Ports for the vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 26 n “Conflict Between vCenter Server and IIS for Port 80,” on page 27 n “DNS Requirements for vSphere,” on page 27 n “Supported Remote Management Server Models and Minimum Firmware Versions,” on page 28 ESXi Hardware Requirements Make sure the host meets the minimum hardware configurations supported by ESXi 5.5. Hardware and System Resources To install and use ESXi 5.5, your hardware and system resources must meet the following requirements: n Supported server platform. For a list of supported platforms, see the VMware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility. n ESXi 5.5 will install and run only on servers with 64-bit x86 CPUs. n ESXi 5.5 requires a host machine with at least two cores. n ESXi 5.5 supports only LAHF and SAHF CPU instructions. n ESXi 5.5 requires the NX/XD bit to be enabled for the CPU in the BIOS. n ESXi supports a broad range of x64 multicore processors. For a complete list of supported processors, see the VMware compatibility guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility. VMware, Inc. 13
- 14. n ESXi requires a minimum of 4GB of physical RAM. Provide at least 8GB of RAM to take full advantage of ESXi features and run virtual machines in typical production environments. n To support 64-bit virtual machines, support for hardware virtualization (Intel VT-x or AMD RVI) must be enabled on x64 CPUs. n One or more Gigabit or 10Gb Ethernet controllers. For a list of supported network adapter models, see the VMware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility. n Any combination of one or more of the following controllers: n Basic SCSI controllers. Adaptec Ultra-160 or Ultra-320, LSI Logic Fusion-MPT, or most NCR/Symbios SCSI. n RAID controllers. Dell PERC (Adaptec RAID or LSI MegaRAID), HP Smart Array RAID, or IBM (Adaptec) ServeRAID controllers. n SCSI disk or a local, non-network, RAID LUN with unpartitioned space for the virtual machines. n For Serial ATA (SATA), a disk connected through supported SAS controllers or supported on-board SATA controllers. SATA disks will be considered remote, not local. These disks will not be used as a scratch partition by default because they are seen as remote. NOTE You cannot connect a SATA CD-ROM device to a virtual machine on an ESXi 5.5 host. To use the SATA CD-ROM device, you must use IDE emulation mode. Storage Systems For a list of supported storage systems, see the VMware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility. ESXi 5.5 supports installing on and booting from the following storage systems: n SATA disk drives. SATA disk drives connected behind supported SAS controllers or supported on- board SATA controllers. Supported SAS controllers include: n LSI1068E (LSISAS3442E) n LSI1068 (SAS 5) n IBM ServeRAID 8K SAS controller n Smart Array P400/256 controller n Dell PERC 5.0.1 controller Supported on-board SATA include: n Intel ICH9 n NVIDIA MCP55 n ServerWorks HT1000 NOTE ESXi does not support using local, internal SATA drives on the host server to create VMFS datastores that are shared across multiple ESXi hosts. n Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) disk drives. Supported for installing ESXi and for storing virtual machines on VMFS partitions. n Dedicated SAN disk on Fibre Channel or iSCSI n USB devices. Supported for installing ESXi. vSphere Installation and Setup 14 VMware, Inc.
- 15. n Software Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). See “Installing and Booting ESXi with Software FCoE,” on page 134. ESXi Booting Requirements vSphere 5.5 supports booting ESXi hosts from the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI). With UEFI you can boot systems from hard drives, CD-ROM drives, or USB media. Network booting or provisioning with VMware Auto Deploy requires the legacy BIOS firmware and is not available with UEFI. ESXi can boot from a disk larger than 2TB provided that the system firmware and the firmware on any add- in card that you are using support it. See the vendor documentation. NOTE Changing the boot type from legacy BIOS to UEFI after you install ESXi 5.5 might cause the host to fail to boot. In this case, the host displays an error message similar to: Not a VMware boot bank. Changing the host boot type between legacy BIOS and UEFI is not supported after you install ESXi 5.5. Storage Requirements for ESXi 5.5 Installation Installing ESXi 5.5 requires a boot device that is a minimum of 1GB in size. When booting from a local disk or SAN/iSCSI LUN, a 5.2GB disk is required to allow for the creation of the VMFS volume and a 4GB scratch partition on the boot device. If a smaller disk or LUN is used, the installer will attempt to allocate a scratch region on a separate local disk. If a local disk cannot be found the scratch partition, /scratch, will be located on the ESXi host ramdisk, linked to /tmp/scratch. You can reconfigure /scratch to use a separate disk or LUN. For best performance and memory optimization, VMware recommends that you do not leave /scratch on the ESXi host ramdisk. To reconfigure /scratch, see “Set the Scratch Partition from the vSphere Web Client,” on page 258. Due to the I/O sensitivity of USB and SD devices the installer does not create a scratch partition on these devices. As such, there is no tangible benefit to using large USB/SD devices as ESXi uses only the first 1GB. When installing on USB or SD devices, the installer attempts to allocate a scratch region on an available local disk or datastore. If no local disk or datastore is found, /scratch is placed on the ramdisk. You should reconfigure /scratch to use a persistent datastore following the installation. In Auto Deploy installations, the installer attempts to allocate a scratch region on an available local disk or datastore. If no local disk or datastore is found /scratch is placed on ramdisk. You should reconfigure /scratch to use a persistent datastore following the installation. For environments that boot from a SAN or use Auto Deploy, it is not necessary to allocate a separate LUN for each ESXi host. You can co-locate the scratch regions for many ESXi hosts onto a single LUN. The number of hosts assigned to any single LUN should be weighed against the LUN size and the I/O behavior of the virtual machines. Recommendation for Enhanced ESXi Performance To enhance performance, install ESXi on a robust system with more RAM than the minimum required and with multiple physical disks. For ESXi system requirements, see “ESXi Hardware Requirements,” on page 13. See also the technical papers on vSphere 5 performance at http://www.vmware.com/resources/techresources/cat/91,203,96. Chapter 2 System Requirements VMware, Inc. 15
- 16. Table 2‑1. Recommendations for Enhanced Performance System Element Recommendation RAM ESXi hosts require more RAM than typical servers. Provide at least 8GB of RAM to take full advantage of ESXi features and run virtual machines in typical production environments. An ESXi host must have sufficient RAM to run concurrent virtual machines. The following examples are provided to help you calculate the RAM required by the virtual machines running on the ESXi host. Operating four virtual machines with Red Hat Enterprise Linux or Windows XP requires at least 3GB of RAM for baseline performance. This figure includes approximately 1024MB for the virtual machines, 256MB minimum for each operating system as recommended by vendors. Running these four virtual machines with 512MB RAM requires that the ESXi host have approximately 4GB RAM, which includes 2048MB for the virtual machines. These calculations do not take into account possible memory savings from using variable overhead memory for each virtual machine. See vSphere Resource Management . Dedicated Fast Ethernet adapters for virtual machines Place the management network and virtual machine networks on different physical network cards. Dedicated Gigabit Ethernet cards for virtual machines, such as Intel PRO 1000 adapters, improve throughput to virtual machines with high network traffic. Disk location Place all data that your virtual machines use on physical disks allocated specifically to virtual machines. Performance is better when you do not place your virtual machines on the disk containing the ESXi boot image. Use physical disks that are large enough to hold disk images that all the virtual machines use. VMFS5 partitioning The ESXi installer creates the initial VMFS volumes on the first blank local disk found. To add disks or modify the original configuration, use the vSphere Web Client. This practice ensures that the starting sectors of partitions are 64K-aligned, which improves storage performance. NOTE For SAS-only environments, the installer might not format the disks. For some SAS disks, it is not possible to identify whether the disks are local or remote. After the installation, you can use the vSphere Web Client to set up VMFS. Processors Faster processors improve ESXi performance. For certain workloads, larger caches improve ESXi performance. Hardware compatibility Use devices in your server that are supported by ESXi 5.5 drivers. See the Hardware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility. vSphere Installation and Setup 16 VMware, Inc.
- 17. Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client , vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On vCenter Server host machines must meet hardware requirements. vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client , vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server Hardware Requirements You can install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server on the same host machine (as with vCenter Simple Install) or on different machines. See Table 2-2. The follosing tables list the hardware requirements for vCenter Single Sign-On and Inventory Service, running on separate host machines. n Table 2-3 n Table 2-4 If you use Custom Install to install vCenter Single Sign-On, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server on the same host machine, the vCenter Single Sign-On, and Inventory Service memory and disk storage requirements are in addition to the requirements for vCenter Server. See Table 2-5. Table 2‑2. Minimum Hardware Requirements for Simple Install Deployment of vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client , vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server Host Hardware for Simple Install Deployment Minimum Requirement Processor Intel or AMD x64 processor with two or more logical cores, each with a speed of 2GHz. Memory 12GB. Memory requirements are higher if the vCenter Server database runs on the same machine as vCenter Server. vCenter Server includes several Java services: VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (tc Server), Inventory Service, and Profile-Driven Storage Service. When you install vCenter Server, you select the size of your vCenter Server inventory to allocate memory for these services. The inventory size determines the maximum JVM heap settings for the services. You can adjust this setting after installation if the number of hosts in your environment changes. See the recommendations in Table 2-7. Disk storage 100GB recommended. 40-60GB of free disk space are required after installation, depending on the size of your inventory. You should provide more space to allow for future growth of your inventory. Disk storage requirements are higher if the vCenter Server database runs on the same machine as vCenter Server, depending on the size of the database. In vCenter Server 5.x, the default size for vCenter Server logs is 450MB larger than in vCenter Server 4.x. Make sure the disk space allotted to the log folder is sufficient for this increase. Network speed 1Gbps Chapter 2 System Requirements VMware, Inc. 17
- 18. Table 2‑3. Minimum Hardware Requirements for vCenter Single Sign-On, Running on a Separate Host Machine from vCenter Server vCenter Single Sign-On Hardware Requirement Processor Intel or AMD x64 processor with two or more logical cores, each with a speed of 2GHz. Memory 3GB. If vCenter Single Sign-On runs on the same host machine as vCenter Server, see Table 2-2 or Table 2-5. Disk storage 2GB. Network speed 1Gbps Table 2‑4. Minimum Hardware Requirements for vCenter Inventory Service, Running on a Separate Host Machine from vCenter Server vCenter Inventory Service Hardware Requirement Processor Intel or AMD x64 processor with two or more logical cores, each with a speed of 2GHz. Memory 3GB. If vCenter Inventory Service runs on the same host machine as vCenter Server, see Table 2-2 or Table 2-5. Disk storage If vCenter Inventory Service runs on the same host machine as vCenter Server, these requirements are in addition to the disk space required for vCenter Server and any other applications running on the vCenter Server host machine. See Table 2-5. Disk storage requirements for Inventory Service depend on inventory size and the amount of activity in the virtual machines in the inventory. At typical activity rates, Inventory Service uses 6GB - 12GB of disk space for 15,000 virtual machines distributed among 1,000 hosts. A high rate of activity (more than 20 percent of your virtual machines changing per hour) results in write-ahead logs (WAL) being written to disk to handle updates, instead of in-line writes into existing disk usage. This high rate of activity is often associated with Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) use cases. In the following guidelines for required disk space, a small inventory is 1-100 hosts or 1-1000 virtual machines, and a large inventory is more than 400 hosts or 4000 virtual machines. n Small inventory, low activity rate: 5GB. n Small inventory, high activity rate: 15GB. n Large inventory, low activity rate: 15GB. n Large inventory, high activity rate: 40GB-60GB. Network speed 1Gbps Table 2‑5. Minimum Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server vCenter Server Hardware Requirement CPU Two 64-bit CPUs or one 64-bit dual-core processor. Processor 2.0GHz or faster Intel 64 or AMD 64 processor. The Itanium (IA64) processor is not supported. Processor requirements might be higher if the database runs on the same machine. vSphere Installation and Setup 18 VMware, Inc.
- 19. Table 2‑5. Minimum Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server (Continued) vCenter Server Hardware Requirement Memory The amount of memory needed depends on your vCenter Server configuration. n If vCenter Server is installed on a different host machine than vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Inventory Service, 4GB of RAM are required. n If vCenter Server, vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Inventory Service are installed on the same host machine (as with vCenter Simple Install), 10GB of RAM are required. Memory requirements are higher if the vCenter Server database runs on the same machine as vCenter Server. vCenter Server includes several Java services: VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (tc Server), Inventory Service, and Profile-Driven Storage Service. When you install vCenter Server, you select the size of your vCenter Server inventory to allocate memory for these services. The inventory size determines the maximum JVM heap settings for the services. You can adjust this setting after installation if the number of hosts in your environment changes. See the recommendations in Table 2-7. Disk storage The amount of disk storage needed for the vCenter Server installation depends on your vCenter Server configuration. n If vCenter Server is installed on a different host machine than vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Inventory Service, 4GB are required. n If vCenter Server, vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Inventory Service are installed on the same host machine (as with vCenter Simple Install), at least 40-60GB of free disk space are required after installation, depending on the size of your inventory. You should provide more space to allow for future growth of your inventory. For guidelines about the disk space required for vCenter Single Sign-On and Inventory Service, see Table 2-3 and Table 2-4 Disk storage requirements are higher if the vCenter Server database runs on the same machine as vCenter Server, depending on the size of those databases. In vCenter Server 5.x, the default size for vCenter Server logs is 450MB larger than in vCenter Server 4.x. Make sure the disk space allotted to the log folder is sufficient for this increase. Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express disk Up to 2GB free disk space to decompress the installation archive. Approximately 1.5GB of these files are deleted after the installation is complete. Network speed 1Gbps NOTE Installing vCenter Server on a network drive or USB flash drive is not supported. For the hardware requirements of your database, see your database documentation. The database requirements are in addition to the vCenter Server requirements if the database and vCenter Server run on the same machine. Chapter 2 System Requirements VMware, Inc. 19
- 20. vSphere Web Client Hardware Requirements The vSphere Web Client has two components: A Java server and an Adobe Flex client application running in a browser. Table 2‑6. Hardware Requirements for the vSphere Web Client Server Component vSphere Web Client Server Hardware Requirement Memory At least 2GB: 1GB for the Java heap, and 1GB for n The resident code n The stack for Java threads n Global/bss segments for the Java process CPU 2GHz processor with two or more cores Disk Storage At least 2GB free disk space Networking Gigabit connection recommended JVM heap settings for vCenter Server The JVM heap settings for vCenter Server depend on your inventory size. See “Configuring VMware vCenter Server - tc Server Settings in vCenter Server,” on page 114. Table 2‑7. JVM Heap Settings for vCenter Server vCenter Server Inventory VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (tc Server) Inventory Service Profile-Driven Storage Service Small inventory (1-100 hosts or 1-1000 virtual machines) 1GB 3GB 1GB Medium inventory (100-400 hosts or 1000-4000 virtual machines) 2GB 6GB 2GB Large inventory (More than 400 hosts or 4000 virtual machines) 3GB 12GB 4GB vSphere Installation and Setup 20 VMware, Inc.
- 21. VMware vCenter Server Appliance Hardware Requirements and Recommendations Table 2‑8. Hardware Requirements for VMware vCenter Server Appliance VMware vCenter Server Appliance Hardware Requirement Disk storage on the host machine For most deployments, the vCenter Server Appliance requires at least 70GB of disk space, and is limited to a maximum size of 125GB. The required disk space depends on the size of your vCenter Server inventory. The vCenter Server Appliance can be deployed with thin-provisioned virtual disks that can grow to the maximum size of 125GB. If the host machine does not have enough free disk space to accommodate the growth of the vCenter Server Appliance virtual disks, vCenter Server might cease operation, and you will not be able to manage your vSphere environment. Memory in the VMware vCenter Server Appliance Using the embedded PostgreSQL database, the vCenter Server Appliance supports up to 100 hosts or 3000 virtual machines, and has the following memory requirements n Very small inventory (10 or fewer hosts, 100 or fewer virtual machines): at least 8GB. n Small inventory (10-50 hosts or 100-1500 virtual machines): at least 16GB. n Medium inventory (the maximum inventory supported with the embedded database; 50-100 hosts or 1500-3000 virtual machines): at least 24GB. Using an external Oracle database, the vCenter Server Appliance supports up to 1000 hosts or 10000 registered virtual machines, and 10000 powered-on virtual machines, and has the following memory requirements: n Very small inventory (10 or fewer hosts, 100 or fewer virtual machines): at least 4GB. n Small inventory (10-100 hosts or 100-1000 virtual machines): at least 8GB. n Medium inventory (100-400 hosts or 1000-4000 virtual machines): at least 16GB. n Large inventory (More than 400 hosts or 4000 virtual machines): at least 32GB. For inventory and other configuration limits in the vCenter Server Appliance, see Configuration Maximums. Table 2‑9. JVM Heap Settings for VMware vCenter Server Appliance vCenter Server Appliance Inventory VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (tc Server) Inventory Service Profile-Driven Storage Service Small inventory (1-100 hosts or 1-1000 virtual machines) 512MB 3GB 1GB Medium inventory (100-400 hosts or 1000-4000 virtual machines) 512MB 6GB 2GB Large inventory (More than 400 hosts or 4000 virtual machines) 1GB 12GB 4GB See “Configuring VMware vCenter Server - tc Server Settings in vCenter Server,” on page 114. Chapter 2 System Requirements VMware, Inc. 21
- 22. vCenter Server Software Requirements Make sure that your operating system supports vCenter Server. vCenter Server requires a 64-bit operating system, and the 64-bit system DSN is required for vCenter Server to connect to its database. For a list of supported operating systems, see the VMware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility. In the drop-down What are you looking for menu on that page, select Host OS and use the selection boxes to find compatible operating systems for your version of vCenter Server. vCenter Server requires the Microsoft .NET 3.5 SP1 Framework. If it is not installed on your system, the vCenter Server installer installs it. The .NET 3.5 SP1 installation might require Internet connectivity to download more files. NOTE If your vCenter Server host machine uses a non-English operating system, install both the Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 and Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 Language Pack through Windows Update. Windows Update automatically selects the correct localized version for your operating system. The .NET Framework installed through the vCenter Server installer includes only the English version. vCenter Server 5.5 removes support for Windows Server 2003 as a host operating system. See the VMware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility/search.php. vCenter Server 5.5 removes support for Windows Server 2008 SP1 as a host operating system. Upgrade Windows Server 2008 SP1 hosts to SP2 before upgrading vCenter Server to version 5.5. See the VMware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility/search.php and the Microsoft Software Lifecycle Policy at http://support.microsoft.com/lifecycle/#ServicePackSupport. If you plan to use the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express database that is bundled with vCenter Server, Microsoft Windows Installer version 4.5 (MSI 4.5) is required on your system. You can download MSI 4.5 from the Microsoft Web site. You can also install MSI 4.5 directly from the vCenter Server autorun.exe installer. The VMware vCenter Server Appliance can be deployed only on hosts that are running ESX version 4.x or ESXi version 4.x or later. vSphere Web Client Software Requirements Make sure that your browser supports the vSphere Web Client. VMware has tested and supports the following guest operating systems and browser versions for the vSphere Web Client. Table 2‑10. Supported guest operating systems and browser versions for the vSphere Web Client . Operating system Browser Windows 32-bit and 64-bit Microsoft Internet Explorer 8, 9 (64-bit only), and 10. Mozilla Firefox: the latest browser version, and the one previous version at the time the vSphere 5.5 is produced. Google Chrome: the latest browser version, and the one previous version at the time the vSphere 5.5 is produced. Mac OS Mozilla Firefox: the latest browser version, and the one previous version at the time the vSphere 5.5 is produced. Google Chrome: the latest browser version, and the one previous version at the time the vSphere 5.5 is produced. vSphere Installation and Setup 22 VMware, Inc.
- 23. Later versions of these browsers are likely to work, but have not been tested. The vSphere Web Client requires the Adobe Flash Player version 11.5.0 or later to be installed with the appropriate plug-in for your browser. Providing Sufficient Space for System Logging ESXi 5.x uses a new log infrastructure. If your host is deployed with Auto Deploy, or if you set up a log directory separate from the default location in a scratch directory on the VMFS volume, you might need to change your current log size and rotation settings to ensure that enough space for system logging exists. All vSphere components use this infrastructure. The default values for log capacity in this infrastructure vary, depending on the amount of storage available and on how you have configured system logging. Hosts that are deployed with Auto Deploy store logs on a RAM disk, which means that the amount of space available for logs is small. If your host is deployed with Auto Deploy, reconfigure your log storage in one of the following ways: n Redirect logs over the network to a remote collector. n Redirect logs to a NAS or NFS store. You might also want to reconfigure log sizing and rotations for hosts that are installed to disk, if you redirect logs to nondefault storage, such as a NAS or NFS store. You do not need to reconfigure log storage for ESXi hosts that use the default configuration, which stores logs in a scratch directory on the VMFS volume. For these hosts, ESXi 5.x autoconfigures logs to best suit your installation, and provides enough space to accommodate log messages. Table 2‑11. Recommended Minimum Size and Rotation Configuration for hostd, vpxa, and fdm Logs. Log Maximum Log File Size Number of Rotations to Preserve Minimum Disk Space Required Management Agent (hostd) 10240KB 10 100MB VirtualCenter Agent (vpxa) 5120KB 10 50MB vSphere HA agent (Fault Domain Manager, fdm) 5120KB 10 50MB For information about setting up a remote log server, see “Configure Syslog on ESXi Hosts,” on page 260 and “Install or Upgrade vSphere Syslog Collector,” on page 106. Required Ports for vCenter Server The VMware vCenter Server system must be able to send data to every managed host and receive data from every vSphere Web Client. To enable migration and provisioning activities between managed hosts, the source and destination hosts must be able to receive data from each other. For information about ports required for the vCenter Server Appliance, see “Required Ports for the vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 26. VMware uses designated ports for communication. Additionally, the managed hosts monitor designated ports for data from the vCenter Server system. If a firewall exists between any of these elements and Windows firewall service is in use, the installer opens the ports during the installation. For custom firewalls, you must manually open the required ports. If you have a firewall between two managed hosts and you want to perform source or target activities, such as migration or cloning, you must configure a means for the managed hosts to receive data. NOTE In Microsoft Windows Server 2008, a firewall is enabled by default. Chapter 2 System Requirements VMware, Inc. 23
- 24. Table 2‑12. Ports Required for Communication Between Components Port Description 22 SSH Server (vSphere Client) 53 DNS Client 80 vCenter Server requires port 80 for direct HTTP connections. Port 80 redirects requests to HTTPS port 443. This redirection is useful if you accidentally use http://server instead of https://server. WS-Management (also requires port 443 to be open) If you use a custom Microsoft SQL database (not the bundled SQL Server 2008 database) that is stored on the same host machine as the vCenter Server, port 80 is used by the SQL Reporting Service. When you install vCenter Server, the installer will prompt you to change the HTTP port for vCenter Server. Change the vCenter Server HTTP port to a custom value to ensure a successful installation. Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) also use port 80. See “Conflict Between vCenter Server and IIS for Port 80,” on page 27. 88 Control interface RPC for Kerberos, used by vCenter Single Sign-On 111 RPC service that is used for the NIS register by the vCenter Server Appliance 123 NTP Client 135 Used to join vCenter Virtual Appliance to an Active Directory domain. 161 SNMP Server 389 This port must be open on the local and all remote instances of vCenter Server. This is the LDAP port number for the Directory Services for the vCenter Server group. The vCenter Server system needs to bind to port 389, even if you are not joining this vCenter Server instance to a Linked Mode group. If another service is running on this port, it might be preferable to remove it or change its port to a different port. You can run the LDAP service on any port from 1025 through 65535. If this instance is serving as the Microsoft Windows Active Directory, change the port number from 389 to an available port from 1025 through 65535. 427 The CIM client uses the Service Location Protocol, version 2 (SLPv2) to find CIM servers. 443 The default port that the vCenter Server system uses to listen for connections from the vSphere Client. To enable the vCenter Server system to receive data from the vSphere Client, open port 443 in the firewall. The vCenter Server system also uses port 443 to monitor data transfer from SDK clients. This port is also used for the following services: n WS-Management (also requires port 80 to be open) n vSphere Client access to vSphere Update Manager n Third-party network management client connections to vCenter Server n Third-party network management clients access to hosts 513 vCenter Virtual Appliance used for logging activity 636 For vCenter Server Linked Mode, this is the SSL port of the local instance. If another service is running on this port, it might be preferable to remove it or change its port to a different port. You can run the SSL service on any port from 1025 through 65535. 902 The default port that the vCenter Server system uses to send data to managed hosts. Managed hosts also send a regular heartbeat over UDP port 902 to the vCenter Server system. This port must not be blocked by firewalls between the server and the hosts or between hosts. Port 902 must not be blocked between the vSphere Client and the hosts. The vSphere Client uses this port to display virtual machine consoles 903 Access a virtual machine console from the vSphere Client when the vSphere Client is connected directly to the ESXi host (no vCenter Server). MKS transactions (xinetd/vmware-authd-mks) 1234, 1235 vSphere Replication 2012 Control interface RPC for vCenter Single Sign-On vmdir. 2013 Control interface RPC for Kerberos, used by vCenter Single Sign-On 2014 RPC port for all VMCA (VMware Certificate Authority) APIs vSphere Installation and Setup 24 VMware, Inc.
- 25. Table 2‑12. Ports Required for Communication Between Components (Continued) Port Description 2049 Transactions from NFS storage devices This port is used on the VMkernel interface. 3260 Transactions to iSCSI storage devices 5900-5964 RFB protocol, which is used by management tools such as VNC 5988 CIM transactions over HTTP 5989 CIM XML transactions over HTTPS 6501 Auto Deploy service 6502 Auto Deploy management 7005 vCenter Single Sign-On 7009 vCenter Single Sign-On 7080 vCenter Single Sign-On 7331 vSphere Web Client - HTML5 Remote Console 7444 vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS 8000 Requests from vMotion 8009 AJP connector port for vCenter Server Appliance communication with Tomcat 8080 Web Services HTTP. Used for the VMware VirtualCenter Management Web Services. 8100 Traffic between hosts for vSphere Fault Tolerance (FT) 8182 Traffic between hosts for vSphere High Availability (HA) 8200 Traffic between hosts for vSphere Fault Tolerance (FT) 8443 Web Services HTTPS. Used for the VMware VirtualCenter Management Web Services. 9009 Used to allow a vCenter Server Appliance to communicate with the vSphere Web Client. 9090 vSphere Web Client HTTP 9443 vSphere Web Client HTTPS 9875 - 9877 vSphere Web Client Java Management Extension (JMX). Dynamically acquired upon the vSphere Web Client service starting. 10080 vCenter Inventory Service HTTP 10109 vCenter Inventory Service Management 10111 vCenter Inventory Service Linked Mode Communication 10443 vCenter Inventory Service HTTPS 11711 vCenter Single Sign-On LDAP 11712 vCenter Single Sign-On LDAPS 12721 VMware Identity Management service 49000 - 65000 vCenter Single Sign-On - VMware Identity Management Service. Dynamically acquired when the VMware Identity Management Service starts. 60099 Web Service change service notification port To have the vCenter Server system use a different port to receive vSphere Web Client data, see the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation. For a discussion of firewall configuration, see the vSphere Security documentation. Chapter 2 System Requirements VMware, Inc. 25
- 26. Required Ports for the vCenter Server Appliance The VMware vCenter Server system must be able to send data to every managed host and receive data from every vSphere Web Client. For migration and provisioning activities between managed hosts, the source and destination hosts must be able to receive data from each other. For information about ports required for vCenter Server on Windows, see “Required Ports for vCenter Server,” on page 23. VMware uses designated ports for communication. Additionally, the managed hosts monitor designated ports for data from the vCenter Server system. The vCenter Server Appliance is preconfigured to use the ports listed in Table 2-13. For custom firewalls, you must manually open the required ports. If you have a firewall between two managed hosts and you want to perform source or target activities, such as migration or cloning, you must configure a means for the managed hosts to receive data. Table 2‑13. Ports Required for the vCenter Server Appliance Port Description 80 vCenter Server requires port 80 for direct HTTP connections. Port 80 redirects requests to HTTPS port 443. This redirection is useful if you accidentally use http://server instead of https://server. 443 The vCenter Server system uses port 443 to monitor data transfer from SDK clients. 902 The default port that the vCenter Server system uses to send data to managed hosts. Managed hosts also send a regular heartbeat over UDP port 902 to the vCenter Server system. This port must not be blocked by firewalls between the server and the hosts or between hosts. 8080 Web Services HTTP. Used for the VMware VirtualCenter Management Web Services. 8443 Web Services HTTPS. Used for the VMware VirtualCenter Management Web Services. 10080 vCenter Inventory Service HTTP 10443 vCenter Inventory Service HTTPS 10109 vCenter Inventory Service database 514 vSphere Syslog Collector server 1514 vSphere Syslog Collector server (SSL) 6500 Network coredump server (UDP) 6501 Auto Deploy service 6502 Auto Deploy management 9090 vSphere Web Client HTTP 9443 vSphere Web Client HTTPS 5480 vCenter Server Appliance Web user interface HTTPS 5489 vCenter Server Appliance Web user interface CIM service 22 System port for SSHD To have the vCenter Server system use a different port to receive vSphere Web Client data, see the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation. For a discussion of firewall configuration, see the vSphere Security documentation. vSphere Installation and Setup 26 VMware, Inc.
- 27. Conflict Between vCenter Server and IIS for Port 80 vCenter Server and Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS) both use port 80 as the default port for direct HTTP connections. This conflict can cause vCenter Server to fail to restart after the installation of vSphere Authentication Proxy. Problem vCenter Server fails to restart after the installation of vSphere Authentication Proxy is complete. Cause If you do not have IIS installed when you install vSphere Authentication Proxy, the installer prompts you to install IIS. Because IIS uses port 80, which is the default port for vCenter Server direct HTTP connections, vCenter Server fails to restart after the installation of vSphere Authentication Proxy is complete. See “Required Ports for vCenter Server,” on page 23. Solution u To resolve a conflict between IIS and vCenter Server for port 80, take one of the following actions. Option Description If you installed IIS before installing vCenter Server Change the port for vCenter Server direct HTTP connections from 80 to another value. If you installed vCenter Server before installing IIS Before restarting vCenter Server, change the binding port of the IIS default Web site from 80 to another value. DNS Requirements for vSphere You install vCenter Server, like any other network server, on a machine with a fixed IP address and well- known DNS name, so that clients can reliably access the service. Assign a static IP address and host name to the Windows server that will host the vCenter Server system. This IP address must have a valid (internal) domain name system (DNS) registration. Ensure that the ESXi host management interface has a valid DNS resolution from the vCenter Server and all vSphere Web Clients. Ensure that the vCenter Server has a valid DNS resolution from all ESXi hosts and all vSphere Web Clients. Ensure that the vCenter Server is installed on a machine that has a resolvable fully qualified domain name (FQDN). To check that the FQDN is resolvable, type nslookup your_vCenter_Server_fqdn at a command line prompt. If the FQDN is resolvable, the nslookup command returns the IP and name of the domain controller machine. Ensure that DNS reverse lookup returns a fully qualified domain name when queried with the IP address of the vCenter Server. When you install vCenter Server, the installation of the web server component that supports the vSphere Web Client fails if the installer cannot look up the fully qualified domain name of the vCenter Server from its IP address. Reverse lookup is implemented using PTR records. To create a PTR record, see the documentation for your vCenter Server host operating system. If you use DHCP instead of a static IP address for vCenter Server, make sure that the vCenter Server computer name is updated in the domain name service (DNS). Ping the computer name to test the connection. For example, if the computer name is host-1.company.com, run the following command in the Windows command prompt: ping host-1.company.com If you can ping the computer name, the name is updated in DNS. Chapter 2 System Requirements VMware, Inc. 27
- 28. Supported Remote Management Server Models and Minimum Firmware Versions You can use remote management applications to install ESXi or for remote management of hosts. Table 2‑14. Supported Remote Management Server Models and Firmware Versions Remote Controller Make and Model Firmware Version Java Dell DRAC 6 1.54 (Build 15), 1.70 (Build 21) 1.6.0_24 Dell DRAC 5 1.0, 1.45, 1.51 1.6.0_20,1.6.0_203 Dell DRAC 4 1.75 1.6.0_23 HP ILO 1.81, 1.92 1.6.0_22, 1.6.0_23 HP ILO 2 1.8, 1.81 1.6.0_20, 1.6.0_23 IBM RSA 2 1.03, 1.2 1.6.0_22 vSphere Installation and Setup 28 VMware, Inc.
- 29. Before You Install vCenter Server 3 You can install vCenter Server on a physical system or on a virtual machine running on an ESXi host. You can also download the VMware vCenter Server Appliance, a preconfigured Linux-based virtual machine optimized for running vCenter Server. This chapter includes the following topics: n “Preparing vCenter Server Databases,” on page 30 n “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49 n “How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation,” on page 51 n “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52 n “vCenter Single Sign-On and High Availability,” on page 54 n “vCenter Single Sign-On Components,” on page 56 n “Setting the vCenter Server Administrator User,” on page 56 n “Authenticating to the vCenter Server Environment,” on page 57 n “How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects Log In Behavior,” on page 57 n “Identity Sources for vCenter Server with vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 58 n “Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network,” on page 59 n “Using a User Account for Running vCenter Server,” on page 60 n “Installing vCenter Server on IPv6 Machines,” on page 60 n “JDBC URL Formats for the vCenter Server Database,” on page 61 n “Running the vCenter Server Installer from a Network Drive,” on page 62 n “Required Information for Installing or Upgrading vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client,” on page 62 n “Microsoft SQL Database Set to Unsupported Compatibility Mode Causes vCenter Server Installation or Upgrade to Fail,” on page 68 VMware, Inc. 29
- 30. Preparing vCenter Server Databases vCenter Server and vSphere Update Manager require databases to store and organize server data. Each vCenter Server instance must have its own database. For small installations (up to 5 hosts and 50 virtual machines), you can use the bundled Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Express database, which you can choose to have the vCenter Server installer create during the vCenter Server installation. Larger installations require a supported database, prepared as described in the subtopics of this section. vCenter Server instances cannot share the same database schema. Multiple vCenter Server databases can reside on the same database server, or they can be separated across multiple database servers. For Oracle databases, which have the concept of schema objects, you can run multiple vCenter Server instances in a single database server if you have a different schema owner for each vCenter Server instance. You can also use a dedicated Oracle database server for each vCenter Server instance. You do not need to install a new database server for the vCenter Server installation to work. During vCenter Server installation, you can point the vCenter Server system to any existing supported database. vCenter Server supports Oracle and Microsoft SQL Server databases. Update Manager supports Oracle and Microsoft SQL Server databases. For information about supported database server versions, see the VMware Product Interoperability Matrix at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility/sim/interop_matrix.php. CAUTION If you have a VirtualCenter database that you want to preserve, do not perform a fresh installation of vCenter Server. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation. VMware recommends using separate databases for vCenter Server and Update Manager. For a small deployments, a separate database for Update Manager might not be necessary. vCenter Server Database Configuration Notes After you choose a supported database type, make sure you understand any special configuration requirements. Table 3-1 is not a complete list of databases supported with vCenter Server. For information about specific database versions and service pack configurations supported with vCenter Server, see the VMware Product Interoperability Matrixes. This topic is intended only to provide special database configuration notes not listed in the Product Interoperability Matrixes. vCenter Server databases require a UTF code set. Contact your DBA for the appropriate database credentials. Table 3‑1. Configuration Notes for Databases Supported with vCenter Server Database Type Configuration Notes Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express Bundled database that you can use for small deployments of up to 5 hosts and 50 virtual machines. SQL Server Collation Model: SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS. ODBC System DSN minimum version: SQL Native Client 10.0 (version 2009.100.4000.00), which you can obtain as a free download from the microsoft.com Download Center. NOTE This database is not supported for the vCenter Server Appliance. Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Ensure that the machine has a valid ODBC DSN entry. If Microsoft SQL Server 2005 is not already installed and the machine has MSXML Core Services 6.0 installed, remove MSXML Core Services 6.0 before installing Microsoft SQL Server 2005. If you cannot remove it using the Add or Remove Programs utility, use the Windows Installer CleanUp utility. See http://support.microsoft.com/kb/968749. NOTE This database is not supported for the vCenter Server Appliance. vSphere Installation and Setup 30 VMware, Inc.
- 31. Table 3‑1. Configuration Notes for Databases Supported with vCenter Server (Continued) Database Type Configuration Notes Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Ensure that the machine has a valid ODBC DSN entry. SQL Server Collation Model: SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS. ODBC System DSN minimum version: SQL Native Client 10.0 (version 2009.100.4000.00), which you can obtain as a free download from the microsoft.com Download Center. NOTE This database is not supported for the vCenter Server Appliance. Oracle Ensure that the machine has a valid ODBC DSN entry. After you complete the vCenter Server installation, take the following steps: n Apply the latest patch to the Oracle client and server. n Copy the Oracle JDBC driver (ojdbc14.jar or ojdbc5.jar) to the vCenter Server installation directory, in the tomcatlib subdirectory: vCenter install locationInfrastructuretomcatlib. n In the Services section of the Windows Administrative Tools control panel, restart the WMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices service. The vCenter Server installer attempts to copy the Oracle JDBC driver from the Oracle client location to the vCenter Server installation directory. If the Oracle JDBC driver is not found in the Oracle client location, the vCenter Server installer prompts you to copy the file manually. You can download the file from the oracle.com Web site. Create a 64-Bit DSN The vCenter Server system must have a 64-bit DSN. This requirement applies to all supported databases. Procedure 1 Select Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Data Sources (ODBC). 2 Use the application to create a system DSN. If you have a Microsoft SQL database, create the system DSN for the SQL Native Client driver. 3 Test the connectivity. The system now has a DSN that is compatible with vCenter Server. When the vCenter Server installer prompts you for a DSN, select the 64-bit DSN. Confirm That vCenter Server Can Communicate with the Local Database If your database is located on the same machine on which vCenter Server will be installed, and you have changed the name of this machine, make sure the vCenter Server DSN is configured to communicate with the new name of the machine. Changing the vCenter Server computer name impacts database communication if the database server is on the same computer with vCenter Server. If you changed the machine name, you can verify that communication remains intact. The name change has no effect on communication with remote databases. You can skip this procedure if your database is remote. Check with your database administrator or the database vendor to make sure all components of the database are working after you rename the server. Prerequisites n Make sure the database server is running. n Make sure that the vCenter Server computer name is updated in the domain name service (DNS). Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 31
- 32. Procedure 1 Update the data source information, as needed. 2 Ping the computer name to test this connection. For example, if the computer name is host-1.company.com, run the following command in the Windows command prompt: ping host-1.company.com If you can ping the computer name, the name is updated in DNS. Maintaining a vCenter Server Database After your vCenter Server database instance and vCenter Server are installed and operational, perform standard database maintenance processes. The standard database maintenance processes include the following: n Monitoring the growth of the log file and compacting the database log file, as needed. n Scheduling regular backups of the database. n Backing up the database before any vCenter Server upgrade. See your database vendor's documentation for specific maintenance procedures and support. Configure Microsoft SQL Server Databases To use a Microsoft SQL database for your vCenter Server repository, configure your database to work with vCenter Server. Procedure 1 Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server on page 33 You must create a database and user for vCenter Server. To simplify the process, you can use a script. 2 Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema on page 34 By using this recommended method, available with vCenter Server 5.x, the vCenter Server database administrator can set permissions for vCenter Server users and administrators to be granted through Microsoft SQL Server database roles. 3 Set Database Permissions by Using the dbo Schema and the db_owner Database Role on page 35 If you use Microsoft SQL Server database, the simplest way to assign permissions for a vCenter Server database user is through the database role db_owner. Assign the db_owner role to the vCenter Server database user on both the vCenter and MSDB databases. 4 Use a Script to Create a vCenter Server User by Using the dbo Schema and db_owner Database Role on page 35 If you set database permissions by using the dbo schema and db_owner database role, you can use a script to create a vCenter Server user with the db_owner database role. 5 Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles on page 36 In this recommended method of configuring the SQL database, you create the custom schema VMW, instead of using the existing dbo schema. 6 (Optional) Use a Script to Create Microsoft SQL Server Database Objects Manually on page 37 You can create database objects manually with this method of configuring the SQL database. vSphere Installation and Setup 32 VMware, Inc.
- 33. 7 Configure a SQL Server ODBC Connection on page 40 After you create a vCenter Server user, establish a connection with a SQL Server database. This connection is required to install a vCenter Server system. 8 Configure Microsoft SQL Server TCP/IP for JDBC on page 41 If the Microsoft SQL Server database has TCP/IP disabled and the dynamic ports are not set, the JDBC connection remains closed. The closed connection causes the vCenter Server statistics to malfunction. You can configure the server TCP/IP for JDBC. 9 (Optional) Configure a Microsoft SQL Server Database User to Enable Database Monitoring on page 42 vCenter Server Database Monitoring captures metrics that enable the administrator to assess the status and health of the database server. Enabling Database Monitoring helps the administrator prevent vCenter downtime because of a lack of resources for the database server. Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server You must create a database and user for vCenter Server. To simplify the process, you can use a script. In the script, you can customize the location of the data and log files. The user that is created by this script is not subject to any security policy. Change the passwords as appropriate. Procedure 1 Log in to a Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio session as the sysadmin (SA) or a user account with sysadmin privileges. 2 Run the following script. The script is located in the vCenter Server installation package at /<installation directory>/vCenter- Server/dbschema/DB_and_schema_creation_scripts_MSSQL.txt. use [master] go CREATE DATABASE [VCDB] ON PRIMARY (NAME = N'vcdb', FILENAME = N'C:VCDB.mdf', SIZE = 3000KB, FILEGROWTH = 10% ) LOG ON (NAME = N'vcdb_log', FILENAME = N'C:VCDB.ldf', SIZE = 1000KB, FILEGROWTH = 10%) COLLATE SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS go use VCDB go sp_addlogin @loginame=[vpxuser], @passwd=N'vpxuser!0', @defdb='VCDB', @deflanguage='us_english' go ALTER LOGIN [vpxuser] WITH CHECK_POLICY = OFF go CREATE USER [vpxuser] for LOGIN [vpxuser] go use MSDB go CREATE USER [vpxuser] for LOGIN [vpxuser] go You now have a Microsoft SQL Server database that you can use with vCenter Server. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 33
- 34. What to do next See “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34. Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema By using this recommended method, available with vCenter Server 5.x, the vCenter Server database administrator can set permissions for vCenter Server users and administrators to be granted through Microsoft SQL Server database roles. VMware recommends this method because it removes the requirement to set up the database dbo schema and db_owner role for vCenter Server users who install and upgrade vCenter Server. Alternatively, you can assign vCenter Server database permissions by creating and assigning the db_owner role and letting the vCenter Server installer create the default schema that assigns database user permissions to that role. See “Set Database Permissions by Using the dbo Schema and the db_owner Database Role,” on page 35. Prerequisites Create the vCenter Server database. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on page 33 Procedure 1 Create the database VCDB and the database schema VMW in VCDB. 2 Assign the default schema VMW to the user [vpxuser]. 3 In the vCenter Server database, create the user role VC_ADMIN_ROLE. 4 In the vCenter Server database, grant privileges to the VC_ADMIN_ROLE. a Grant the schema permissions ALTER, REFERENCES, and INSERT. b Grant the permissions CREATE TABLE, VIEW, and CREATE PROCEDURES. 5 In the vCenter Server database, create the VC_USER_ROLE. 6 In the vCenter Server database, grant the schema permissions SELECT, INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE, and EXECUTE to the VC_USER_ROLE. 7 Grant the VC_USER_ROLE to the user [vpxuser]. 8 Grant the VC_ADMIN_ROLE to the user [vpxuser]. 9 In the MSDB database, create the user [vpxuser]. 10 In the MSDB database, create the user role VC_ADMIN_ROLE. 11 Grant privileges to the VC_ADMIN_ROLE in MSDB. a On the MSDB tables syscategories, sysjobsteps, and sysjobs, grant the SELECT permission to the user [vpxuser]. b On the MSDB stored procedures sp_add_job, sp_delete_job, sp_add_jobstep, sp_update_job, sp_add_jobserver, sp_add_jobschedule, and sp_add_category, grant the EXECUTE permission to the role VC_ADMIN_ROLE. 12 In the MSDB database, grant the VC_ADMIN_ROLE to the user [vpxuser]. 13 Connect to the vCenter Server database as user [vpxuser] and create the ODBC DSN. 14 Install vCenter Server. vSphere Installation and Setup 34 VMware, Inc.
- 35. 15 Revoke the VC_ADMIN_ROLE from the user [vpxuser] in the vCenter Server database. After you revoke the role, you can leave the role as inactive for use in future upgrades, or remove the role for increased security. If you remove the role, you must recreate the role and assign it to the user [vpxuser] before any future upgrade of vCenter Server. The hardcoded dbo role is removed from VCDB_mssql.sql. What to do next “Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles,” on page 36 Set Database Permissions by Using the dbo Schema and the db_owner Database Role If you use Microsoft SQL Server database, the simplest way to assign permissions for a vCenter Server database user is through the database role db_owner. Assign the db_owner role to the vCenter Server database user on both the vCenter and MSDB databases. Alternatively, experienced database administrators can set permissions by creating database roles and the VMW schema manually. See “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34 and “Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles,” on page 36. That method, available beginning with vSphere 5.0, is recommended, because it gives the database administrator greater control over database permissions. The recommended method also removes the requirement to set up the database dbo schema and db_owner role for vCenter Server users who install and upgrade vCenter Server. Prerequisites Create the vCenter Server database. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on page 33 Procedure 1 Assign the role dbo to the vCenter Server and Microsoft SQL databases. 2 For any user who will install or upgrade vCenter Server, assign the user the default schema dbo. When you install vCenter Server, the installer uses the default dbo schema to assign permissions to the db_owner role. Use a Script to Create a vCenter Server User by Using the dbo Schema and db_owner Database Role If you set database permissions by using the dbo schema and db_owner database role, you can use a script to create a vCenter Server user with the db_owner database role. Alternatively, experienced database administrators can set permissions by creating database roles and the VMW and SQL Server database schemas. See “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34“Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles,” on page 36. That method, available beginning with vSphere 5.0, is recommended, because it gives the database administrator greater control over database permissions. That method removes the requirement to set up the database role dbo and db_owner schema for vCenter Server users who install and upgrade vCenter Server. Prerequisites Create the vCenter Server database. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on page 33 Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 35
- 36. Procedure 1 Log in to a Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio session as the sysadmin (SA) or a user account with sysadmin privileges. 2 Run the following script. The script is located in the vCenter Server installation package /installation directory/vCenter- Server/dbschema/DB_and_schema_creation_scripts_MSSQL.txt file. use VCDB go sp_addrolemember @rolename = 'db_owner', @membername = 'vpxuser' go use MSDB go sp_addrolemember @rolename = 'db_owner', @membername = 'vpxuser' go What to do next “Configure a SQL Server ODBC Connection,” on page 40 Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles In this recommended method of configuring the SQL database, you create the custom schema VMW, instead of using the existing dbo schema. This method requires that you create new database roles and grant them to the database user. See “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34 and “Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles,” on page 36. Prerequisites Create the SQL Server database and user for vCenter Server. You can create the database manually or by using a script. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on page 33 Procedure 1 Log in to a Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio session as the sysadmin (SA) or a user account with sysadmin privileges. 2 Run the following script. The script is located in the vCenter Server installation package at /installation directory/vCenter- Server/dbschema/DB_and_schema_creation_scripts_MSSQL.txt CREATE SCHEMA [VMW] go ALTER USER [vpxuser] WITH DEFAULT_SCHEMA =[VMW] go if not exists (SELECT name FROM sysusers WHERE issqlrole=1 AND name = 'VC_ADMIN_ROLE') CREATE ROLE VC_ADMIN_ROLE; GRANT ALTER ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_ADMIN_ROLE; GRANT REFERENCES ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_ADMIN_ROLE; GRANT INSERT ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_ADMIN_ROLE; GRANT CREATE TABLE to VC_ADMIN_ROLE; GRANT CREATE VIEW to VC_ADMIN_ROLE; GRANT CREATE Procedure to VC_ADMIN_ROLE; vSphere Installation and Setup 36 VMware, Inc.
- 37. if not exists (SELECT name FROM sysusers WHERE issqlrole=1 AND name = 'VC_USER_ROLE') CREATE ROLE VC_USER_ROLE go GRANT SELECT ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE go GRANT INSERT ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE go GRANT DELETE ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE go GRANT UPDATE ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE go GRANT EXECUTE ON SCHEMA :: [VMW] to VC_USER_ROLE go sp_addrolemember VC_USER_ROLE , [vpxuser] go sp_addrolemember VC_ADMIN_ROLE , [vpxuser] go use MSDB go if not exists (SELECT name FROM sysusers WHERE issqlrole=1 AND name = 'VC_ADMIN_ROLE') CREATE ROLE VC_ADMIN_ROLE; go GRANT SELECT on msdb.dbo.syscategories to VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT SELECT on msdb.dbo.sysjobsteps to VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT SELECT ON msdb.dbo.sysjobs to VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_job TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_delete_job TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_jobstep TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_update_job TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_jobserver TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_jobschedule TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE go GRANT EXECUTE ON msdb.dbo.sp_add_category TO VC_ADMIN_ROLE go sp_addrolemember VC_ADMIN_ROLE , [vpxuser] go (Optional) Use a Script to Create Microsoft SQL Server Database Objects Manually You can create database objects manually with this method of configuring the SQL database. Alternatively, you can configure a SQL Server ODBC connection and run the Install package. The vCenter Server installer will create database objects. See“Configure a SQL Server ODBC Connection,” on page 40. Using a script to create database objects manually requires that you take one of the following actions. n Grant the db_owner role to the database user in VCDB and in MSDB. See “Set Database Permissions by Using the dbo Schema and the db_owner Database Role,” on page 35 and “Use a Script to Create a vCenter Server User by Using the dbo Schema and db_owner Database Role,” on page 35. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 37
- 38. n Grant the VC_ADMIN_ROLE to the database user in VCDB and in MSDB, and grant the VC_USER_ROLE to the database user in VCDB. See “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34. Prerequisites Create the SQL Server database. You can create the SQL Server database manually or by using a script. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on page 33 Procedure 1 Log in to a Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio session as user_name for a user account that you created on the vCenter Server and MSDB databases. 2 Locate the dbschema scripts in the vCenter Server installation package /installation_directory/vCenter-Server/dbschema directory. 3 Open the sql file through Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio and replace all occurrences of $schema with the schema name in the file VCDB_mssql.SQL. 4 Run the scripts in sequence on the database. The DBO user must own the objects created by these scripts. Open the scripts one at a time in Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio and press F5 to execute each script in the order shown here. VCDB_mssql.SQL insert_stats_proc_mssql.sql load_stats_proc_mssql.sql purge_stat2_proc_mssql.sql purge_stat3_proc_mssql.sql purge_usage_stats_proc_mssql.sql stats_rollup1_proc_mssql.sql stats_rollup2_proc_mssql.sql stats_rollup3_proc_mssql.sql cleanup_events_mssql.sql delete_stats_proc_mssql.sql upsert_last_event_proc_mssql.sql load_usage_stats_proc_mssql.sql TopN_DB_mssql.sql calc_topn1_proc_mssql.sql calc_topn2_proc_mssql.sql calc_topn3_proc_mssql.sql calc_topn4_proc_mssql.sql clear_topn1_proc_mssql.sql clear_topn2_proc_mssql.sql clear_topn3_proc_mssql.sql clear_topn4_proc_mssql.sql rule_topn1_proc_mssql.sql rule_topn2_proc_mssql.sql rule_topn3_proc_mssql.sql rule_topn4_proc_mssql.sql process_license_snapshot_mssql.sql l_stats_rollup3_proc_mssql.sql l_purge_stat2_proc_mssql.sql l_purge_stat3_proc_mssql.sql l_stats_rollup1_proc_mssql.sql l_stats_rollup2_proc_mssql.sql VCDB_views_mssql.sql vSphere Installation and Setup 38 VMware, Inc.
- 39. 5 (Optional) You can also run the following scripts to enable database health monitoring. job_dbm_performance_data_mssql.sql process_performance_data_mssql.sql 6 For all supported editions of Microsoft SQL Server (except Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express and Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express), run these scripts to set up scheduled jobs on the database. These scripts ensure that the SQL Server Agent service is running. job_schedule1_mssql.sql job_schedule2_mssql.sql job_schedule3_mssql.sql job_cleanup_events_mssql.sql job_topn_past_day_mssql.sql job_topn_past_week_mssql.sql job_topn_past_month_mssql.sql job_topn_past_year_mssql.sql job_property_bulletin_mssql.sql 7 For all the procedures you created in Step 4, grant the execute privilege to the vCenter Server database. grant execute on insert_stats_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on purge_stat2_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on purge_stat3_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on purge_usage_stat_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on stats_rollup1_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on stats_rollup2_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on stats_rollup3_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on cleanup_events_tasks_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on delete_stats_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on upsert_last_event_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on load_usage_stats_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on load_stats_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on calc_topn1_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on calc_topn2_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on calc_topn3_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on calc_topn4_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on clear_topn1_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on clear_topn2_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on clear_topn3_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on clear_topn4_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on rule_topn1_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on rule_topn2_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on rule_topn3_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on rule_topn4_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on process_license_snapshot_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on l_stats_rollup3_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on l_purge_stat2_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on l_purge_stat3_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on l_stats_rollup1_proc to vCenter_db_user grant execute on l_stats_rollup2_proc to vCenter_db_user If you ran the script process_performance_data_mssql.sql in Step 4, grant the following execute privilege to the vCenter Server database. grant execute on process_performance_data_proc to vCenter_db_user 8 On the machine on which you intend to install vCenter Server, create a DSN that points to the database server with the schema. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 39
- 40. 9 Run the vCenter Server installer. 10 If a database reinitialization warning message appears in the vCenter Server installer, select Do not overwrite, leave my existing database in place and continue the installation. This message appears if you are using a database that has vCenter Server tables that were created by a previous installation. The message does not appear if the database is clean. If you leave your existing database in place, you cannot join a Linked Mode group during the installation. You can join after the installation is complete. See “Join a Linked Mode Group After Installation,” on page 112. 11 When prompted, provide the database user login. Configure a SQL Server ODBC Connection After you create a vCenter Server user, establish a connection with a SQL Server database. This connection is required to install a vCenter Server system. If you use SQL Server for vCenter Server, do not use the master database. See your Microsoft SQL ODBC documentation for specific instructions regarding configuring the SQL Server ODBC connection. CAUTION If you are using a named instance of Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Standard Edition with vCenter Server, do not name the instance MSSQLSERVER. If you do, the JDBC connection does not work, and certain features, such as Performance Charts, are not available. Prerequisites n Review the required database patches specified in “vCenter Server Database Configuration Notes,” on page 30. n Create a database using SQL Server Management Studio on the SQL Server. See “Create a SQL Server Database and User for vCenter Server,” on page 33 n Set database permissions using one of the following options: n Option 1 (recommended): Follow the procedures in “Set Database Permissions By Manually Creating Database Roles and the VMW Schema,” on page 34 and “Use a Script to Create a Microsoft SQL Server Database Schema and Roles,” on page 36 n Option 2 (alternative): Follow the procedures in “Set Database Permissions by Using the dbo Schema and the db_owner Database Role,” on page 35 and “Use a Script to Create a vCenter Server User by Using the dbo Schema and db_owner Database Role,” on page 35. Procedure 1 On your vCenter Server system, select Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Data Sources (ODBC). 2 Click the System DSN tab and do one of the following. n To modify an existing SQL Server ODBC connection, select the connection from the System Data Source list and click Configure. n To create a new SQL Server ODBC connection, click Add, select SQL Native Client, and click Finish. 3 Type an ODBC datastore name (DSN) in the Name text box. For example, VMware vCenter Server. 4 (Optional) Type an ODBC DSN description in the Description text box. vSphere Installation and Setup 40 VMware, Inc.
- 41. 5 Select the server name from the Server drop-down menu. Type the SQL Server host name in the text box if it is not in the drop-down menu. 6 Select one of the authentication methods. n Integrate Windows authentication. Optionally, enter the Service Principal Name (SPN). n SQL Server authentication. Type your SQL Server login name and password. 7 Select the database created for the vCenter Server system from the Change the default database to menu. 8 Click Finish. 9 For SQL Server 2005 and SQL Server 2008 editions, test the data source by selecting Test Data Source and clicking OK from the ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup menu. 10 Verify that the SQL Agent is running on your database server. Configure Microsoft SQL Server TCP/IP for JDBC If the Microsoft SQL Server database has TCP/IP disabled and the dynamic ports are not set, the JDBC connection remains closed. The closed connection causes the vCenter Server statistics to malfunction. You can configure the server TCP/IP for JDBC. This task applies to remote Microsoft SQL Server database servers. You can skip this task if your database is local. Procedure 1 Select Start > All Programs > Microsoft SQL Server > Configuration Tool > SQL Server Configuration Manager. 2 Select SQL Server Network Configuration > Protocols for Instance name. 3 Enable TCP/IP. 4 Open TCP/IP Properties. 5 On the Protocol tab, make the following entries. Enabled Yes Listen All Yes Keep Alive 30000 6 On the IP Addresses tab, make the following selections. Active Yes TCP Dynamic Ports 0 7 Restart the SQL Server service from SQL Server Configuration Manager > SQL Server Services. 8 Start the SQL Server Browser service from SQL Server Configuration Manager > SQL Server Services. What to do next Optionally, you can enable Database Monitoring for Microsoft SQL database users. Otherwise, install vCenter Server. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 41
- 42. (Optional) Configure a Microsoft SQL Server Database User to Enable Database Monitoring vCenter Server Database Monitoring captures metrics that enable the administrator to assess the status and health of the database server. Enabling Database Monitoring helps the administrator prevent vCenter downtime because of a lack of resources for the database server. Database Monitoring for vCenter Server enables administrators to monitor the database server CPU, memory, I/O, data storage, and other environment factors for stress conditions. Statistics are stored in the vCenter Server Profile Logs. You can enable Database Monitoring for a user before or after you install vCenter Server. You can also perform this procedure while vCenter Server is running. Procedure 1 Log in to a SQL Server Management Studio session as the sysadmin (SA) or to a user account with sysadmin privileges. 2 Run the following SQL commands to grant additional permissions to vCenter Server database login: use master go grant VIEW SERVER STATE to user go vCenter Database Monitoring is enabled. Configure Oracle Databases To use an Oracle database for your vCenter Server repository, configure your database to work with vCenter Server. Procedure 1 Configure an Oracle Database User on page 43 To use an Oracle database when you install vCenter Server, you must configure the database user. 2 Use a Script to Create a Local or Remote Oracle Database on page 44 When you use an Oracle database with vCenter Server, the database must have certain table spaces and privileges. To simplify the process of creating the database, you can run a script. You also can create the database manually. 3 (Optional) Use a Script to Create the Oracle Database Schema on page 44 The vCenter Server installer creates the schema during installation. For experienced database administrators who need more control over schema creation because of environmental constraints, you can optionally use a script to create your database schema. 4 Configure an Oracle Connection for Local Access on page 46 Configure a connection for local access if you install vCenter Server on the same system as the Oracle database. 5 Configure an Oracle Database Connection for Remote Access on page 46 Before a vCenter Server system can access the Oracle database remotely, you must configure an Oracle connection. 6 Connect to an Oracle Database Locally on page 47 Before a vCenter Server system can connect to an Oracle database locally, you must set up the connection. vSphere Installation and Setup 42 VMware, Inc.
- 43. 7 (Optional) Configure an Oracle Database User to Enable Database Monitoring on page 48 vCenter Server Database Monitoring captures metrics that enable the administrator to assess the status and health of the database server. Enabling Database Monitoring helps the administrator prevent vCenter downtime because of a lack of resources for the database server. Configure an Oracle Database User To use an Oracle database when you install vCenter Server, you must configure the database user. You can configure an Oracle database for vCenter Server either locally on the same Microsoft Windows machine as vCenter Server or remotely on a network-connected Linux, UNIX or Microsoft Windows host. Prerequisites Review the software requirements for vCenter Server with Oracle. Procedure 1 Log in to a SQL*Plus session with the system account. 2 Run the following SQL command to create a vCenter Server database user with the correct permissions. The script is located in the vCenter Server installation package /installation directory/vCenter- Server/dbschema/DB_and_schema_creation_scripts_oracle.txt file. In this example, the user name is VPXADMIN. CREATE USER "VPXADMIN" PROFILE "DEFAULT" IDENTIFIED BY "oracle" DEFAULT TABLESPACE "VPX" ACCOUNT UNLOCK; grant connect to VPXADMIN; grant resource to VPXADMIN; grant create view to VPXADMIN; grant create sequence to VPXADMIN; grant create table to VPXADMIN; grant create materialized view to VPXADMIN; grant execute on dbms_lock to VPXADMIN; grant execute on dbms_job to VPXADMIN; grant select on dba_tablespaces to VPXADMIN; grant select on dba_temp_files to VPXADMIN; grant select on dba_data_files to VPXADMIN; grant unlimited tablespace to VPXADMIN; By default, the RESOURCE role has the CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE TABLE, and CREATE SEQUENCE privileges assigned. If the RESOURCE role lacks these privileges, grant them to the vCenter Server database user. NOTE Instead of granting unlimited tablespace, you can set a specific tablespace quota. The recommended quota is unlimited with a minimum of at least 500MB. To set an unlimited quota, use the following command. alter user "VPXADMIN" quota unlimited on "VPX"; If you set a limited quota, monitor the remaining available tablespace to avoid the following error. ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace '<tablespace>' 3 (Optional) After you have successfully installed vCenter Server with the Oracle database, you can revoke the following privileges. revoke select on dba_tablespaces from VPXADMIN; revoke select on dba_temp_files from VPXADMIN; revoke select on dba_data_files from VPXADMIN; Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 43
- 44. You now have an Oracle database user that you can reference in the vCenter Server installer. What to do next Create the Oracle database, including all necessary table spaces and privileges. Use a Script to Create a Local or Remote Oracle Database When you use an Oracle database with vCenter Server, the database must have certain table spaces and privileges. To simplify the process of creating the database, you can run a script. You also can create the database manually. When using the script, you can customize the location of the data and log files. The user created by this script does not follow any security policy. The passwords are provided only for convenience. Change the passwords as appropriate. Procedure 1 Log in to a SQL*Plus session with the system account. 2 Run the following script. The script is located in the vCenter Server installation package /installation directory/vCenter- Server/dbschema/DB_and_schema_creation_scripts_oracle.txt file. CREATE SMALLFILE TABLESPACE "VPX" DATAFILE '/u01/app/oracle/oradata/vcdb/vpx01.dbf' SIZE 1G AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 10M MAXSIZE UNLIMITED LOGGING EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL SEGMENT SPACE MANAGEMENT AUTO; For a Windows installation, change the directory path to the vpx01.dbf file. You now have an Oracle database that you can use with vCenter Server. What to do next You can run a script to create the database schema. (Optional) Use a Script to Create the Oracle Database Schema The vCenter Server installer creates the schema during installation. For experienced database administrators who need more control over schema creation because of environmental constraints, you can optionally use a script to create your database schema. To have the vCenter Server installer create your schema for you, see “Configure an Oracle Connection for Local Access,” on page 46 or “Configure an Oracle Database Connection for Remote Access,” on page 46, depending on your environment. Prerequisites Create the Oracle database and user. You can create the Oracle database and user manually or by using scripts. Procedure 1 Open a SQL*Plus window with a user that has schema owner rights on the vCenter Server database. 2 Locate the dbschema scripts in the vCenter Server installation package /installation directory/vCenter-Server/dbschema directory. vSphere Installation and Setup 44 VMware, Inc.
- 45. 3 In SQL*Plus, run the scripts in sequence on the database. path is the directory path to the /installation directory/vCenter-Server/dbschema folder. @path/VCDB_oracle.SQL @path/VCDB_views_oracle.SQL @path/insert_stats_proc_oracle.sql @path/load_stats_proc_oracle.sql @path/purge_stat2_proc_oracle.sql @path/purge_stat3_proc_oracle.sql @path/purge_usage_stats_proc_oracle.sql @path/stats_rollup1_proc_oracle.sql @path/stats_rollup2_proc_oracle.sql @path/stats_rollup3_proc_oracle.sql @path/cleanup_events_oracle.sql @path/delete_stats_proc_oracle.sql @path/load_usage_stats_proc_oracle.sql @path/TopN_DB_oracle.sql @path/calc_topn1_proc_oracle.sql @path/calc_topn2_proc_oracle.sql @path/calc_topn3_proc_oracle.sql @path/calc_topn4_proc_oracle.sql @path/clear_topn1_proc_oracle.sql @path/clear_topn2_proc_oracle.sql @path/clear_topn3_proc_oracle.sql @path/clear_topn4_proc_oracle.sql @path/rule_topn1_proc_oracle.sql @path/rule_topn2_proc_oracle.sql @path/rule_topn3_proc_oracle.sql @path/rule_topn4_proc_oracle.sql @path/process_license_snapshot_oracle.sql @path/l_purge_stat2_proc_oracle.sql @path/l_purge_stat3_proc_oracle.sql @path/l_stats_rollup1_proc_oracle.sql @path/l_stats_rollup2_proc_oracle.sql @path/l_stats_rollup3_proc_oracle.sql 4 (Optional) You can also run the following scripts to enable database health monitoring. job_dbm_performance_data_oracle.sql process_performance_data_oracle.sql 5 For all supported editions of Oracle Server, run these scripts to set up scheduled jobs on the database. @path/job_schedule1_oracle.sql @path/job_schedule2_oracle.sql @path/job_schedule3_oracle.sql @path/job_cleanup_events_oracle.sql @path/job_topn_past_day_oracle.sql @path/job_topn_past_week_oracle.sql @path/job_topn_past_month_oracle.sql @path/job_topn_past_year_oracle.sql @path/job_property_bulletin_oracle.sql You now have a database schema that is compatible with vCenter Server. 6 On the machine that you are installing vCenter Server on, create a DSN that points to the database server that has the schema. 7 Run the vCenter Server installer. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 45
- 46. 8 If a database reinitialization warning message appears in the vCenter Server installer, select Do not overwrite, leave my existing database in place and continue the installation. This message appears if you are using a database that has vCenter Server tables that were created by a previous installation. The message does not appear if the database is clean. If you leave your existing database in place, you cannot join a Linked Mode group during the installation. You can join after the installation is complete. See “Join a Linked Mode Group After Installation,” on page 112. 9 When prompted, provide the database user login. The Oracle dadtabase schema is created. Configure an Oracle Connection for Local Access Configure a connection for local access if you install vCenter Server on the same system as the Oracle database. Prerequisites Review the required database patches specified in “vCenter Server Database Configuration Notes,” on page 30. If you do not prepare your database correctly, the vCenter Server installer displays error and warning messages. Procedure 1 Download Oracle 10g or Oracle 11g from the Oracle Web site. 2 Install Oracle 10g or Oracle 11g, and create a database. 3 Configure the TNS Service Name option in the ODBC DSN. The TNS Service Name is the net service name for the database to which you want to connect. You can find the net service name in the tnsnames.ora file located in the NETWORKADMIN folder in the Oracle database installation location. The database is configured for local access. Configure an Oracle Database Connection for Remote Access Before a vCenter Server system can access the Oracle database remotely, you must configure an Oracle connection. Prerequisites Review the required database patches specified in “vCenter Server Database Configuration Notes,” on page 30. If you do not prepare your database correctly, the vCenter Server installer displays error and warning messages. Procedure 1 Install the Oracle client on the vCenter Server system machine. 2 Download and install the ODBC driver. 3 Create a new tablespace for a vCenter Server system using a SQL statement such as the following statement. CREATE TABLESPACE "VPX" DATAFILE 'C:OracleORADATAVPXVPX.dat' SIZE 1000M AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K; 4 Create a user, such as vpxAdmin, for accessing the tablespace through ODBC. CREATE USER vpxAdmin IDENTIFIED BY vpxadmin DEFAULT TABLESPACE vpx; vSphere Installation and Setup 46 VMware, Inc.
- 47. 5 Grant permissions to the user, in one of the following ways. n Grant dba permission to the user. n Grant the following permissions to the user. grant connect to user grant resource to user grant create view to user grant create sequence to user grant create table to user grant create materialized view to user grant execute on dbms_lock to user grant execute on dbms_job to user grant unlimited tablespace to user # To ensure space is sufficient By default, the RESOURCE role has the CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE TABLE, and CREATE SEQUENCE privileges assigned. If the RESOURCE role lacks these privileges, grant them to the vCenter Server database user. 6 Use a text editor or the Net8 Configuration Assistant to edit the tnsnames.ora file located in the directory C:OracleOraxxNETWORKADMIN, where xx is either 10g or 11g. Add the following entry, where HOST is the managed host to which the client must connect. VPX = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS_LIST = (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=TCP)(HOST=vpxd-Oracle)(PORT=1521)) ) (CONNECT_DATA = (SERVICE_NAME = VPX) ) ) 7 Configure the TNS Service Name option in the ODBC DSN. The TNS Service Name is the net service name for the database to which you want to connect, in this case, VPX. You can find the net service name in the tnsnames.ora file. Connect to an Oracle Database Locally Before a vCenter Server system can connect to an Oracle database locally, you must set up the connection. Procedure 1 Create a new tablespace for a vCenter Server system using a SQL statement such as the following statement. CREATE TABLESPACE "VPX" DATAFILE 'C:OracleORADATAVPXVPX.dat' SIZE 1000M AUTOEXTEND ON NEXT 500K; 2 Create a user, such as vpxAdmin, for accessing the tablespace through ODBC. CREATE USER vpxAdmin IDENTIFIED BY vpxadmin DEFAULT TABLESPACE vpx; Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 47
- 48. 3 Grant permissions to the user, in one of the following ways. n Grant dba permission to the user. n Grant the following permissions to the user. grant connect to user grant resource to user grant create view to user grant create sequence to user grant create table to user grant create materialized view to user grant execute on dbms_lock to user grant execute on dbms_job to user grant unlimited tablespace to user # To ensure space is sufficient By default, the RESOURCE role has the CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE TABLE, and CREATE SEQUENCE privileges assigned. If the RESOURCE role lacks these privileges, grant them to the vCenter Server database user. 4 Create an ODBC connection to the database. The following code shows example settings. Data Source Name: VMware vCenter Server TNS Service Name: VPX User Id: vpxAdmin You now have a database that you can connect to locally. What to do next Optionally, you can enable Database Monitoring for Oracle database users. Otherwise, install vCenter Server. (Optional) Configure an Oracle Database User to Enable Database Monitoring vCenter Server Database Monitoring captures metrics that enable the administrator to assess the status and health of the database server. Enabling Database Monitoring helps the administrator prevent vCenter downtime because of a lack of resources for the database server. Database Monitoring for vCenter Server enables administrators to monitor the database server CPU, memory, I/O, data storage, and other environment factors for stress conditions. Statistics are stored in the vCenter Server Profile Logs. Enable Database Monitoring for a user before or after you install vCenter Server. You can perform this procedure while vCenter Server is running. Procedure 1 Log in to a SQL*Plus session with the system account. 2 Run the following SQL commands to grant additional permissions to the vCenter Server database user: grant select on v_$system_event to user; grant select on v_$sysmetric_history to user; grant select on v_$sysstat to user; grant select on dba_data_files to user; grant select on v_$loghist to user; vCenter Database Monitoring is enabled. vSphere Installation and Setup 48 VMware, Inc.
- 49. Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server Before installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server, review the prerequisites. Prerequisites for Understanding and Preparing for the Installation Process n vCenter Server versions 5.1 and later require vCenter Single Sign-On and Inventory Service. You must install these components in this order: vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server. Review the topics in the section “How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation,” on page 51 n Review the release notes for known issues or special installation notes. n Gather the information that the vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service , and vCenter Server installation wizards require. See “Required Information for Installing or Upgrading vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client,” on page 62. n Decide whether the vCenter Server instance will be a standalone instance or in a Linked Mode group. See “Creating vCenter Server Linked Mode Groups,” on page 109. n Download the vCenter Server installer from the VMware Web site. System Prerequisites n Verify that your system meets the requirements listed in “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17 and “vCenter Server Software Requirements,” on page 22, and that the required ports are open, as discussed in “Required Ports for vCenter Server,” on page 23. n Before you install or upgrade any vSphere product, synchronize the clocks of all machines on the vSphere network. See “Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network,” on page 59. n Verify that the DNS name of the vCenter Server host machine matches the actual computer name. n Verify that the host name of the machine that you are installing vCenter Server on complies with RFC 952 guidelines. n The installation path of vCenter Server must be compatible with the installation requirements for Microsoft Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM/AD LDS). The installation path cannot contain any of the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). n Verify that the system on which you are installing vCenter Server is not an Active Directory domain controller. n On each system that is running vCenter Server, verify that the domain user account has the following permissions: n Member of the Administrators group n Act as part of the operating system n Log on as a service n vCenter Server requires the Microsoft .NET 3.5 SP1 Framework. If your system does not have it installed, the vCenter Server installer installs it. The .NET 3.5 SP1 installation might require Internet connectivity to download more files. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 49
- 50. n If the system that you use for your vCenter Server installation belongs to a workgroup rather than a domain, not all functionality is available to vCenter Server. If assigned to a workgroup, the vCenter Server system is not able to discover all domains and systems available on the network when using some features. Your machine must be connected to a domain if you want to add Active Directory identity sources after the installation. To determine whether the system belongs to a workgroup or a domain, right-click My Computer. Click Properties and click the Computer Name tab. The Computer Name tab displays either a Workgroup label or a Domain label. n Verify that the NETWORK SERVICE account has read permission on the folder in which vCenter Server is installed and on the HKLM registry. n During the installation, verify that the connection between the machine and the domain controller is working. n Before the vCenter Server installation, in the Administrative Tools control panel of the vCenter Single Sign-On instance that you will register vCenter Server to, verify that the following services are started: VMware Certificate Service, VMware Directory service , VMware Identity Manager Service, VMware KDC service, and tcruntime-C-ProgramData-VMware-cis-runtime-VMwareSTSService. n You must log in as a member of the Administrators group on the host machine, with a user name that does not contain any non-ASCII characters. Network Prerequisites n Verify that the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the system where you will install vCenter Server is resolvable. To check that the FQDN is resolvable, type nslookup your_vCenter_Server_fqdn at a command line prompt. If the FQDN is resolvable, the nslookup command returns the IP and name of the domain controller machine. n Verify that DNS reverse lookup returns a fully qualified domain name when queried with the IP address of the vCenter Server. When you install vCenter Server, the installation of the web server component that supports the vSphere Web Client fails if the installer cannot look up the fully qualified domain name of the vCenter Server from its IP address. Reverse lookup is implemented using PTR records. To create a PTR record, see the documentation for your vCenter Server host operating system. n Verify that no Network Address Translation (NAT) exists between the vCenter Server system and the hosts it will manage. n Install vCenter Server, like any other network server, on a machine with a fixed IP address and well known DNS name, so that clients can reliably access the service. Assign a static IP address and host name to the Windows server that will host the vCenter Server system. This IP address must have a valid (internal) domain name system (DNS) registration. Ensure that the ESXi host management interface has a valid DNS resolution from the vCenter Server and all vSphere Web Clients. Ensure that the vCenter Server has a valid DNS resolution from all ESXi hosts and all vSphere Web Clients. If you use DHCP instead of a static IP address for vCenter Server, make sure that the vCenter Server computer name is updated in the domain name service (DNS). Ping the computer name to test this connection. For example, if the computer name is host-1.company.com, run the following command in the Windows command prompt: ping host-1.company.com If you can ping the computer name, the name is updated in DNS. n If you will use Active Directory as an identity source, verify that it is set up correctly. The DNS of the vCenter Single Sign-On Server host machine must contain both lookup and reverse lookup entries for the domain controller of the Active Directory. For example, pinging mycompany.com should return the domain controller IP address for mycompany. Similarly, the ping -a command for that IP address should return the domain controller hostname. Avoid trying to correct name resolution issues by editing the hosts file. Instead, make sure that the DNS server is correctly set up. For more information about configuring Active Directory, see the Microsoft Web site. vSphere Installation and Setup 50 VMware, Inc.
- 51. Database Prerequisites n Verify that your vCenter Server database meets the database requirements. See “vCenter Server Database Configuration Notes,” on page 30 and “Preparing vCenter Server Databases,” on page 30. n Create a vCenter Server database, unless you plan to install the bundled database. How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation Starting with version 5.1, vSphere includes a vCenter Single Sign-On component as part of the vCenter Server management infrastructure. This change affects vCenter Server installation. Authentication by vCenter Single Sign-On makes the VMware cloud infrastructure platform more secure by allowing the vSphere software components to communicate with each other through a secure token exchange mechanism. For information about configuring vCenter Single Sign-On, see vSphere Security. For more information about vCenter Single Sign-On deployment modes, see “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52. For the first installation of vCenter Server, you must install all components. In subsequent installations in the same environment, or if you add services, you do not have to install vCenter Single Sign-On. One vCenter Single Sign-On server can serve your entire vSphere environment. After you install vCenter Single Sign-On once, you can connect all new vCenter Server instances to the same vCenter Single Sign-On service. You must install an Inventory Service instance for each vCenter Server instance. Simple Install The Simple Install option installs vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server on the same host or virtual machine. Simple Install is appropriate for most deployments. Custom Install If you want to customize the location and setup of each component, you can install the components separately by performing a custom install and selecting the individual installation options, in the following order: 1 vCenter Single Sign-On 2 vSphere Web Client 3 vCenter Inventory Service 4 vCenter Server You can install each component on a different host or virtual machine. If you decide on installing multiple vCenter Server systems, you can point to the same vCenter Single Sign- On service for each vCenter Server. Installing in Multiple Locations Unlike vCenter Single Sign-On version 5.1, vCenter Single Sign-On 5.5 synchronizes authentication data across locations. If you install vCenter Server systems in multiple locations, you can install a vCenter Single Sign-On server in each location. When you install the second and subsequent instances of vCenter Single Sign-On, you can point it to the first vCenter Single Sign-On instance during installation. The two instances synchronize their VMware Directory Service instances. Changes to one instance are propagated to the other instance. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 51
- 52. Figure 3‑1. Installing vCenter Single Sign-On in Multiple Locations vCenter Server 1 vCenter Single Sign-On 1 vCenter Server 2 vCenter Single Sign-On 2 VMware Directory Service vSphere.local Solutions users Active Directory VMware Directory Service vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes vCenter Server provides several ways to deploy vCenter Single Sign-On to best serve your vSphere environment You can deploy vCenter Single Sign-On in one of three modes. To choose the right mode for your environment, consider the way you use vCenter Server. Table 3‑2. Choosing a vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Mode vCenter Server Deployment Single Sign-On Deployment Mode Single vCenter Server Basic vCenter Single Sign-On Multiple local vCenter Servers Basic vCenter Single Sign-On Multiple remote vCenter Servers Basic vCenter Single Sign-On Multiple vCenter Servers in Linked Mode Multisite vCenter Single Sign-On vCenter Servers with high availability Basic vCenter Single Sign-On with VMware vSphere HA (provides high availability for vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On ) Basic vCenter Single Sign-On with vCenter Server Heartbeat (provides high availability for vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On ) See “vCenter Single Sign-On and High Availability,” on page 54. Basic Basic vCenter Single Sign-On is the most common deployment mode, and meets the requirements of most vSphere 5.1 and 5.5 users. Typically, this deployment mode maintains the same architecture as previous vCenter Server environments. In most cases, you can use vCenter Simple Install to deploy vCenter Server with vCenter Single Sign-On in basic mode. vSphere Installation and Setup 52 VMware, Inc.
- 53. In Basic deployment mode, a single standalone instance of the vCenter Single Sign-On server supports the connectivity of Active Directory, OpenLDAP, Local Operating System, and vCenter Single Sign-On embedded users and groups. In most cases, the vCenter Single Sign-On instance is installed on the same host machine as vCenter Server, as with the vCenter Server Simple Install option, or the vCenter Server Appliance. The Basic vCenter Single Sign-On deployment is appropriate in the following circumstances: n If you have a single vCenter Server of any supported inventory size: up to 1,000 hosts or 10,000 virtual machines. n If you have multiple geographically dispersed locations, each with a local vCenter Server and you do not require a single-pane-of-glass view as provided by vCenter Linked Mode. Multiple Single Sign-On instances in the same location For this deployment mode, you install a vCenter Single Sign-On primary instance and one or more additional vCenter Single Sign-On nodes. Both the primary and high availability instances are placed behind a third-party network load balancer (for example, Apache HTTPD or vCNS). Each vCenter Single Sign-On has its own VMware Directory Service that replicates information with other vCenter Single Sign-On servers. vCenter Single Sign- On administrator users, when connected to vCenter Server through the vSphere Web Client, will see the primary vCenter Single Sign-On instance. This deployment mode has the following limitations: n It provides provides failover only for the vCenter Single Sign-On service. It does not provide failover for the vCenter Single Sign-On host machine. n It supports the connectivity of Active Directory, OpenLDAP and vCenter Single Sign-On embedded users and groups, but does not support the use of local operating system user accounts. See “vCenter Single Sign-On and High Availability,” on page 54 for high availability options. Multiple Single Sign-On instances in different locations This mode is designed for vCenter Server deployments with multiple physical locations. Multisite deployment is required when a single administrator needs to administer vCenter Server instances that are deployed on geographically dispersed sites in Linked Mode. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 53
- 54. Each site is represented by one vCenter Single Sign-On instance, with one vCenter Single Sign-On server, or a high-availability cluster. The vCenter Single Sign-On site entry point is the machine that other sites communicate with. This is the only machine that needs to be visible from the other sites. In a clustered deployment, the entry point of the site is the machine where the load balancer is installed. NOTE This deployment mode is required if you have geographically dispersed vCenter Servers in Linked Mode. You might also consider this mode in the following cases: n If multiple vCenter Servers require the ability to communicate with each other. n If you require one vCenter Single Sign-On server security domain for your organization. This deployment mode has the following limitations: n It supports the connectivity of Active Directory, OpenLDAP and vCenter Single Sign-On embedded users and groups, but does not support the use of local operating system user accounts. n Secondary vCenter Single Sign-On instances must belong to the same Active Directory or OpenLDAP domain as the primary vCenter Single Sign-On server and must have a local domain controller available. You can install the vCenter Single Sign-On nodes in this deployment in any order. Any node that is installed after the first node can point to any node that is already installed. For example, the third node can point to either the first or second node. vCenter Single Sign-On and High Availability vSphere provides several ways to ensure availability of your vSphere deployment with vCenter Single Sign- On. vCenter Single Sign-On is merely an authentication component for vCenter Server. Single Sign-On protection does not provide any benefit without vCenter Server protection. Protecting one without the other does not provide an effective availability solution. The solution you choose to protect vCenter Server will provide the same protection for vCenter Single Sign-On without the additional complexity caused by including third-party technologies. vSphere Installation and Setup 54 VMware, Inc.
- 55. Options for Protecting vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Server The following options vary in the level of protection afforded, and in the recovery time required. Backup and restore Backup and restore should be an essential part of any availability solution, providing a granular recovery method, by tape, disk, or snapshot. However, the recovery time is typically measured in hours or days and requires manual intervention. Any backup solution must be independent of vCenter Server. Solutions like VMware Data Protection require an operational vCenter Server with a functioning vCenter Single Sign-On server to restore a virtual machine. vSphere HA vSphere HA is an industry standard for maintaining uptime of virtual machines and for detection of ESXi host failure. Also, with vSphere HA, a failed response to a configured VMware Tools heartbeat automatically reboots the virtual machine onto another operational host within the vSphere cluster. This detection usually occurs within seconds. A virtual machine can be fully rebooted within minutes, providing redundancy for vSphere host failures and virtual machine operating system crashes. vSphere HA does not have any knowledge of the application running inside the virtual machine. vCenter Server Heartbeat This separately licensed vCenter Server plug-in provides vCenter Server protection (physical or virtual) and can protect against failure of hosts. vCenter Server Heartbeat also adds application-level monitoring and intelligence of all vCenter Server components. vCenter Server Heartbeat is installed directly onto the vCenter Server or vCenter Server component, and replicates changes to a cloned virtual machine. The cloned virtual machine can take over when a failure event is triggered. The recovery can be accomplished by restarting the component, by restarting the entire application, or by the entire failover of the component or application to one or more paired virtual machines. Recovery time is measured in minutes. vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes and High Availability To determine the best deployment mode for vCenter Single Sign-On availability, consider the environment that vCenter Single Sign-On will serve. Single vCenter Server with local vCenter Single Sign-On in Basic deployment mode In the simplest deployment of vCenter Single Sign-On for high availability, you install vCenter Single Sign-On in Basic deployment mode, local to vCenter Server, and then add the availability solution. If the single machine that hosts vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On is virtual, you can place it in a vSphere HA-enabled cluster and protect it with no further configuration. If you require protection at the application level, you can use vCenter Server Heartbeat. If vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On are hosted on a physical server, vCenter Server Heartbeat is the only solution for availability. Multiple vCenter Servers in a single location In this environment, a dedicated, standalone vCenter Single Sign-On instance serves multiple vCenter Server instances in one physical location. If vCenter Single Sign-On is hosted on a virtual machine, you can place the standalone vCenter Single Sign-On server in a vSphere HA-enabled cluster and protect vCenter Single Sign-On with no further configuration. If you require application-level protection, you can use vCenter Server Heartbeat. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 55
- 56. vCenter Server Heartbeat is the only solution for availability if vCenter Single Sign-On is on a physical server. With either vSphere HA or vCenter Server Heartbeat, this deployment provides complete protection of the centralized vCenter Single Sign-On environment. Geographically dispersed vCenter Servers If your vSphere deployment includes vCenter Servers in different locations, it is not advisable to use a remote centralized vCenter Single Sign-On environment for vCenter Server authentication. Instead, you can provide one or more vCenter Single Sign-On instances at each location. Depending on the deployment of vCenter Servers at each location, you can use one of the same availability strategies described above in the options "Single vCenter Server with local vCenter Single Sign-On in Basic deployment mode" and "Multiple vCenter Servers in a single location with one vCenter Single Sign-On server." vCenter Single Sign-On Components vCenter Single Sign-On includes the Security Token Service (STS), an administration server, and vCenter Lookup Service, as well as the VMware Directory Service (vmdir). The components are deployed as part of installation. STS (Security Token Service) STS certificates enable a user who has logged on through vCenter Single Sign-On to use any vCenter service that vCenter Single Sign-On supports without authenticating to each one. The STS service issues Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) tokens. These security tokens represent the identity of a user in one of the identity source types supported by vCenter Single Sign-On. Administration server The administration server allows users with administrator privileges to vCenter Single Sign-On to configure the vCenter Single Sign-On server and manage users and groups from the vSphere Web Client. Initially, only the user administrator@vsphere.local has these privileges. vCenter Lookup Service vCenter Lookup Service contains topology information about the vSphere infrastructure, enabling vSphere components to connect to each other securely. Unless you are using Simple Install, you are prompted for the Lookup Service URL when you install other vSphere components. For example, the Inventory Service and the vCenter Server installers ask for the Lookup Service URL and then contact the Lookup Service to find vCenter Single Sign-On. After installation, the Inventory Service and vCenter Server system are registered in vCenter Lookup Service so other vSphere components, like the vSphere Web Client, can find them. VMware Directory Service Directory service associated with the vsphere.local domain. This service is a multi-tenanted, multi-mastered directory service that makes an LDAP directory available on port 11711. In multisite mode, an update of VMware Directory Service content in one VMware Directory Service instance results in the automatic update of the VMware Directory Service instances associated with all other vCenter Single Sign-On nodes. Setting the vCenter Server Administrator User The way you set the vCenter Server administrator user depends on your vCenter Single Sign On deployment. In vSphere versions before vSphere 5.1, vCenter Server administrators are the users that belong to the local operating system administrators group. vSphere Installation and Setup 56 VMware, Inc.
- 57. In vSphere 5.1.x and 5.5, when you install vCenter Server, you must provide the default (initial) vCenter Server administrator user or group. For deployments where vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On are on the same host machine, you can designate the local operating system group Administrators as vCenter Server administrative users. This option is the default. This behavior is unchanged from vCenter Server 5.0. For larger installations, where vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Server are deployed on different hosts, you cannot preserve the same behavior as in vCenter Server 5.0. Instead, assign the vCenter Server administrator role to a user or group from an identity source that is registered in the vCenter Single Sign-On server: Active Directory, OpenLDAP, or the system identity source. Authenticating to the vCenter Server Environment In vCenter Server versions 5.1 and later, users authenticate through vCenter Single Sign-On. In vCenter Server versions earlier than vCenter Server 5.1, when a user connects to vCenter Server, vCenter Server authenticates the user by validating the user against an Active Directory domain or the list of local operating system users. The user administrator@vsphere.local has vCenter Single Sign-On administrator privileges by default. When logged in to the vCenter Single Sign-On server from the vSphere Web Client, the administrator@vsphere.local user can assign vCenter Single Sign-On administrator privileges to other users. These users might be different from the users that administer vCenter Server. Users can log in to vCenter Server with the vSphere Web Client. Users authenticate to vCenter Single Sign- On. Users can view all the vCenter Server instances that the user has permissions on. After users connect to vCenter Server, no further authentication is required. The actions users can perform on objects depend on the user's vCenter Server permissions on those objects. For more information about vCenter Single Sign-On, see vSphere Security. How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects Log In Behavior vCenter Single Sign-On log in behavior depends on the domain the user belongs to and the identity sources that you have added to vCenter Single Sign-On. When a user logs in to a vCenter Server system from the vSphere Web Client, the login behavior depends on whether the user is in the default domain. n Users who are in the default domain can log in with their user name and password. n Users who are in a domain that has been added to vCenter Single Sign-On as an identity source but is not the default domain can log in to vCenter Server but must specify the domain in one of the following ways. n Including a domain name prefix, for example, MYDOMAINuser1 n Including the domain, for example, user1@mydomain.com n Users who are in a domain that is not a vCenter Single Sign-On identity source cannot log in to vCenter Server. If the domain that you add to vCenter Single Sign-On is part of a domain hierarchy, Active Directory determines whether users of other domains in the hierarchy are authenticated or not. After installation on a Windows system, the user administrator@vsphere.local has administrator privileges to both the vCenter Single Sign-On server and to the vCenter Server system. After you deploy the vCenter Virtual Appliance, the user administrator@vsphere.local has administrator privileges to both the vCenter Single Sign-On server and to the vCenter Server system. The user root@localos has administrative privileges on the vCenter Single Sign-On server and can authenticate to the vCenter Server system. Assign permissions to root@localos to allow that user access to the vCenter Server system. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 57
- 58. Identity Sources for vCenter Server with vCenter Single Sign-On Identity sources allow you to attach one or more domains to vCenter Single Sign-On. A domain is a repository for users and groups that the vCenter Single Sign-On server can use for user authentication. An identity source is a collection of user and group data. The user and group data is stored in Active Directory, OpenLDAP, or locally to the operating system of the machine where vCenter Single Sign-On is installed. Upon installation, every instance of vCenter Single Sign-On has the Local OS identity source identity source vpshere.local. This identity source is internal to vCenter Single Sign-On. A vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user can create vCenter Single Sign-On users and groups. Types of Identity Sources vCenter Server versions earlier than version 5.1 supported Active Directory and local operating system users as user repositories. As a result, local operating system users could always authenticate to the vCenter Server system. vCenter Server version 5.1 and version 5.5 uses vCenter Single Sign-On for authentication. See the vSphere 5.1 documentation for a list of supported identity sources with vCenter Single Sign-On 5.1. vCenter Single Sign-On 5.5 supports the following types of user repositories as identity sources, but supports only one default identity source. n Active Directory versions 2003 and later. vCenter Single Sign-On allows you to specify a single Active Directory domain as an identity source. The domain can have child domains or be a forest root domain. Shown as Active Directory (Integrated Windows Authentication) in the vSphere Web Client. n Active Directory over LDAP. vCenter Single Sign-On supports multiple Active Directory over LDAP identity sources. This identity source type is included for compatibility with the vCenter Single Sign-On service included with vSphere 5.1. Shown as Active Directory as an LDAP Server in the vSphere Web Client. n OpenLDAP versions 2.4 and later. vCenter Single Sign-On supports multiple OpenLDAP identity sources. Shown as OpenLDAP in the vSphere Web Client. n Local operating system users. Local operating system users are local to the operating system where the vCenter Single Sign-On server is running. The local operating system identity source exists only in basic vCenter Single Sign-On server deployments and is not available in deployments with multiple vCenter Single Sign-On instances. Only one local operating system identity source is allowed. Shown as localos in the vSphere Web Client. n vCenter Single Sign-On system users. Exactly one system identity source named vsphere.local is created when you install vCenter Single Sign-On. Shown as vsphere.local in the vSphere Web Client. NOTE At any time, only one default domain exists. If a user from a non-default domain logs in, that user must add the domain name (DOMAINuser) to authenticate successfully. vCenter Single Sign-On identity sources are managed by vCenter Single Sign-On administrator users. You can add identity sources to a vCenter Single Sign-On server instance. Remote identity sources are limited to Active Directory and OpenLDAP server implementations. For more information about vCenter Single Sign-On, see vSphere Security. Login Behavior When a user logs in to a vCenter Server system from the vSphere Web Client, the login behavior depends on whether the user is in the default domain. n Users who are in the default domain can log in with their user name and password. vSphere Installation and Setup 58 VMware, Inc.
- 59. n Users who are in a domain that has been added to vCenter Single Sign-On as an identity source but is not the default domain can log in to vCenter Server but must specify the domain in one of the following ways. n Including a domain name prefix, for example, MYDOMAINuser1 n Including the domain, for example, user1@mydomain.com n Users who are in a domain that is not a vCenter Single Sign-On identity source cannot log in to vCenter Server. If the domain that you add to vCenter Single Sign-On is part of a domain hierarchy, Active Directory determines whether users of other domains in the hierarchy are authenticated or not. vCenter Single Sign-On does not propagate permissions that result from nested groups from dissimilar identity sources. For example, if you add the Domain Administrators group to the Local Administrators group, the permissions is not propagated because Local OS and Active Directory are separate identity sources. Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network Before you install vCenter Single Sign-On, install the vSphere Web Client, or deploy the vCenter Server Appliance, make sure that all machines on the vSphere network have their clocks synchronized. If the clocks on vCenter Server network machines are not synchronized, SSL certificates, which are time- sensitive, might not be recognized as valid in communications between network machines. Unsynchronized clocks can result in authentication problems, which can cause the vSphere Web Client installation to fail or prevent the vCenter Server Appliance vpxd service from starting. Make sure that any Windows host on which a vCenter component runs is synchronized with the NTP server. See the Knowledge Base article Timekeeping best practices for Windows, including NTP. Synchronize ESX and ESXi Clocks with a Network Time Server Before you install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, or the vCenter Server appliance, make sure all machines on the vSphere network have their clocks synchronized. Procedure 1 From the vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server. 2 Select the host in the inventory. 3 Select the Manage tab. 4 Select Settings. 5 In the System section, select Time Configuration. 6 Click Edit and set up the NTP server. a Select Use Network Time Protocol (Enable NTP client). b Set the NTP Service Startup Policy. c Enter the IP addresses of the NTP servers to synchronize with. d Click Start or Restart in the NTP Service Status section. 7 Click OK. The host synchronizes with the NTP server. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 59
- 60. Synchronize the vCenter Server Appliance Clock with an NTP Server Before you deploy thevCenter Server Appliance, make sure all machines on the network have their clocks synchronized. Unsynchronized clocks can cause installation and authentication errors. On systems that are joined to a Windows domain, the vCenter Server Appliance clock is synchronized automatically with the domain controller. On other systems, you can enable synchronizing the clock through VMware Tools. As an alternative, you can use this procedure. Procedure 1 Open a Web browser and navigate to thevCenter Server Appliance Management Interface (https://vCenter-Appliance-Address:5480/). 2 Log in as root. 3 From the vCenter Server tab, select the Time subtab. 4 Select one or more of the available options. Option Description No synchronization Does not perform synchronization. NTP synchronization Select this option and specify one or more NTP servers to configure the appliance to synchronize with an NTP server directly. VMware Tools synchronization Select this option to synchronize all virtual machines. Active Directory synchronization This option becomes available only if you add the appliance to an Active Directory domain. If you select this option, none of the other options is available. 5 Click Save Settings. The vCenter Server Appliance clock is synchronized with the NTP server. Using a User Account for Running vCenter Server You can use the Microsoft Windows built-in system account or a user account to run vCenter Server. With a user account, you can enable Windows authentication for SQL Server, and it provides more security. The user account must be an administrator on the local machine. In the installation wizard, you specify the account name as DomainNameUsername. You must configure the SQL Server database to allow the domain account access to SQL Server. The Microsoft Windows built-in system account has more permissions and rights on the server than the vCenter Server system needs, which can contribute to security problems. For SQL Server DSNs configured with Windows authentication, use the same user account for the VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices service and the DSN user. If you do not plan to use Microsoft Windows authentication for SQL Server or you are using an Oracle database, you might still want to set up a local user account for the vCenter Server system. The only requirement is that the user account is an administrator on the local machine. Installing vCenter Server on IPv6 Machines vCenter Server 5.1 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPV4-compliant. To connect to vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. vSphere Installation and Setup 60 VMware, Inc.
- 61. JDBC URL Formats for the vCenter Server Database The vCenter Server installer generates and validates the JDBC URL for the vCenter Server database. If the installer fails to connect to the database using the generated JDBC URL, the installer will prompt you to specify the JDBC URL. JDBC URL Note for All Databases NOTE The domain name cannot contain the exclamation point character (!). Java interprets the exclamation point as a jar file separator. JDBC URL Formats for Microsoft SQL Server Databases For Microsoft SQL Server databases, you can use the following example JDBC URLs as a model: n Connect to default (unnamed) SQL Server instance by host name: jdbc:sqlserver://host;databaseName=database n Connect to named instance by host name and instance name: jdbc:sqlserver://host;instanceName=instance;databaseName=database n Connect to SQL Server by host name and port: jdbc:sqlserver://host:port;databaseName=database n Connect by port: jdbc:sqlserver://localhost:1422;databaseName=VIM_VCDB (user name, password, and database type to be passed separately) n Connect to local server with integrated security: jdbc:sqlserver://localhostSQLEXP_VIM;databaseName=VIM_VCDB;integratedSecurity=true n Connect to local server without integrated security: jdbc:sqlserver://localhostSQLEXP_VIM;databaseName=VIM_VCDB (user name, password, and database type to be passed separately) VMware vCenter Server JDBC configuration for Microsoft SQL Server might not work by default with direct IPv6 addresses. You must use one of the following forms: n Use the host name form for a standard Type-4 JDBC URL (recommended): jdbc:sqlserver://database-fully-qualified-host-name:port n Use direct IPv6 address format: jdbc:sqlserver://;serverName=[IPv6-address] For more information about JDBC URL formatting for MS SQL databases, including port and instance configuration options, see the msdn.microsoft.com Web site. At the time of this topic's publication, the information was available at http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms378428.aspx. JDBC URL Formats for Oracle Databases For Oracle databases, you can use the following example JDBC URLs as a model: n This format requires host name and address, port (default 1521) and service name (for example, "oracle.world"): jdbc:oracle:thin:@host:port/service Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 61
- 62. n This format requires host name and address, port (default 1521) and SID (for example, "ORCL"): jdbc:oracle:thin:@host:port:SID n This format is for a fully configured Oracle client with Oracle Net, which is useful for non-TCP configuration or Oracle RAC (real application clusters): jdbc:oracle:thin:@tnsname n The following example is for an Oracle RAC with a thin driver, without the full Oracle client installed: jdbc:oracle:thin:@(DESCRIPTION=(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=TCP)(HOST=rac1-vip)(PORT=1521)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=TCP)(HOST=rac2-vip)(PORT=1521))(LOAD_BALANCE=yes)(FAILOVER=ON) (CONNECT_DATA=(SERVER=DEDICATED)(SERVICE_NAME=RAC.DBTEAM)(FAILOVER_MODE=(BACKUP=rac1) (TYPE=SELECT)(METHOD=BASIC))))) In this example, rac1-vip is first node virtual IP, rac2-vip is second node virtual IP, RAC.DBTEAM is RAC DB service name, and rac1 is name of failover node. For more information about JDBC URL formatting for Oracle databases, see the oracle.com Web site. Running the vCenter Server Installer from a Network Drive You can run the vCenter Server installer from a network drive, but you cannot install the software on a network drive. In Windows, you can run the installers from the network drive and install the software on the local machine. Required Information for Installing or Upgrading vCenter Single Sign- On, Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client Prepare for the vCenter Server installation by recording the values that vCenter Server and related components require. The vCenter Single Sign-On, vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server installation wizards prompt you for the installation or upgrade information. Keep a record of the values entered, in case you must reinstall vCenter Server. You can print this topic as a worksheet to record the information that you need for the installation or upgrade of vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server. The following tables list the required information for installing or upgrading vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, vCenter Server. n Table 3-3. n Table 3-4. n Table 3-5. n Table 3-6. NOTE Depending on the type of installation or upgrade you are doing, some entries might not be required. Table 3‑3. Information Required for vCenter Single Sign-On Installation. Required Information Default Your Entry Setup Language. This selection controls the language only for the installer. English vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS port. 7444 vSphere Installation and Setup 62 VMware, Inc.
- 63. Table 3‑3. Information Required for vCenter Single Sign-On Installation. (Continued) Required Information Default Your Entry vCenter Single Sign-On deployment type. Choose from the following options: n vCenter Single Sign-On for your first vCenter Server. Select this option to create a new vCenter Single Sign-On server, which will become the first vCenter Single Sign-On server in a new domain.. n vCenter Single Sign-On for an additional vCenter Server in an existing site. Select this option to create an additional vCenter Single Sign-On server that replicates information from an existing vCenter Single Sign-On server in the domain. n vCenter Single Sign-On for an additional vCenter Server with a new site. Select this option to create an additional vCenter Single Sign-On server that replicates information from an existing vCenter Single Sign-On server in a different site. Domain name. vsphere.local You cannot change the domain name from the default during installation. User name. administrator@vsphere .local You cannot change the user name from the default during installation. Password for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator account in the default domain. You must use the same vCenter Single Sign-On password name when you install or upgrade vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client. IMPORTANT Be sure to record the password. If you need to restore the vCenter Single Sign-On configuration from a backup, the restore process requires the password you enter for the original vCenter Single Sign-On installation, even if you change the password later. By default, the password must have at least eight characters, at least one lowercase character, one uppercase character, one number, and one special character. See the vSphere Security documentation for information about changing the password policy. The following characters are not supported in passwords: non-ASCII characters, semicolon (;), double quotation mark ("), single quotation mark ('), circumflex (^), and backslash (). Site name. Your name for the vCenter Single Sign-On site. Partner host name. Required only if you are installing additional vCenter Single Sign-On servers. The partner host name is the DNS name of the existing vCenter Single Sign-On server to replicate from. Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 63
- 64. Table 3‑4. Information Required for the vSphere Web Client Installation Required Information Default Your Entry Setup Language. This selection controls the language only for the installer. English Destination folder. The folder to install the vSphere Web Client in. The installation path cannot contain the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). If 8.3 name creation is disabled on the host machine, do not install the vSphere Web Client in a directory that does not have an 8.3 short name or has a name that contains spaces. This situation will make the vSphere Web Client inaccessible. C:Program FilesVMwareInfra structure vSphere Web Client HTTP port. 9090 vSphere Web Client HTTPS port. 9443 vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user name. The entry is case sensitive, and must match the administrator user name you enter when you install vCenter Single Sign-On administrator@vsphere .local Password for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator account in the default domain. You must use the same vCenter Single Sign-On password when you install or upgrade vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client. IMPORTANT Be sure to record the password. If you need to restore the vCenter Single Sign-On configuration from a backup, the restore process requires the password you enter for the original vCenter Single Sign-On installation, even if you change the password later. Lookup Service URL. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://SSO_host_FQDN_or_IP:7444/lookupservice/sdk, where 7444 is the default vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS port number. This entry must match the URL you enter when you install vCenter Inventory Service. Table 3‑5. Information Required for vCenter Inventory Service Installation or Upgrade Required Information Default Your Entry Setup Language. This selection controls the language only for the installer. English Destination folder. The folder to install Inventory Service in. The installation path cannot contain the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). C:Program FilesVMwareInfra structure Fully Qualified Domain Name. The FQDN for the Inventory Service local system. vCenter Inventory Service HTTPS port. See “Required Ports for vCenter Server,” on page 23. 10443 vCenter Inventory Service management port. 10109 vCenter Inventory Service Linked Mode communication port. 10111 vSphere Installation and Setup 64 VMware, Inc.
- 65. Table 3‑5. Information Required for vCenter Inventory Service Installation or Upgrade (Continued) Required Information Default Your Entry Inventory size. The inventory size of your vCenter Server deployment: n Small (less than 100 hosts or 1000 virtual machines. n Medium (100-400 hosts or 1000-4000 virtual machines. n Large (more than 400 hosts or 4000 virtual machines. This setting determines the maximum JVM heap settings for VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (Tomcat), Inventory Service, and Profile-Driven Storage Service. You can adjust this setting after installation if the number of hosts in your environment changes. See the recommendations in “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17. User name for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user account. You must use the same vCenter Single Sign-On user name and password name when you install vCenter Single Sign-On, and install or upgrade Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client. administrator Lookup Service URL. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://SSO_host_FQDN_or_IP:7444/lookupservice/sdk, where 7444 is the default vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS port number. If you enter a different port number when you install vCenter Single Sign-On, use that port number. Table 3‑6. Information Required for vCenter Server Installation or Upgrade Required Information Default Your Entry Setup Language. This selection controls the language only for the installer. English vCenter Server license key. If you omit the license key, vCenter Server is installed in evaluation mode. After you install vCenter Server, you can enter the vCenter Server license in the vSphere Web Client. Data source name (DSN). Required if you use an existing database. Not required if you are using the bundled Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Express database. Leading and trailing spaces are not supported. Remove spaces from the beginning or end of the DSN. Database user name. Required to use an existing database. Not required if you are using the bundled database. Non-ASCII characters are not supported. Database password. JDBC URL for database. Required if you use an existing database. The vCenter Server installer should generate and validate the JDBC URL for the vCenter Server database. If the installer fails to connect to the database by using the generated JDBC URL, the installer prompts you to specify the JDBC URL. The format of the JDBC URL depends on the database that you are using. See “JDBC URL Formats for the vCenter Server Database,” on page 61.v Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 65
- 66. Table 3‑6. Information Required for vCenter Server Installation or Upgrade (Continued) Required Information Default Your Entry vCenter Server Service account information. Can be the Microsoft Windows system account or a user-specified account. Use a user-specified account if you plan to use Microsoft Windows authentication for SQL Server. Microsoft Windows system account Fully qualified domain name (FQDN) for the vCenter Server machine The FQDN of the system that you are installing vCenter Server on. The vCenter Server installer checks that the FQDN is resolvable. If not, a warning message appears. Change the entry to a resolvable FQDN. You must enter the FQDN, not the IP address. Standalone or join group. Join a Linked Mode group to enable the vSphere Web Client to view, search, and manage data across multiple vCenter Server systems. Standalone Fully qualified domain name of Directory Services for the vCenter Server group. The FQDN of a remote instance of vCenter Server. Required if this instance of vCenter Server is joining a group. The local and remote instances will be members of a Linked Mode group. LDAP port for the Directory Services for the remote vCenter Server instance. The LDAP port of the remote instance. Required if this instance of vCenter Server is joining a Linked Mode group. See “Required Ports for vCenter Server,” on page 23. 389 vCenter Server HTTPS port. See “Required Ports for vCenter Server,” on page 23. 443 vCenter Server HTTP port. 80 Heartbeat port (UDP) used for sending data to ESX/ESXi hosts. 902 VMware VirtualCenter Management Web Services HTTP port 8080 VMware VirtualCenter Management Web Services HTTPS port. 8443 Web Services change service notification port. 60099 LDAP port for the Directory Services for the local vCenter Server instance. 389 vSphere Installation and Setup 66 VMware, Inc.
- 67. Table 3‑6. Information Required for vCenter Server Installation or Upgrade (Continued) Required Information Default Your Entry SSL port for the Directory Services for the local vCenter Server instance. 636 Ephemeral ports. Select Increase the number of available ephemeral ports if your vCenter Server manages hosts on which you will power on more than 2000 virtual machines simultaneously. This option prevents the pool of available ephemeral ports from being exhausted. Inventory size. The inventory size of your vCenter Server deployment: n Small (less than 100 hosts or 1000 virtual machines. n Medium (100-400 hosts or 1000-4000 virtual machines. n Large (more than 400 hosts or 4000 virtual machines. This setting determines the maximum JVM heap settings for VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (Tomcat), Inventory Service, and Profile-Driven Storage Service. You can adjust this setting after installation if the number of hosts in your environment changes. See the recommendations in “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17. User name for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user account. You must use the same vCenter Single Sign- On user name and password name when you install vCenter Single Sign-On, and install or upgrade Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client. administrator Password for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user account. Lookup Service URL. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://SSO_host_FQDN_or_IP:7444/lookupservice/sdk, where 7444 is the default vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS port number. If you enter a different port number when you install vCenter Single Sign-On, use that port number. Inventory Service URL. The inventory Service URL takes the form https://Inventory_Service_host_FQDN_or_IP:10443. 10443 is the default Inventory Service HTTPS port number. If you enter a different port number when you install Inventory Service, use that port number. Destination folder. The folder to install vCenter Server in. The installation path cannot contain the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). C:Program FilesVMwareInfra structure Chapter 3 Before You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 67
- 68. Microsoft SQL Database Set to Unsupported Compatibility Mode Causes vCenter Server Installation or Upgrade to Fail vCenter Server installation with a Microsoft SQL database fails when the database is set to compatibility mode with an unsupported version. Problem The following error message appears: The DB User entered does not have the required permissions needed to install and configure vCenter Server with the selected DB. Please correct the following error(s): %s Cause The database version must be supported for vCenter Server. For SQL, even if the database is a supported version, if it is set to run in compatibility mode with an unsupported version, this error occurs. For example, if SQL 2008 is set to run in SQL 2000 compatibility mode, this error occurs. Solution u Make sure the vCenter Server database is a supported version and is not set to compatibility mode with an unsupported version. See the VMware Product Interoperability Matrixes at http://partnerweb.vmware.com/comp_guide2/sim/interop_matrix.php?. vSphere Installation and Setup 68 VMware, Inc.
- 69. Installing vCenter Server 4 Install vCenter Server to manage your vSphere system. This chapter includes the following topics: n “vCenter Server Installation and Sign-In Process,” on page 69 n “vCenter Server Components and Support Tools,” on page 72 n “Download the vCenter Server Installer,” on page 73 n “Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server by Using Simple Install,” on page 73 n “Use Custom Install to Install vCenter Server and Required Components,” on page 76 n “Add a vCenter Single Sign-On Identity Source,” on page 85 n “Install or Upgrade vCenter Server Java Components Separately,” on page 90 n “Install or Upgrade vCenter Server tc Server Separately,” on page 91 n “vCenter Single Sign-On Installation Fails,” on page 91 n “Download and Deploy the VMware vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 92 vCenter Server Installation and Sign-In Process As part of installation, you are prompted to make choices. Understand the complete installation, vCenter Single Sign-On setup, and permission assignment process before you start. Before installing vCenter Server, consider your environment and requirements to make the fofllowing decisions: n Decide how to set up vCenter Server services: on a single Windows platform or vCenter Server Appliance, or distributed across multiple Windows hosts or vCenter Server Appliances? n Decide whether you want your vSphere deployment to authenticate and give permissions to Active Directory users and groups. n Decide whether you want your vSphere deployment to authenticate and give permissions to Open LDAP users and groups. n Decide whether to use an embedded or an external vCenter Server database n If you have multiple vCenter Servers, decide whether theyshould be standalone instances or joined in a Linked Mode group. n Decide whether your vCenter Server deployment requires high availability protection. n Decide whether you will be deploying vSphere across multiple sites. VMware, Inc. 69
- 70. For guidance in making these decisions, review the sections in Chapter 3, “Before You Install vCenter Server,” on page 29. After you verify your hardware and software environment, you can start installation. Your interaction with the installer and with vCenter Single Sign-On is shown in the figure below. Figure 4‑1. Flowchart of vCenter Installation and User Management Process Different locations? Yes No Different locations Log in to VC and assign permissions Custom install SSO1 and VC1 at location 1 Set up SSO for location 1 Log in SSO add domain Set default domain Yes System replicates domain info to SSO2 Log in to VC and assign permissions Log in to VC1 and assign permissions Log in to VC2 and assign permissions Done Done Done Custom install SSO2 and VC2 at location 2 Point SSO2 to SSO1 Custom install NoYes First VC? Localos only? Simple install No Point to local SSO during Install . The interaction proceeds as follows. 1 You decide whether to install the vCenter components in different locations. n For a single location, the process differs if you perform a first installation or you are installing multiple vCenter Server systems at the same location. Continue with step 2. vSphere Installation and Setup 70 VMware, Inc.
- 71. n For multiple locations for the different components, you can perform a custom install (step 5) and set up an Active Directory or OpenLDAP identity source. 2 The installation type you select when you install everything in one location depends on whether this is the first vCenter Server system. n If this is the first or the only vCenter Server system that you install at this location, you can perform a Simple Install. See “Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server by Using Simple Install,” on page 73. NOTE Use Simple Install unless you have good reasons to install the vCenter Server in different locations. n If this is not the first vCenter Server system that you install at this location, you can perform a Custom Install and point to the vCenter Single Sign-On service that you installed earlier when prompted. See “Use Custom Install to Install vCenter Server and Required Components,” on page 76. 3 After an installation in one location, local operating system users and the user administrator@vsphere.local can authenticate. n If the localos identity source is sufficient, you can log in to vCenter Server as administrator@vsphere.local and assign permissions to other local operating system (localos) users. See User Management Tasks in vSphere Security. n If an Active Directory identity source is needed, continue to step 4. 4 If you want to use an Active Directory or OpenLDAP identity source: a Log in to the vCenter Single Sign-On server as administrator@vsphere.local and add the domain as an identity source. b Add the Active Directory or OpenLDAP domain as an identity source. c Log in to vCenter Server and assign permissions so users in your domain can access vCenter Server components. See “Add a vCenter Single Sign-On Identity Source,” on page 85 and “Assign Permissions in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 87. 5 If you decide to install vCenter Server in multiple locations, you can install one or more vCenter Server components and a vCenter Single Sign-On component in each location. See “Use Custom Install to Install vCenter Server and Required Components,” on page 76. a Custom Install vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On in location 1. b Custom Install vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On in location 2. As part of the installation of the second system, point the vCenter Single Sign-On system to the first vCenter Single Sign-On system you installed. If you want, you can also set up Linked Mode for the vCenter Server instances. c Set up vCenter Single Sign-On for location 1 using the procedure in Steps 3 and 4. 6 After you complete the setup of vCenter Single Sign-On in one location, vCenter Single Sign-On settings in all other locations are updated immediately. 7 Log in to vCenter Server and assign permissions to users and groups. You set permissions for each vCenter Server instance. See “Assign Permissions in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 87. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 71
- 72. vCenter Server Components and Support Tools When you install vCenter Server, other components are also installed. The following components can also be installed when you install vCenter Server. VMware vCenter Server Windows service to manage ESXi and legacy ESX hosts. vCenter Single Sign-On The vCenter Single Sign-On authentication service makes the VMware cloud infrastructure platform more secure by allowing the various vSphere software components to communicate with each other through a secure token exchange mechanism, instead of requiring each component to authenticate a user separately with a directory service like Active Directory. Available and required with vCenter Server 5.1. vCenter Inventory Service Inventory Service stores vCenter Server application and inventory data, enabling you to search and access inventory objects across linked vCenter Servers. Microsoft .NET 3.5 SP1 Framework Software used by the Database Upgrade wizard and the vSphere Web Client. Also used by vCenter Server if you are using the bundled database. If it is not installed on your system, the vCenter Server installer installs it. Microsoft Windows Installer version 4.5 If you plan to use the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express database that is bundled with vCenter Server, Microsoft Windows Installer version 4.5 (MSI 4.5) is required on your system. You can also install MSI 4.5 directly from the vCenter Server autorun.exe installer. VMware vCenter Orchestrator vCenter Server module that provides a set of tools to manage your virtual IT environment. vCenter Orchestrator module is not supported on IPv6-only operating systems. If you install vCenter Server in a mixed environment (both IPv4 and IPv6 enabled), the vCenter Orchestrator module can be configured using IPv4. See the Administering vCenter Orchestrator. This component is installed automatically with vCenter Server. Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express (optional) Free, bundled version of the Microsoft SQL Server database for smaller scale applications. If you choose to use an existing database, the installer does not install the bundled database. vSphere Web Client Server application that you can use to manage an ESXi host by Web browser through a vCenter Server. vSphere Update Manager vCenter Server component that provides security monitoring and patching support for hosts and virtual machines. vSphere ESXi Dump Collector vCenter Server support tool. You can configure ESXi to dump the vmkernel memory to a network server, rather than to a disk, when the system has encountered a critical failure. The Dump Collector collects such memory dumps over the network. vSphere Syslog Collector vCenter Server support tool that provides a unified architecture for system logging and enables network logging and combining of logs from multiple hosts. vSphere Installation and Setup 72 VMware, Inc.
- 73. vSphere Auto Deploy vCenter Server support tool that can provision hundreds of physical hosts with ESXi software. You can specify the image to deploy and the hosts to provision with the image. Optionally, you can specify host profiles to apply to the hosts, and a vCenter Server location (folder or cluster) for each host. vSphere Authentication Proxy vCenter Server support tool that enables ESXi hosts to join a domain without using Active Directory credentials. This tool enhances security for PXE- booted hosts and hosts that are provisioned using Auto Deploy, by removing the need to store Active Directory credentials in the host configuration. Download the vCenter Server Installer Download the installer for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, and associated vCenter components and support tools. Prerequisites Create a My VMware account at https://my.vmware.com/web/vmware/. Procedure 1 Download the vCenter Server installer from the VMware Web site at https://my.vmware.com/web/vmware/downloads. vCenter Server is part of VMware vSphere, listed under Datacenter & Cloud Infrastructure. 2 Confirm that the md5sum is correct. See the VMware Web site topic Using MD5 Checksums at http://www.vmware.com/download/md5.html. Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client , vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server by Using Simple Install You can install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server together on a single host machine by using the vCenter Server Simple Install option. This option is appropriate for most deployments. Alternatively, you can use Custom Install to install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server separately and customize the location and configuration of each component. See “Use Custom Install to Install vCenter Server and Required Components,” on page 76. If vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, or vCenter Server is already installed on the computer, this procedure upgrades the existing version. Prerequisites n Review the topics in Chapter 3, “Before You Install vCenter Server,” on page 29. n Review “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49. Procedure 1 Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, and vCenter Inventory Service as Part of a vCenter Server Simple Install on page 74 Create the only node in a basic, Simple Install vCenter Single Sign-On installation, and install the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Inventory Service. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 73
- 74. 2 Install vCenter Server as Part of a Simple Install on page 75 In a simple Install, after you install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, and vCenter Inventory Service, the installer starts the vCenter Server installation. Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, and vCenter Inventory Service as Part of a vCenter Server Simple Install Create the only node in a basic, Simple Install vCenter Single Sign-On installation, and install the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Inventory Service. You can use Simple Install for the first vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Server in a deployment with multiple vCenter Servers. Succeeding instances of vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Server in the same deployment must be installed by using Custom Install. For more information about vCenter Single Sign-On, see “How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation,” on page 51. and the vSphere Security documentation. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. Prerequisites n See “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49 n Download the vCenter Server installer. See “Download the vCenter Server Installer,” on page 73. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vCenter™ Simple Install, and click Install. 3 Follow the prompts in the installation wizard to choose the installer language, and agree to the end user patent and license agreements. 4 If the prerequisites check screen shows any problems, cancel the installation, correct the problems, and restart the installer. 5 Set the password for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator account. This is the password for the user administrator@vsphere.local. vsphere.local is a new domain that is created by vCenter Single Sign-On. After installation, you can log in to vCenter Single Sign-On and in to vCenter Server as adminstrator@vsphere.local. By default, the password must have at least eight characters, at least one lowercase character, one uppercase character, one number, and one special character. See the vSphere Security documentation for information about changing the password policy. The following characters are not supported in passwords: non-ASCII characters, semicolon (;), double quotation mark ("), single quotation mark ('), circumflex (^), and backslash (). 6 Enter the site name for vCenter Single Sign-On. Choose your own name for the vCenter Single Sign-On site. 7 Accept or change the HTTPS port for vCenter Single Sign-On. 8 Select the folder in which to install vCenter Single Sign-On. The installation path cannot contain any of the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). vSphere Installation and Setup 74 VMware, Inc.
- 75. 9 Review the installation options and click Install. The vCenter Single Sign-On installation begins. When the vCenter Single Sign-On installation is complete, the installer proceeds with the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Inventory Service installations. No input is required for a new Simple Install installation of the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Inventory Service. NOTE After each component is installed, the installer might take a few minutes to start the installer for the next component. Install vCenter Server as Part of a Simple Install In a simple Install, after you install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, and vCenter Inventory Service, the installer starts the vCenter Server installation. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. Prerequisites n See “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49 Procedure 1 (Optional) Enter your license key. If you omit the license key, vCenter Server is in evaluation mode, which allows you to use the full feature set for a 60-day evaluation period. After installation, you can enter the license key to convert vCenter Server to licensed mode. 2 Choose the type of database that you want to use. n To use the bundled database, click Install a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Express instance (for small-scale deployments). This database is suitable for deployments of up to 5 hosts and 50 virtual machines. n To use an existing database, click Use an existing supported database and select your database from the list of available DSNs. Enter the user name and password for the DSN. If your database uses Windows NT authentication, the user name and password fields are disabled. NOTE A warning might appear that the DSN points to an older version of a repository that must be upgraded. If you click Yes, the installer upgrades the database schema, making the database irreversibly incompatible with previous VirtualCenter versions. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation. 3 Set the vCenter Server service account information. n If you are using a nonbundled database, enter the administrator name and password that you use when you log in to the system on which you are installing vCenter Server. n If you are using the bundled SQL Server database, select Use Windows Local System Account. You need the user name and password entered here to log in to vCenter Server after you have installed it. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 75
- 76. The Fully Qualified Domain Name field displays the FQDN of the system that you are installing vCenter Server on. The vCenter Server installer checks that the FQDN is resolvable. If not, a warning message appears when you click Next. Change the entry to a resolvable FQDN. You must enter the FQDN, not the IP address. 4 For each component that you install, accept the default port numbers, or if another service is using the defaults, enter alternative ports. 5 (Optional) Select Increase the number of available ephemeral ports. 6 Select the size of your vCenter Server inventory to allocate memory for several Java services that are used by vCenter Server. This setting determines the maximum JVM heap settings for VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (Tomcat), Inventory Service, and Profile-Driven Storage Service. You can adjust this setting after installation if the number of hosts in your environment changes. See the recommendations in the topic vCenter Server Hardware Requirements. 7 Click Install. Multiple progress bars appear during the installation of the selected components. The vCenter Simple Install is complete. What to do next See Chapter 5, “After You Install vCenter Server,” on page 99. Use Custom Install to Install vCenter Server and Required Components You can install vCenter Server and other vCenter components separately to customize the location and configuration of each component. For most basic vCenter Single Sign-On deployments, if all components are on the same host machine, you can install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server together on a single host machine using the vCenter Server Simple Install option. See “Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server by Using Simple Install,” on page 73. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. Prerequisites n Review Chapter 3, “Before You Install vCenter Server,” on page 29. n Review “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49 Procedure 1 Install the First or Only vCenter Single Sign-On Instance in a vCenter Server Deployment on page 77 Create the only vCenter Single Sign-On instance in a basic vCenter Single Sign-On installation or the first vCenter Single Sign-On instance in a deployment with multiple vCenter Single Sign-On instances. vSphere Installation and Setup 76 VMware, Inc.
- 77. 2 (Optional) Install an Additional vCenter Single Sign-On Node at an Existing Site on page 78 Create an additional vCenter Single Sign-On node at an existing vCenter Single Sign-On installation. An additional vCenter Single Sign-On node might be useful if your deployment includes multiple vCenter Server instances. 3 (Optional) Install an Additional vCenter Single Sign-On Node at a New Site on page 79 Create an additional vCenter Single Sign-On node for a multisite vCenter Single Sign-On installation. An additional node can be useful if you need multiple vCenter Server instances in different locations. Authentication information is replicated between vCenter single Sign-On instances that are related. 4 Install or Upgrade the vSphere Web Client on page 80 The vSphere Web Client lets you connect to a vCenter Server system to manage your vSphere deployment through a browser. 5 Install vCenter Inventory Service Separately by Using Custom Install on page 81 You can use Custom Install to install vCenter Single Sign-On, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server separately to customize the location and configuration of the components. 6 Install vCenter Server as Part of a Custom Install on page 83 You can install vCenter Server separately from vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Inventory Service to customize the location and configuration of the components. Install the First or Only vCenter Single Sign-On Instance in a vCenter Server Deployment Create the only vCenter Single Sign-On instance in a basic vCenter Single Sign-On installation or the first vCenter Single Sign-On instance in a deployment with multiple vCenter Single Sign-On instances. These instructions let you install vCenter Single Sign-On only. You must install vCenter Single Sign-On and Inventory Service before installing vCenter Server. For most deployments, you can install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server together on a single host machine by using vCenter Server Simple Install. See “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52 and “Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server by Using Simple Install,” on page 73. For more information about vCenter Single Sign-On, see “How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation,” on page 51. and the vSphere Security documentation. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. Prerequisites n Review “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52. n Review “How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation,” on page 51. . n Review “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49 n Download the vCenter Server installer. See “Download the vCenter Server Installer,” on page 73. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vCenter Single Sign-On and click Install. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 77
- 78. 3 Follow the prompts in the installation wizard to choose the installer language, and agree to the end user patent and license agreements. 4 If the prerequisites check screen shows any problems, cancel the installation, correct the problems, and restart the installer. 5 Set the password for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator account. This is the password for the user administrator@vsphere.local. vsphere.local is a new domain that is created by vCenter Single Sign-On. After installation, you can log in to vCenter Single Sign-On and in to vCenter Server as adminstrator@vsphere.local. By default, the password must have at least eight characters, at least one lowercase character, one uppercase character, one number, and one special character. See the vSphere Security documentation for information about changing the password policy. The following characters are not supported in passwords: non-ASCII characters, semicolon (;), double quotation mark ("), single quotation mark ('), circumflex (^), and backslash (). 6 Accept or change the HTTPS port for vCenter Single Sign-On. 7 Select the deployment mode vCenter Single Sign-On for your first vCenter Server. 8 Enter the site name for vCenter Single Sign-On. Choose your own name for the vCenter Single Sign-On site. 9 Review the installation options and click Install. vCenter Single Sign-On is installed. After vCenter Single Sign-On is installed or upgraded, the following default identity sources and users are available: localos All local operating system users. These users can be granted permissions to vCenter Server. If you are upgrading, those users who already have permissions keep those permissions. vsphere.local Contains all users who have administrator access to the vCenter Single Sign- On server. Initially, only the user administrator is defined. What to do next To deploy vCenter Server with multiple vCenter Single Sign-On instances, install an additional vCenter Single Sign-On at an existing or new site. See “(Optional) Install an Additional vCenter Single Sign-On Node at an Existing Site,” on page 78 or “(Optional) Install an Additional vCenter Single Sign-On Node at a New Site,” on page 79. If your vCenter Server deployment requires only one vCenter Single-Sign-On instance, install the vSphere Web Client. See “Install or Upgrade the vSphere Web Client,” on page 101. To add other identity sources, such as a native Active Directory (Integrated Windows Authentication) domain or an OpenLDAP directory service, see “Add a vCenter Single Sign-On Identity Source,” on page 85. (Optional) Install an Additional vCenter Single Sign-On Node at an Existing Site Create an additional vCenter Single Sign-On node at an existing vCenter Single Sign-On installation. An additional vCenter Single Sign-On node might be useful if your deployment includes multiple vCenter Server instances. Prerequisites n Review “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52. n See “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49. vSphere Installation and Setup 78 VMware, Inc.
- 79. n Install the first node in the vCenter Single Sign-On installation. See “Install the First or Only vCenter Single Sign-On Instance in a vCenter Server Deployment,” on page 77. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vCenter Single Sign-On and click Install. 3 Follow the prompts in the installation wizard to choose the installer language, and agree to the end user patent and license agreements. 4 Accept or change the HTTPS port for vCenter Single Sign-On. 5 Select the deployment mode vCenter Single Sign-On for an additional vCenter Server in an existing site. 6 Enter the information to point this additional node to the first vCenter Single Sign-On server. NOTE If the primary node is in a high-availability cluster, enter the address of the primary node load balancer. a Enter the Partner host name. The partner host name is the DNS name of the existing vCenter Single Sign-On server to replicate from. b Enter the password for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator account of the existing vCenter Single Sign-On server (administrator@vsphere.local). 7 Select an existing site as the partner or enter a new site. 8 Click Install. (Optional) Install an Additional vCenter Single Sign-On Node at a New Site Create an additional vCenter Single Sign-On node for a multisite vCenter Single Sign-On installation. An additional node can be useful if you need multiple vCenter Server instances in different locations. Authentication information is replicated between vCenter single Sign-On instances that are related. Prerequisites n Review “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52. n See “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49. n Install the first node in the vCenter Single Sign-On installation. See “Install the First or Only vCenter Single Sign-On Instance in a vCenter Server Deployment,” on page 77. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vCenter Single Sign-On and click Install. 3 Follow the prompts in the installation wizard to choose the installer language, and agree to the end user patent and license agreements. 4 Accept or change the HTTPS port for vCenter Single Sign-On. 5 Select the deployment mode vCenter Single Sign-On for an additional vCenter Server with a new site. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 79
- 80. 6 Enter the information to point this additional node to the first vCenter Single Sign-On server. NOTE If the primary node is in a high-availability cluster, enter the address of the primary node load balancer. a Enter the Partner host name. The partner host name is the DNS name of the existing vCenter Single Sign-On server to replicate from. b Enter the password for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator account of the existing vCenter Single Sign-On server (administrator@vsphere.local). 7 Select an existing site as the partner or enter a new site. 8 Click Install. The additional vCenter Single Sign-On server is installed. What to do next Repeat this procedure for each additional node. Install or Upgrade the vSphere Web Client The vSphere Web Client lets you connect to a vCenter Server system to manage your vSphere deployment through a browser. If an earlier version of the vSphere Web Client is installed, this procedure upgrades the vSphere Web Client. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. Prerequisites n Download the vCenter Server installer. See “Download the vCenter Server Installer,” on page 73. n Verify that the system has an Internet connection. n Verify that the system meets the software requirements for the vSphere Web Client. See “vSphere Web Client Software Requirements,” on page 22. n Before you install or upgrade any vSphere product, synchronize the clocks of all machines on the vSphere network. See “Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network,” on page 59. n Install vCenter Single Sign-On, or upgrade to the current version. n Verify that the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Server are registered to the same vCenter Single Sign- On server, to ensure that the vSphere Web Client can access the vCenter Server inventory. n Close all browsers before installing or uninstalling the vSphere Web Client. n Log in as a member of the Administrators group on the host machine, with a user name that does not contain any non-ASCII characters. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vSphere Web Client and click Install. vSphere Installation and Setup 80 VMware, Inc.
- 81. 3 Follow the prompts in the installation wizard to choose the installer language, and agree to the end user patent and license agreements. 4 Either accept the default destination folder or click Change to select another location. The installation path cannot contain any of the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). If 8.3 name creation is disabled on the host machine, do not install the vSphere Web Clientin a directory that does not have an 8.3 short name or has a name that contains spaces. This situation will make the vSphere Web Client inaccessible. 5 Accept or change the default port settings. 6 Enter the information to register the vSphere Web Client with vCenter Single Sign-On. The vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user name is administrator@vsphere.local, and the password must match the password you entered for the administrator user when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://SSO_host_FQDN_or_IP: 7444/lookupservice/sdk, where 7444 is the default vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS port number. Your entry should match the entry you made when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On. If you entered a different port number when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On, use that port number. 7 Click Install. 8 Start the vSphere Web Client by taking one of the following actions. n If you are starting the vSphere Web Client for the first time, open a supported browser, and go to https://vSphere_Web_Client_host_name_or_IP:9443/vsphere-client. n In subsequent sessions, you can start the vSphere Web Client from the Windows Start menu, by selecting Programs > VMware > VMware vSphere Web Client > vSphere Web Client. NOTE After you upgrade the vSphere Web Client, when you log in for the first time, you may see the error message Failed to navigate to desired location. This can happen when a vSphere Web Client session from the previous version remains open when you upgrade. In this case, refresh the browser and log in again. What to do next Install the Client Integration Plug-In in the vSphere Web Client. See “Install the Client Integration Plug-In in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 100 Install vCenter Inventory Service Separately by Using Custom Install You can use Custom Install to install vCenter Single Sign-On, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server separately to customize the location and configuration of the components. These instructions install vCenter Inventory Service only. You must install vCenter Single Sign-On before installing Inventory Service and vCenter Server. For most deployments, you can install vCenter Single Sign- On, the vSphere Web Client, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server together on a single host machine using the vCenter Server Simple Install option. See “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52 and “Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server by Using Simple Install,” on page 73. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 81
- 82. Prerequisites n Review “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52. n Review “How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation,” on page 51. . n Review “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49 n Download the vCenter Server Installer. n Install vCenter Single Sign-On. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vCenter Inventory Service and click Install. 3 Follow the prompts in the installation wizard to choose the installer language, and agree to the end user patent and license agreements. 4 Accept or change the default installation folder. The installation path cannot contain any of the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). 5 Enter the fully qualified domain name for the Inventory Service host machine. 6 If you are upgrading or reinstalling an existing instance of Inventory Service, choose whether to keep the existing database or replace it with a new empty database. 7 Accept or change the default values for Inventory Service port numbers. 8 Select the size of your vCenter Server inventory to allocate memory for several Java services that are used by vCenter Server. This setting determines the maximum JVM heap settings for VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (Tomcat), Inventory Service, and Profile-Driven Storage Service. You can adjust this setting after installation if the number of hosts in your environment changes. See the recommendations in the topic vCenter Server Hardware Requirements. 9 Enter the information to register Inventory Service with vCenter Single Sign-On. The vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user name is administrator@vsphere.local, and the password must match the password you entered when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://SSO_host_FQDN_or_IP:7444/lookupservice/sdk, where 7444 is the default vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS port number. Your entry should match the entry you made when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On. If you entered a different port number when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On, use that port number. NOTE If you installed vCenter Single Sign-On in a vCenter Server Appliance, you can also enter the Single Sign-On administrator user as root@localos. In this case, the password is the root password of the vCenter Server Appliance. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://vCenter_Appliance_IP_or_host_name:{7444}/lookupservice/sdk. 10 Click Install Certificates. 11 Click Install. Inventory Service is installed. vSphere Installation and Setup 82 VMware, Inc.
- 83. Install vCenter Server as Part of a Custom Install You can install vCenter Server separately from vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Inventory Service to customize the location and configuration of the components. These instructions let you install vCenter Server only. For most deployments, you can install vCenter Server, vCenter Single Sign-On, and Inventory Service together on a single host machine using the vCenter Server Simple Install option. See “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52 and “Install vCenter Single Sign-On, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Server by Using Simple Install,” on page 73. If you do not enter a license key, vCenter Server will be in evaluation mode, which allows you to use the full feature set for a 60-day evaluation period. After installation, you can enter the license key to convert vCenter Server to licensed mode. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. Prerequisites n Review “vCenter Single Sign-On Deployment Modes,” on page 52. n Review “How vCenter Single Sign-On Affects vCenter Server Installation,” on page 51. n Review “Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server,” on page 49 n Install vCenter Single Sign-On and Inventory Service. n To install the vCenter Server on a drive other than C:, verify that there is enough space in the C: drive to install the Microsoft Windows Installer .msi file. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vCenter Server and click Install. 3 Follow the prompts in the installation wizard to choose the installer language, agree to the end user patent and license agreements, and enter your license key. 4 Choose the type of database that you want to use. n To use the bundled database, click Install a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Express instance (for small-scale deployments: up to 5 hosts and 50 virtual machines). n To use an existing database, click Use an existing supported database and select your database from the list of available DSNs. Enter the user name and password for the DSN. If your database uses Windows NT authentication, the user name and password fields are disabled. NOTE You might get a warning that the DSN points to an older version of a repository that must be upgraded. If you click Yes, the installer upgrades the database schema, making the database irreversibly incompatible with previous VirtualCenter versions. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 83
- 84. 5 If the installer prompts you, enter the JDBC URL for your existing vCenter Server database. The installer should generate and validate the JDBC URL for the vCenter Server database. If the installer fails to connect to the database by using the generated JDBC URL, the installer prompts you to specify the JDBC URL. 6 Set the vCenter Server service account information. n If you are using a nonbundled database, enter the administrator name and password that you use when you log in to the system on which you are installing vCenter Server. n If you are using the bundled SQL Server database, select Use Windows Local System Account. You need the user name and password to log in to vCenter Server after you install it. The Fully Qualified Domain Name text box displays the FQDN of the system that you are installing vCenter Server on. The vCenter Server installer checks that the FQDN is resolvable. If not, a warning message appears when you click Next. Change the entry to a resolvable FQDN. You must enter the FQDN, not the IP address. 7 Select Create a standalone VMware vCenter Server instance or Join a VMware vCenter Group using Linked Mode to share information. Joining a Linked Mode group enables the vSphere Web Client to view, search, and manage data across multiple vCenter Server systems. NOTE This option does not appear if you are upgrading the VirtualCenter or vCenter Server database schema. You can join a Linked Mode group after the installation is complete. 8 If you join a group, enter the fully qualified domain name and LDAP port number of any remote vCenter Server system. 9 Enter the port numbers that you want to use or accept the default port numbers. 10 (Optional) Select Increase the number of available ephemeral ports. 11 Select the size of your vCenter Server inventory to allocate memory for several Java services that are used by vCenter Server. This setting determines the maximum JVM heap settings for VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices (Tomcat), Inventory Service, and Profile-Driven Storage Service. You can adjust this setting after installation if the number of hosts in your environment changes. See the recommendations in the topic vCenter Server Hardware Requirements. 12 Enter the information to register vCenter Server with vCenter Single Sign-On. The vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user name is administrator@vsphere.local, and the password must match the password you entered when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://SSO_host_FQDN_or_IP:7444/lookupservice/sdk, where 7444 is the default vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS port number. Your entry should match the entry you made when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On. If you entered a different port number when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On, use that port number. NOTE If you installed vCenter Single Sign-On in a vCenter Server Appliance, you can enter the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user as root@localos. In this case, the password is the root password of the vCenter Server Appliance. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://vCenter_Appliance_IP_or_host_name:{7444}/lookupservice/sdk. 13 If prompted to install or overwrite a certificate, follow the prompt. 14 Enter the vCenter Single Sign-On user or group to add as a vCenter Server administrator. The administrator or group you enter here is granted the necessary privileges to administer the vCenter Server instance that you are installing. vSphere Installation and Setup 84 VMware, Inc.
- 85. 15 Enter the Inventory Service URL. The Inventory Service URL takes the form https://Inventory_Service_host_FQDN_or_IP:10443. 10443 is the default Inventory Service HTTPS port number. If you entered a different port number when you installed Inventory Service, use that port number here. 16 Either accept the default destination folder or click Change to select another location. The installation path cannot contain any of the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). 17 Click Install. Multiple progress bars appear during the installation of the selected components. 18 Click Finish. The vCenter Server installation is complete. What to do next After you install vCenter Server, you can display the vCenter Server welcome page by typing the IP address of the vCenter Server machine or by typing localhost from a browser installed on the vCenter Server machine. You can install the vSphere Web Client to access vCenter Server. Review the topics in Chapter 5, “After You Install vCenter Server,” on page 99 for other postinstallation actions you might want to take. Add a vCenter Single Sign-On Identity Source Users can log in to vCenter Server only if they are in a domain that has been added as a vCenter Single Sign- On identity source. vCenter Single Sign-On administrator users can add identity sources from the vSphere Web Client. An identity source can be a native Active Directory (Integrated Windows Authentication) domain or an OpenLDAP directory service. For backward compatibility, Active Directory as an LDAP Server is also available. Immediately after installation, the following default identity sources and users are available: localos All local operating system users. These users can be granted permissions to vCenter Server. If you are upgrading, those users who already have permissions keep those permissions. vsphere.local Contains the vCenter Single Sign-On internal users. Procedure 1 Log in to the vSphere Web Client as administrator@vsphere.local or as another user with vCenter Single Sign-On administrator privileges. 2 Browse to Administration > Single Sign-On > Configuration. 3 On the Identity Sources tab, click the Add Identity Source icon. 4 Select the type of identity source and enter the identity source settings. Option Description Active Directory (Integrated Windows Authentication) Use this option for native Active Directory implementations. See “Active Directory Identity Source Settings,” on page 86. Active Directory as an LDAP Server This option is available for backward compatibility. It requires that you specify the domain controller and other information. See “Active Directory LDAP Server and OpenLDAP Server Identity Source Settings,” on page 87. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 85
- 86. Option Description OpenLDAP Use this option for an OpenLDAP identity source. See “Active Directory LDAP Server and OpenLDAP Server Identity Source Settings,” on page 87. LocalOS Use this option to add the local operating system as an identity source. You are prompted only for the name of the local operating system. If you select this option, all users on the specified machine are visible to vCenter Single Sign-On, even if those users are not part of another domain. NOTE If the user account is locked or disabled, authentications and group and user searches in the Active Directory domain will fail. The user account must have read-only access over the User and Group OU, and must be able to read user and group attributes. This is the default Active Directory domain configuration for user permissions. VMware recommends using a special service user. 5 If you configured an Active Directory as an LDAP Server or an OpenLDAP identity source, click Test Connection to ensure that you can connect to the identity source. 6 Click OK. What to do next When an identity source is added, all users can be authenticated but have the No access permission. A user with vCenter Server Modify.permissions privileges can assign permissions to users or groups of users to enable them to log in to vCenter Server. See “Assign Permissions in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 87. Active Directory Identity Source Settings If you select the Active Directory (Integrated Windows Authentication) identity source type, you can either use the local machine account as your SPN (Service Principal Name) or specify an SPN explicitly. Select Use machine account to speed up configuration. If you expect to rename the local machine on which vCenter Single Sign-On runs, specifying an SPN explicitly is preferable. Table 4‑1. Add Identity Source Settings Field Description Domain name FDQN of the domain. Do not provide an IP address in this field. Use machine account Select this option to use the local machine account as the SPN. When you select this option, you specify only the domain name. Do not select this option if you expect to rename this machine. Use SPN Select this option if you expect to rename the local machine. You must specify an SPN, a user who can authenticate with the identity source, and a password for the user. Service Principal SPN that helps Kerberos to identify the Active Directory service. Include the domain in the name, for example, STS/example.com. You might have to run setspn -S to add the user you want to use. See the Microsoft documentation for information on setspn. The SPN must be unique across the domain. Running setspn -S checks that no duplicate is created. vSphere Installation and Setup 86 VMware, Inc.
- 87. Table 4‑1. Add Identity Source Settings (Continued) Field Description User Principal Name Name of a user who can authenticate with this identity source. Use the email address format, for example, jchin@mydomain.com. You can verify the User Principal Name with the Active Directory Service Interfaces Editor (ADSI Edit). Password Password for the user who is used to authenticate with this identity source, which is the user who is specified in User Principal Name. Include the domain name, for example, jdoe@example.com. Active Directory LDAP Server and OpenLDAP Server Identity Source Settings The Active Directory as an LDAP Server identity source is available for backward compatibility. Use the Active Directory (Integrated Windows Authentication) option for a setup that requires less input. The OpenLDAP Server identity source is available for environments that use OpenLDAP. Table 4‑2. Active Directory as an LDAP Server and OpenLDAP Settings Field Description Name Name of the identity source. Base DN for users (Optional) Base domain name for users. Domain name FDQN of the domain, for example, example.com. Do not provide an IP address in this field. Domain alias The domain's NetBIOS name. Add the NetBIOS name of the Active Directory domain as an alias of the identity source if you are using SSPI authentications. Base DN for groups (Optional) The base domain name for groups. Primary Server URL Primary domain controller LDAP server for the domain. Use the format ldap://hostname:port or ldaps://hostname:port. The port is typically 389 for ldap: connections and 636 for ldaps: connections. For Active Directory multi-domain controller deployments, the port is typically 3268 for ldap: connections and 3269 for ldaps: connections. A certificate that establishes trust for the LDAPS endpoint of the Active Directory server is required when you use ldaps:// in the primary or secondary LDAP URL. Secondary server URL (Optional) Address of a secondary domain controller LDAP server that is used for failover. Username ID of a user in the domain who has a minimum of read- only access to Base DN for users and groups. Password Password of the user who is specified by Username. Assign Permissions in the vSphere Web Client After you create users and groups and define roles, you must assign the users and groups and their roles to the relevant inventory objects. You can assign the same permissions at one time on multiple objects by moving the objects to a folder and setting the permissions on the folder. Permissions assigned from the vSphere Web Client must match permissions, including case, in ActiveDirectory precisely. If you upgraded from earlier versions of vSphere, check for case inconsistencies if you experience problems with groups. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 87
- 88. Prerequisites Permissions.Modify permission on the parent object of the object whose permissions you want to modify. Procedure 1 Browse to the object in the vSphere Web Client object navigator. 2 Click the Manage tab and select Permissions. 3 Click Add Permission. 4 Click Add. 5 Identify the user or group that will have the permission. a Select the domain where the user or group is located from the Domain drop-down menu. b Type a name in the Search box or select a name from the list. The system searches user names, group names, and descriptions. c Select the user or group and click Add. The name is added to either the Users or Groups list. d (Optional) Click Check Names to verify that the user or group exists in the database. e Click OK. 6 Select a role from the Assigned Role drop-down menu. The roles that are assigned to the object appear in the menu. The privileges contained in the role are listed in the section below the role title. 7 (Optional) Deselect the Propagate to Child Objects check box. The role is applied only to the selected object and does not propagate to the child objects. 8 Verify that the users and groups are assigned to the appropriate permissions and click OK. The server adds the permission to the list of permissions for the object. The list of permissions references all users and groups that have roles assigned to the object and indicates where in the vCenter Server hierarchy the role is assigned. Hierarchical Inheritance of Permissions When you assign a permission to an object, you can choose whether the permission propagates down the object hierarchy. You set propagation for each permission. Propagation is not universally applied. Permissions defined for a child object always override the permissions that are propagated from parent objects. The figure illustrates inventory hierarchy and the paths by which permissions can propagate. vSphere Installation and Setup 88 VMware, Inc.
- 89. Figure 4‑2. vSphere Inventory Hierarchy template host standard switch VDS datastore virtual machine virtual machine virtual machine virtual machine cluster resource pool vApp vApp vApp resource pool VM folder host folder network folder datastore folder data center folder data center root folder distributed port group datastore cluster resource pool Most inventory objects inherit permissions from a single parent object in the hierarchy. For example, a datastore inherits permissions from either its parent datastore folder or parent datacenter. Virtual machines inherit permissions from both the parent virtual machine folder and the parent host, cluster, or resource pool simultaneously. To restrict a user’s privileges on a virtual machine, you must set permissions on both the parent folder and the parent host, cluster, or resource pool for that virtual machine. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 89
- 90. To set permissions for a distributed switch and its associated distributed port groups, set permissions on a parent object, such a folder or datacenter. You must also select the option to propagate these permissions to child objects. Permissions take several forms in the hierarchy: Managed entities You can define permissions on managed entities. n Clusters n Datacenters n Datastores n Datastore clusters n Folders n Hosts n Networks (except vSphere Distributed Switches) n Distributed port groups n Resource pools n Templates n Virtual machines n vSphere vApps Global entities Global entities derive permissions from the root vCenter Server system. n Custom fields n Licenses n Roles n Statistics intervals n Sessions Install or Upgrade vCenter Server Java Components Separately The required vCenter Server Java Components (JRE) are installed or upgraded silently when you install or upgrade vCenter Server. You can also install or upgrade vCenter Server Java Components separately. By using the separate installer, you can update or upgrade JRE to a version that is released asynchronously from vCenter Server releases. If an earlier version of JRE is present on the system, this procedure upgrades the existing JRE version. Prerequisites n Verify that Microsoft Windows Installler 3.0 or later is present on your system. n Download the vCenter Server installer from the VMware downloads page at http://www.vmware.com/support/ and extract the zip archive. Procedure 1 In Windows Explorer, double-click the file vCenter_Server_installation_directory/vJRE/VMware- jre.exe. The VMware vCenter Server - Java Components installer wizard opens. 2 Accept the license agreement. vSphere Installation and Setup 90 VMware, Inc.
- 91. 3 Accept or change the default installation folder. 4 Click Install. The vCenter Server Java Components (JRE) are installed or upgraded. Install or Upgrade vCenter Server tc Server Separately The required vCenter Server component tc Server is installed or upgraded silently when you install or upgrade vCenter Server. You can also install or upgrade vCenter Server tc Server separately. By using the separate installer, you can update or upgrade vCenter Server tc Server to a version that is released asynchronously from vCenter Server releases. If an earlier version of vCenter Server tc Server is present on the system, this procedure upgrades the existing JRE version. Prerequisites n Verify that Microsoft Windows Installler 3.0 or later is present on your system. n Download the vCenter Server installer from the VMware downloads page at http://www.vmware.com/support/ and extract the zip archive. Download the vCenter Server installer from the VMware downloads page at http://www.vmware.com/support/ and extract the zip archive. Procedure 1 In Windows Explorer, double-click the file vCenter_Server_installation_directory/vtcServer/VMware-tcserver.exe. The VMware vCenter Server - tc Server installer wizard opens. 2 Accept the license agreement. 3 Accept or change the default installation folder. 4 Click Install. vCenter Server tc Server is installed or upgraded. vCenter Single Sign-On Installation Fails In a Windows environment, vCenter Single Sign-On installation might fail for several reasons. Problem The vCenter Single Sign-On installation fails in a Windows environment. Cause Multiple causes of an installation failure. Solution 1 Verify that all installation setup prerequisites are met. At the time the installation fails, the installer displays a message similar to ####: Installation failed due to.... 2 At a command line, run the following command to gather a vCenter Single Sign-On support bundle. C:WindowsSystem32cscript.exe "SSO Serverscriptssso-support.wsf" /z 3 Click OK Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 91
- 92. 4 View the logs in %TEMT%vminst.log for details about the failure and possible solutions. For a complete list of logs, see VMware Knowledge Base article 2033430. Download and Deploy the VMware vCenter Server Appliance As an alternative to installing vCenter Server on a Windows machine, you can download the VMware vCenter Server Appliance. The vCenter Server Appliance is a preconfigured Linux-based virtual machine optimized for running vCenter Server and associated services. The vCenter Server Appliance has the following default user names n root@localos with the password vmware. n administrator@vsphere.local with the password that you entered during installation for the vCenter Single Sign-On administrator account in the built-in domain. You can also create a custom password that the vCenter Server Appliance reads on first boot. See “Create a Custom Password on the First Boot for the vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 94. NOTE On a newly deployed version 5.5 vCenter Server Appliance, the root user does not have vCenter Single Sign-On Administrator privileges. For information about administering vCenter Single Sign-On, see the vSphere Security documentation. For external databases, the vCenter Server Appliance supports only Oracle databases, in the same versions shown in the VMware Product Interoperability Matrix for the version of the vCenter Server Appliance that you are deploying. See the VMware Product Interoperability Matrix at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility/sim/interop_matrix.php. Versions 5.0.1 and later of the vCenter Server Appliance use PostgreSQL for the embedded database instead of IBM DB2, which is used in vCenter Server Appliance 5.0. The vCenter Server Appliance does not support Linked Mode configuration. Version 5.5 of the vCenter Server Appliance is deployed with virtual hardware version 7, which supports eight virtual CPUs per virtual machine in ESXi. Depending on the hosts that you will manage with the vCenter Server Appliance, you might want to upgrade the ESXi hosts and update the hardware version of the vCenter Server Appliance to support more virtual CPUs: n ESXi 4.x supports up to virtual hardware version 7 with up to 8 virtual CPUs per virtual machine. n ESXi 5.0.x supports up to virtual hardware version 8 with up to 32 virtual CPUs per virtual machine. n ESXi 5.1.x supports up to virtual hardware version 9 with up to 64 virtual CPUs per virtual machine. CAUTION If you update the vCenter Server appliance to hardware version 10, you cannot edit the virtual machine settings for the appliance using the vSphere Client. This might cause difficulties in managing the vCenter Server Appliance, because you cannot use the vSphere Web Client to connect directly to the host on which the vCenter Server Appliance resides to manage it. Do not upgrade the vCenter Server Appliance to hardware version 10. For inventory and other configuration limits in the vCenter Server Appliance, see the Configuration Maximums documentation. For information about upgrading ESXi hosts, see the vSphere Upgrade documentation. To update the virtual hardware version of a virtual machine, see the information about virtual machine compatibility levels in the vSphere Virtual Machine Administration documentation. For information about configuring the vCenter Server Appliance, see the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation. vSphere Installation and Setup 92 VMware, Inc.
- 93. To configure networking for the vCenter Server Appliance, you must use the vami_config_net tool, located at /opt/vmware/share/vami/vami_config_net. Instructions for using this tool are in the document User’s Guide to Deploying vApps and Virtual Appliances, located at https://www.vmware.com/support/developer/studio/studio26/va_user.pdf. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. The ESXi Dump Collector service, the vSphere Syslog service, and vSphere Auto Deploy must use an IPv4 address to communicate with the vCenter Server Appliance. Prerequisites n Verify that the host machine meets the hardware requirements for the vCenter Server Appliance listed in “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17. n Verify that the hosts are running ESX version 4.x or ESXi version 4.x or later. n Synchronize the clocks of all machines on the vSphere network. See “Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network,” on page 59. n If you plan to configure the vCenter Server Appliance from a configuration file, prepare the file and store it in a location that is accessible from the vCenter Server Appliance host machine. See “Format for the vCenter Server Appliance Configuration File,” on page 96. n See the vSphere Virtual Machine Administration documentation for instructions on deploying OVA files and OVF templates. Procedure 1 From the vSphere 5 download page on the VMware Web site, download the .OVA file or the .OVF and VMDK System and Data disks for the vCenter Server appliance onto your system. If you use the .OVF and VMDK System and Data disks, download them all into the same folder. 2 Using the vSphere Client or vSphere Web Client, deploy the .OVA file or the .OVF and VMDK system and data disks as an OVF template. If you do not want to commit to using the maximum 80GB of disk space at deployment, deploy the vCenter Server Appliance with thin provisioning. In the Disk Format panel of the Deploy OVF template wizard, select Thin provisioned format. NOTE The vSphere Web Client connects to vSphere through the vCenter Server, but cannot connect directly to an ESXi instance. If your vSphere environment does not already have vCenter Server installed, use the vSphere Client to deploy the vCenter Server Appliance to an ESXi instance. Alternatively, you can use the OVF Tool, which is available, with documentation, from VMware Communities at https://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/automationtools/ovf. Once your vSphere environment includes a vCenter Server instance, you can use the vSphere Web Client to deploy the vCenter Server Appliance to an ESXi instance through the vCenter Server. 3 Power on the vCenter Server Appliance. 4 Open a console view. 5 Follow the instructions on the welcome screen to open a browser window to the URL shown. 6 Log in to the vCenter Server Appliance and accept the license agreement. When you log in, the vCenter Server Setup wizard starts. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 93
- 94. 7 Select the configuration option for your installation. Option Description Configure with default settings Sets up embedded vCenter Server database in the vCenter Server Appliance and configures the database and Active Directory with default settings. Upload configuration file To configure the vCenter Server Appliance from a prepared configuration file. Set custom configuration To customize the configuration of the vCenter Server Appliance. The setup wizard displays separate panels for you to connect the appliance to embedded or external vCenter Server database, and to configure custom Active Directory settings. 8 Follow the prompts to complete the wizard. If you uploaded a configuration file, enter any settings that were not included in the file as you complete the wizard. The vCenter Server Appliance is deployed and set up. What to do next See the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation for information about using vCenter Server and the vCenter Server Appliance. Create a Custom Password on the First Boot for the vCenter Server Appliance The vCenter Server Appliance has the default user name root@localos and password vmware. You can also create a custom password that the vCenter Server Appliance reads the first time you boot the appliance. By creating a custom password the first time you start the vCenter Server Appliance, you ensure that the default password cannot be used. NOTE When you change the root vCenter Server Appliance password using the vCenter Server Appliance Web interface, the GRUB password is changed automatically. However, when you change the vCenter Server Appliance password using the vCenter Server Appliance console, the GRUB password is not changed. You must update the vCenter Server Appliance root password using the Web interface to simultaneously change the GRUB password. Procedure 1 From a terminal window on your Linux host machine, type the following command to create an MD5 hash of the custom password. grub-md5-crypt 2 At the prompt, type the new password and press Enter. The system returns the MD5 hash of the password. 3 Create a CD directory. mkdir cd 4 Add the MD5 hash to the vCenter Server Appliance configuration file. echo 'rootPwdHashMD5=hash_password' > cd/vcva.cfg hash_password is the MD5 hash of the password returned in Step 2. Use single quotes for the echo command, as shown, because the hash_password contains $ characters that must be escaped otherwise. vSphere Installation and Setup 94 VMware, Inc.
- 95. 5 Create an ISO file containing the password. mkisofs -R -o rootpass.iso cd 6 Attach the CD/DVD drive of the vCenter Server Appliance virtual machine to the rootpass.iso file, and make sure that Connected at power on is selected. When you turn on the vCenter Server Appliance, it reads and applies the custom password you created for the root user. Configure a vCenter Server Appliance to Use the vCenter Single Sign-On of a Different Virtual Machine You can direct one or more vCenter Server Appliances to use a vCenter Single Sign-On instance running on another virtual machine. This action makes all the vCenter Server instances accessible by each vSphere Web Client configured with the same vCenter Single Sign-On instance. You can also set a new vCenter Server Appliance to use an external vCenter Single Sign-On instance when you run the vCenter Server Setup wizard for a newly deployed vCenter Server Appliance. See “Download and Deploy the VMware vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 92. Prerequisites n Verify that you have the URL of the Lookup Service for the target instance of vCenter Single Sign-On. Procedure 1 Connect to the vCenter Server Appliance from a Web browser. 2 On the vCenter Server tab, click SSO. 3 Set the SSO deployment type to external. 4 Under Lookup service location, type the URL of the Lookup Service for the target instance of vCenter Single-Sign On. The new vCenter Server Appliance is configured to use the existing vCenter Single Sign-On instance, and both vCenter Server instances are accessible by the vSphere Web Client of either vCenter Server Appliance. What to do next You can repeat this procedure for multiple vCenter Server Appliances. Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 95
- 96. Format for the vCenter Server Appliance Configuration File When you deploy a new vCenter Server Appliance, you can configure the appliance by uploading a configuration file, instead of entering the settings manually in the vCenter Server Setup wizard. Configuration File Format Each line of the configuration file supplies the setting for the corresponding entry in the vCenter Center Setup wizard. The values shown here are variables that describe acceptable entries. NOTE You must enter the header exactly as shown below: vCenter Server Preseed Config v1.0. Otherwise, the file will be rejected. Passwords in the configuration file are not used. You must enter passwords manually when you complete the vCenter Setup wizard. #vCenter Server Preseed Config v1.0 #Database options VC_DB_TYPE=embedded or oracle #Additional database options if VC_DB_TYPE=oracle VC_DB_SERVER=vCenter Server database server IP address VC_DB_SERVER_PORT=vCenter Server database server port number VC_DB_INSTANCE=vCenter Server database server instance name VC_DB_USER=vCenter Server database user name VC_DB_PASSWORD= #vCenter Single Sign-On options SSO_TYPE=embedded or external #Additional vCenter Single Sign-On options if SSO_TYPE=external SSO_LS_LOCATION=vCenter Single Sign-On Lookup Service URL SSO_LS_CERT_THUMBPRINT=vCenter Single Sign-On Lookup Service certificate thumbprint SSO_REG_ADMIN_USERNAME=fully qualified name of a user with vCenter Single Sign-On administrative privileges SSO_REG_ADMIN_PASSWORD=password for above user with vCenter Single Sign-On administrative privileges SSO_VC_ADMIN_USERNAME=name of the default principal administrator for vCenter Server. If not qualified, it is assumed to be an Operating System principal SSO_VC_ADMIN_IS_GROUP=true or false. True if above default principal administrator for vCenter Server is a group. #Additional vCenter Single Sign-On options if SSO_TYPE=embedded SSO_ADMIN_PASS=password for the administrator@vsphere.local newly installed embedded vCenter Single Sign-On service SSO_ADMIN_PASS2=set to the same string as SSO_ADMIN_PASS SSO_CALLTYPE=set to "typed" for SSO_ADMIN_PASS to take effect. #Microsoft Active Directory options VC_AD_STATUS=0 to disable, 1 to enable #Additional Microsoft Active Directory option if VC_AD_STATUS=1 VC_AD_DOMAIN=Active Directory fully qualified domain name vSphere Installation and Setup 96 VMware, Inc.
- 97. Example: Example Configuration File This example shows a configuration file for a vCenter Server Appliance that uses an external Oracle vCenter Server database and an external vCenter Single Sign-On instance. #vCenter Server Preseed Config v1.0 #Database options VC_DB_TYPE=oracle VC_DB_SERVER=10.111.11.111 VC_DB_SERVER_PORT=1521 VC_DB_INSTANCE=orcl VC_DB_USER=VCA-6 VC_DB_PASSWORD= #vCenter Single Sign-On options SSO_TYPE=external SSO_LS_LOCATION=https://machinename.corp.com:7444/lookupservice/sdk SSO_LS_CERT_THUMBPRINT= #Microsoft Active Directory options VC_AD_STATUS=0 VC_AD_DOMAIN= Chapter 4 Installing vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 97
- 98. vSphere Installation and Setup 98 VMware, Inc.
- 99. After You Install vCenter Server 5 After you install vCenter Server, consider these postinstallation options before adding inventory for the vCenter Server to manage. General Requirements n Install the vSphere Web Client and make sure that you can access the vCenter Server instance. n When vCenter Server and the database are installed on the same machine, after you reboot the machine, you might need to restart the VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices service. See “VMware vCenter Management Webservices Service Fails to Start,” on page 116. n Review the subtopics in this section for other postinstallation options. Oracle Database Requirements n For the Oracle Instant client, copy ojdbc14.jar to the vCenter Server tomcat directory vCenter install locationInfrastructuretomcatlib. n The Oracle 10g client and Oracle 11g client include ojdbc14.jar at: Install locationoracleproduct10.2.0instance_namejdbclib or Install locationappAdministratorproduct11.1.0instance_namesqldeveloperjdbclib. The vCenter Server installer copies the file from the Oracle client installation location to the vCenter Server tomcat directory vCenter install locationInfrastructuretomcatlib. n If neither the ojdbc14.jar file nor the ojdbc5.jar file is found in the Oracle 10g or Oracle 11g client location, the vCenter Server installer prompts you to copy the file manually. You can download the file from the Oracle.com Web site. n After you install or upgrade the Oracle database and, if necessary, copy the ojdbc14.jar file or ojdbc5.jar file manually, restart the WMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices service. The WMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices service is located in the Services section of the Windows Administrative Tools control panel. Security Requirement For environments that require strong security, VMware recommends that you replace the default certificates on your vCenter Server system with certificates signed by a commercial Certificate Authority (CA). See the information on increasing security for session information in the vSphere Examples and Scenarios documentation. VMware, Inc. 99
- 100. This chapter includes the following topics: n “Install vCenter Server Components,” on page 100 n “Creating vCenter Server Linked Mode Groups,” on page 109 n “Configuring VMware vCenter Server - tc Server Settings in vCenter Server,” on page 114 n “VMware vCenter Management Webservices Service Fails to Start,” on page 116 n “Back Up the Inventory Service Database on Windows,” on page 116 n “Restore an Inventory Service Database Backup on Windows,” on page 116 n “Back Up the Inventory Service Database on Linux,” on page 117 n “Restore an Inventory Service Database Backup on Linux,” on page 117 n “Reset the vCenter Inventory Service Database,” on page 118 n “Enable IPv6 Support for vCenter Inventory Service,” on page 119 Install vCenter Server Components You can install vCenter Server components on the same machine that hosts vCenter Server or on remote machines. Install the Client Integration Plug-In in the vSphere Web Client The Client Integration Plug-in provides access to a virtual machine's console in the vSphere Web Client, and provides access to other vSphere infrastructure features. You use the Client Integration Plug-in to deploy OVF or OVA templates and transfer files with the datastore browser. You can also use the Client Integration Plug-in to connect virtual devices that reside on a client computer to a virtual machine. Install the Client Integration Plug-in only once to enable all the functionality the plug-in delivers. You must close the Web browser before installing the plug-in. If you install the Client Integration Plug-in from an Internet Explorer browser, you must first disable Protected Mode and enable pop-up windows on your Web browser. Internet Explorer identifies the Client Integration Plug-in as being on the Internet instead of on the local intranet. In such cases, the plug-in is not installed correctly because Protected Mode is enabled for the Internet. You cannot launch the virtual machine console in Internet Explorer without the Client Integration Plug-in. In other supported browsers, the virtual machine console can run without the plug-in. The Client Integration Plug-in also lets you log in to the vSphere Web Client by using Windows session credentials. For information about supported browsers and operating systems, see the vSphere Installation and Setup documentation. Prerequisites If you use Microsoft Internet Explorer, disable Protected Mode. vSphere Installation and Setup 100 VMware, Inc.
- 101. Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client, navigate to a link to download the Client Integration Plug-in. Option Description vSphere Web Client login page a Open a Web browser and type the URL for the vSphere Web Client. b At the bottom of the vSphere Web Client login page, click Download Client Integration Plug-in. Guest OS Details panel This option is not available for browsers that run on a Mac OS. a Select a virtual machine in the inventory and click the Summary tab. b Click Download Plug-in. OVF deployment wizard a Select a host in the inventory and select Actions > All vCenter Actions > Deploy OVF Template. b Click Download Client Integration Plug-in. Virtual machine console This option is not available for Microsoft Internet Explorer, and for browsers that run on a Mac OS. a Select a virtual machine in the inventory, click the Summary tab, and click Launch Console. b At the top right corner of the virtual machine console window, click Download Client Integration Plugin. 2 If the browser blocks the installation either by issuing certificate errors or by running a pop-up blocker, follow the Help instructions for your browser to resolve the problem. Install or Upgrade the vSphere Web Client The vSphere Web Client lets you connect to a vCenter Server system to manage your vSphere deployment through a browser. If an earlier version of the vSphere Web Client is installed, this procedure upgrades the vSphere Web Client. NOTE vCenter Server 5.5 supports connection between vCenter Server and vCenter Server components by IP address only if the IP address is IPv4-compliant. To connect to a vCenter Server system in an IPv6 environment, you must use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or host name of the vCenter Server. The best practice is to use the FQDN, which works in all cases, instead of the IP address, which can change if assigned by DHCP. Prerequisites n Download the vCenter Server installer. See “Download the vCenter Server Installer,” on page 73. n Verify that the system has an Internet connection. n Verify that the system meets the software requirements for the vSphere Web Client. See “vSphere Web Client Software Requirements,” on page 22. n Before you install or upgrade any vSphere product, synchronize the clocks of all machines on the vSphere network. See “Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network,” on page 59. n Install vCenter Single Sign-On, or upgrade to the current version. n Verify that the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Server are registered to the same vCenter Single Sign- On server, to ensure that the vSphere Web Client can access the vCenter Server inventory. n Close all browsers before installing or uninstalling the vSphere Web Client. n Log in as a member of the Administrators group on the host machine, with a user name that does not contain any non-ASCII characters. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 101
- 102. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vSphere Web Client and click Install. 3 Follow the prompts in the installation wizard to choose the installer language, and agree to the end user patent and license agreements. 4 Either accept the default destination folder or click Change to select another location. The installation path cannot contain any of the following characters: non-ASCII characters, commas (,), periods (.), exclamation points (!), pound signs (#), at signs (@), or percentage signs (%). If 8.3 name creation is disabled on the host machine, do not install the vSphere Web Clientin a directory that does not have an 8.3 short name or has a name that contains spaces. This situation will make the vSphere Web Client inaccessible. 5 Accept or change the default port settings. 6 Enter the information to register the vSphere Web Client with vCenter Single Sign-On. The vCenter Single Sign-On administrator user name is administrator@vsphere.local, and the password must match the password you entered for the administrator user when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On. The Lookup Service URL takes the form https://SSO_host_FQDN_or_IP: 7444/lookupservice/sdk, where 7444 is the default vCenter Single Sign-On HTTPS port number. Your entry should match the entry you made when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On. If you entered a different port number when you installed vCenter Single Sign-On, use that port number. 7 Click Install. 8 Start the vSphere Web Client by taking one of the following actions. n If you are starting the vSphere Web Client for the first time, open a supported browser, and go to https://vSphere_Web_Client_host_name_or_IP:9443/vsphere-client. n In subsequent sessions, you can start the vSphere Web Client from the Windows Start menu, by selecting Programs > VMware > VMware vSphere Web Client > vSphere Web Client. NOTE After you upgrade the vSphere Web Client, when you log in for the first time, you may see the error message Failed to navigate to desired location. This can happen when a vSphere Web Client session from the previous version remains open when you upgrade. In this case, refresh the browser and log in again. What to do next Install the Client Integration Plug-In in the vSphere Web Client. See “Install the Client Integration Plug-In in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 100 Install a Local Copy of vSphere Web Client Help If you do not have internet access from the system you use to access the vSphere Web Client, you can download and deploy a local copy of the online Help. By default, vSphere Web Client accesses online Help on the Web. This allows the client to access the most up-to-date version of the Help content. If you download and deploy Help locally, the local copy is not updated when new Help is published to the Web. If you deploy local Help, check the download location periodically for updates. For instructions for downloading and deploying vSphere Web Client online Help locally, see http://kb.vmware.com/kb/2030344. vSphere Installation and Setup 102 VMware, Inc.
- 103. Install the Update Manager Server The Update Manager installation requires a connection with a single vCenter Server instance. You can install Update Manager on the same computer on which vCenter Server is installed or on a different computer. Prerequisites See Update Manager installation prerequisites in Installing and Administering VMware vSphere Update Manager. Check the compatibility and interoperability of the vCenter Server server with SRM. You should use caution when connecting the Update Manager server to a vCenter Server instance to which the SRM server is connected. Connecting the Update Manager server to the same vCenter Server instance as SRM might cause problems when you upgrade SRM or vSphere, and when you perform daily operations. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file and select vSphere Update Manager. If you cannot run autorun.exe, browse to the UpdateManager folder and run VMware-UpdateManager.exe. 2 Select a language for the installer and click OK. 3 Review the Welcome page and click Next. 4 Read the patent agreement and click Next. 5 Accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next. 6 Review the support information, select whether to download updates from the default download sources immediately after installation, and click Next. If you deselect Download updates from default sources immediately after installation, Update Manager downloads updates once daily according to the default download schedule or immediately after you click the Download Now button on the Download Settings page. You can modify the default download schedule after the installation is complete. If you deselect Download updates from default sources immediately after installation, the update download task runs after installation, but it does not download any updates. 7 Type the vCenter Server IP address or name, HTTP port, and the administrative account that the Update Manager server will use to connect to the vCenter Server system, and click Next. 8 Select the type of database that you want to use. n If you do not have an existing database, select Install a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express instance (for small scale deployments) and click Next. This database is suitable for deployments of up to 5 hosts and 50 virtual machines. n If you have a supported database, select Use an existing supported database and select a DSN from the drop-down menu. If the DSN does not use Windows NT authentication, type the user name and password for the DSN and click Next. IMPORTANT The DSN must be a 32-bit DSN. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 103
- 104. 9 (Optional) Select the database options. n If the system DSN you specify points to an existing Update Manager database with the current schema, you can either retain your existing database or replace it with an empty one. n If the system DSN you specify points to an existing Update Manager database with different schema, on the Database Upgrade page, select Yes, I want to upgrade my Update Manager database and I have taken a backup of the existing Update Manager database, and click Next. 10 From the drop-down menu, select the IP address or the host name of your Update Manager instance. If the computer on which you install Update Manager has one NIC, the Update Manager installer automatically detects the IP address. If the computer has multiple NICs, you must select the correct IP address or use a DNS name. The DNS name must be resolved from all hosts that this Update Manager instance will manage. 11 Specify the Update Manager port settings, select whether you want to configure the proxy settings, and click Next. NOTE Use caution when you specify the Update Manager port settings, as you cannot modify them after installation. For the SOAP port, you have no limitations to the range of ports used, as long as there are no conflicts. For the Server port, you can use the following range: 80, 9000-9100. Update Manager automatically opens ESX/ESXi firewall ports in this range to allow outbound HTTP traffic to the patch store. 12 (Optional) Provide information about the proxy server, the port, and whether the proxy should be authenticated, and click Next. 13 Select the Update Manager installation and patch download directories, and click Next. If you do not want to use the default locations, you can click Change to browse to a different directory. 14 (Optional) In the warning message about the disk free space, click OK. This message appears when you try to install Update Manager on a computer that has less than 120GB free space. 15 Click Install to begin the installation. 16 Click Finish. The Update Manager server component is installed, and the client component appears as an available plug- in in the Plug-in Manager of the vSphere Client. What to do next In the vSphere Client, select Plug-ins > Manage Plug-ins to install and enable the Update Manager Client plug-in. Install or Upgrade vSphere ESXi Dump Collector You can configure ESXi to dump the vmkernel memory to a network server, rather than to a disk, when the system has encountered a critical failure. Install vSphere ESXi Dump Collector to collect such memory dumps over the network. If an earlier version of the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector is installed on your system, this procedure upgrades the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector to the current version. NOTE In the vCenter Server Appliance, the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector is installed and enabled by default. These instructions apply to Windows-based deployments. vSphere Installation and Setup 104 VMware, Inc.
- 105. For instructions on configuring ESXi to dump kernel memory to the network server, see “Configure ESXi Dump Collector with ESXCLI,” on page 187. The vSphere ESXi Dump Collector is most useful for datacenters where ESXi hosts are configured using the Auto Deploy process, so the ESXi hosts might not have local storage. You can also install the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector for ESXi hosts that do have local storage, as an additional location where vmkernel memory dumps can be redirected when critical failures occur. You can install the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector on the same machine as the associated vCenter Server, or on a different machine that has network connection to the vCenter Server. The vSphere ESXi Dump Collector service binds to an IPv4 address for communication with vCenter Server, and does not support IPv6. The vCenter Server can be on a host machine in an IPv4-only, IPv4/IPv6 mixed- mode, or IPv6-only network environment, but the machine that connects to the vCenter Server through the vSphere Web Client must have an IPv4 address for the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector service to work. Prerequisites n Verify that you have administrator privileges n Verify that the host machine has Windows Installer 3.0 or later. n Verify that the host machine has a supported processor and operating system. The vSphere ESXi Dump Collector supports the same processors and operating systems as vCenter Server. See “vCenter Server Software Requirements,” on page 22 and “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17. n Verify that the host machine has a valid IPv4 address. You can install the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector on a machine in an IPv4-only or IPv4/IPv6 mixed-mode network environment, but you cannot install the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector on a machine in an IPv6-only environment. n If you are using a network location for the Dump Collector repository, make sure the network location is mounted. Gather the following information to complete the installation or upgrade: n The location to install the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector to, if you are not using the default location. n The location for the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector repository where the dump files will be stored. n (Optional) The maximum size for the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector repository. The specified network location must have at least that much free space. n Whether to install the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector as a standalone instance or to integrate the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector with a vCenter Server. The vSphere ESXi Dump Collector is not supported for integration with vCenter Server versions earlier than version 5.0. n If the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector is integrated with a vCenter Server, the address and credentials for the vCenter Server: IP address or name, HTTP port, user name, and password. n The vSphere ESXi Dump Collector server port, if you are not using the default setting. n The host name or IP address to identify the vSphere ESXi Dump Collector on the network. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vSphere ESXi Dump Collector and click Install. 3 Follow the wizard prompts to complete the installation or upgrade. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 105
- 106. Install or Upgrade vSphere Syslog Collector Install the vSphere Syslog Collector to enable ESXi system logs to be directed to a server on the network, rather than to a local disk. If an earlier version of vSphere Syslog Collector is installed on your system, this procedure upgrades vSphere Syslog Collector to the current version. You can install vSphere Syslog Collector on the same machine as the associated vCenter Server, or on a different machine that has network connection to the vCenter Server. The vSphere Syslog Collector service binds to an IPv4 address for communication with vCenter Server, and does not support IPv6. The vCenter Server can be on a host machine in an IPv4-only, IPv4/IPv6 mixed-mode, or IPv6-only network environment, but the machine that connects to the vCenter Server through the vSphere Web Client must have an IPv4 address for the vSphere Syslog Collector service to work. Prerequisites n Verify that you have administrator privileges. n Verify that the host machine has Windows Installer 3.0 or later. n Verify that the host machine has a supported processor and operating system. vSphere Syslog Collector supports the same processors and operating systems as vCenter Server. See “vCenter Server Software Requirements,” on page 22 and “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17. n Determine whether to install vSphere Syslog Collector as a standalone instance or to integrate vSphere Syslog Collector with a vCenter Server. vSphere Syslog Collector is not supported for integration with vCenter Server versions earlier than version 5.0. n Verify that the host machine has a valid IPv4 address. You can install vSphere Syslog Collector on a machine in an IPv4-only or IPv4/IPv6 mixed-mode network environment, but you cannot install vSphere Syslog Collector on a machine in an IPv6-only environment. Gather the following information to complete the installation or upgrade: n The location to install vSphere Syslog Collector, if you are not using the default location. n The location for the vSphere Syslog Collector repository where the syslog files will be stored. n (Optional) The maximum size for the vSphere Syslog Collector repository. The specified network location must have at least that much free space. n (Optional) The maximum number of vSphere Syslog Collector log rotations to keep. n If vSphere Syslog Collector is integrated with a vCenter Server, the address and credentials for the vCenter Server: IP address or name, HTTP port, user name, and password. n The vSphere Syslog Collector server port, if you are not using the default setting, and whether to use TCP and UDP protocols for this port. n The vSphere Syslog Collector server SSL port, if you are not using the default setting, and whether to use secure connection (SSL) for this port. n The host name or IP address to identify vSphere Syslog Collector on the network. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vSphere Syslog Collector and click Install. 3 Follow the wizard prompts to complete the installation or upgrade. vSphere Installation and Setup 106 VMware, Inc.
- 107. Install or Upgrade vSphere Auto Deploy Install vSphere Auto Deploy to provision and customize physical hosts by loading the ESXi image directly into memory. You can provision and reprovision hundreds of ESXi hosts efficiently with vCenter Server. If an earlier version of vSphere Auto Deploy is installed on your system, this procedure upgrades vSphere Auto Deploy to the current version. You must install the vSphere Auto Deploy server separately for each instance of vCenter Server that you plan to use the vSphere Auto Deploy with. vSphere Auto Deploy is not supported with vCenter Server versions earlier than version 5.0. You must upgrade vSphere Auto Deploy when you upgrade vCenter Server. vSphere Auto Deploy is supported only in the same version as the corresponding vCenter Server. vSphere Auto Deploy supports both IPv4 and IPv6. However, vSphere Auto Deploy uses a PXE boot infrastructure that supports only IPv4. You can use vSphere Auto Deploy in a mixed IPv4-IPv6 environment or an IPv4-only environment, but not in an IPv6-only environment. Prerequisites n Verify that you have administrator privileges n Verify that the host machine has Windows Installer 3.0 or later. n Verify that the host machine has a supported processor and operating system. vSphere Auto Deploy supports the same processors and operating systems as vCenter Server. See “vCenter Server Software Requirements,” on page 22 and “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17. Gather the following information to complete the installation or upgrade: n The location to install vSphere Auto Deploy in, if you are not using the default location. n The location for the vSphere Auto Deploy repository. Do not use a network share for the repository. n (Optional) The maximum size for the vSphere Auto Deploy repository. Best practice is to allocate 2GB to have enough room for four image profiles and some extra space. Each image profile requires approximately 350MB. Determine how much space to reserve for the vSphere Auto Deploy repository by considering how many image profiles you expect to use. The specified disk must have at least that much free space. n The address and credentials of the vCenter Server that you are installing the vSphere Auto Deploy feature for: IP address or name, HTTP port, user name, and password. n The vSphere Auto Deploy server port, if you are not using the default setting. n The host name or IP address to identify vSphere Auto Deploy on the network. Procedure 1 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 2 Select vSphere Auto Deploy and click Install. 3 Follow the wizard prompts to complete the installation or upgrade. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 107
- 108. Install or Upgrade vSphere Authentication Proxy Install vSphere Authentication Proxy to enable ESXi hosts to join a domain without using Active Directory credentials. vSphere Authentication Proxy enhances security for PXE-booted hosts and hosts that are provisioned using Auto Deploy, by removing the need to store Active Directory credentials in the host configuration. If an earlier version of the vSphere Authentication Proxy is installed on your system, this procedure upgrades the vSphere Authentication Proxy to the current version. You can install vSphere Authentication Proxy on the same machine as the associated vCenter Server, or on a different machine that has network connection to the vCenter Server. The vSphere Authentication Proxy is not supported with vCenter Server versions earlier than version 5.0. The vSphere Authentication Proxy service binds to an IPv4 address for communication with vCenter Server, and does not support IPv6. The vCenter Server can be on a host machine in an IPv4-only, IPv4/IPv6 mixed- mode, or IPv6-only network environment, but the machine that connects to the vCenter Server through the vSphere Web Client must have an IPv4 address for the vSphere Authentication Proxy service to work. Prerequisites n Install vSphere Auto Deploy. See “Install or Upgrade vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 107. n Verify that you have administrator privileges. n Verify that the host machine has Windows Installer 3.0 or later. n Verify that the host machine has a supported processor and operating system. vSphere Authentication Proxy supports the same processors and operating systems as vCenter Server. See “vCenter Server Software Requirements,” on page 22 and “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17. n Verify that the host machine has a valid IPv4 address. You can install vSphere Authentication Proxy on a machine in an IPv4-only or IPv4/IPv6 mixed-mode network environment, but you cannot install vSphere Authentication Proxy on a machine in an IPv6-only environment. n If you are installing vSphere Authentication Proxy on a Windows Server 2008 R2 host machine, download and install the Windows hotfix described in Windows KB Article 981506 on the support.microsoft.com Web site. If this hotfix is not installed, the vSphere Authentication Proxy Adapter fails to initialize. This problem is accompanied by error messages in camadapter.log similar to Failed to bind CAM website with CTL and Failed to initialize CAMAdapter. Gather the following information to complete the installation or upgrade: n The location to install vSphere Authentication Proxy, if you are not using the default location. n The address and credentials for the vCenter Server that vSphere Authentication Proxy will connect to: IP address or name, HTTP port, user name, and password. n The host name or IP address to identify vSphere Authentication Proxy on the network. Procedure 1 On the host machine where you will install the vSphere Authentication Proxy service, install the .NET Framework 3.5. 2 Install vSphere Auto Deploy. You do not have to install Auto Deploy on the same host machine as the vSphere Authentication Proxy service. 3 Add the host machine where you will install the authentication proxy service to the domain. 4 Use the Domain Administrator account to log in to the host machine. vSphere Installation and Setup 108 VMware, Inc.
- 109. 5 In the software installer directory, double-click the autorun.exe file to start the installer. 6 Select vSphere Authentication Proxy and click Install. 7 Follow the wizard prompts to complete the installation or upgrade. During installation, the authentication service registers with the vCenter Server instance where Auto Deploy is registered. When you install the vSphere Authentication Proxy service, the installer creates a domain account with appropriate privileges to run the authentication proxy service. The account name begins with the prefix CAM- and has a 32-character, randomly generated password associated with it. The password is set to never expire. Do not change the account settings. What to do next Configure ESXi to use vSphere Authentication Proxy to join a domain. See the vSphere Security documentation. Uninstall VMware vSphere Components The VMware vSphere components and support tools are uninstalled separately, even if they are on the same machine. You must have administrator privileges to uninstall VMware vCenter Server CAUTION Uninstalling a vCenter Server system while it is running disrupts the vSphere Web Client connections, which can cause data loss. vCenter Single Sign-On and vCenter Server depend on vCenter Server Java Components (JRE) and vCenter Server tc Server. Inventory Service and the vSphere Web Client depend on vCenter Server Java Components (JRE). Uninstall vCenter Single Sign-On , Inventory Service, vCenter Server, and the vSphere Web Client before you uninstall vCenter Server Java Components (JRE) and vCenter Server tc Server. Uninstalling the vCenter Server system or the vSphere Web Client does not uninstall any of the other components, such as the bundled database or Microsoft .NET Framework. Do not uninstall the other components if other applications on your system depend on them. Procedure 1 If you are uninstalling the vCenter Server system, remove the hosts from the Hosts and Clusters inventory. 2 As Administrator on the Microsoft Windows system, select Start > Settings > Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs. 3 Select the component to remove from the list and click Remove. 4 Click Yes to confirm that you want to remove the program. 5 Click Finish. Creating vCenter Server Linked Mode Groups A Linked Mode group allows you to log in to any single instance of vCenter Server and view and manage the inventories of all the vCenter Server systems in the group. You can join multiple vCenter Server systems to form a Linked Mode group. You can configure a Linked Mode group during vCenter Server installation or after vCenter Server is installed. To join a vCenter Server group, you enter the fully qualified domain name (or IP address) of a remote machine on which vCenter Server is running. The remote machine can be any vCenter Server instance that is, or will become, a member of the Linked Mode group. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 109
- 110. You must also provide the LDAP port number of the remote vCenter Server instance. vCenter Server instances in a group replicate shared global data to the LDAP directory. The global data includes the following information for each vCenter Server instance: n Connection information (IP and ports) n Certificates n Licensing information n User roles The vSphere Web Client can connect to a Linked Mode vCenter Server environment only if the vSphere Web Client is logged in to vCenter Server as a domain user. For example, if the Linked Mode vCenter Servers are installed with user "abc" added to domain "xyz," the vSphere Web Client user should log in using xyzabc. NOTE vCenter Server 5.1 can be joined in a Linked Mode group only with other instances of vCenter Server 5.1. Do not join a version 5.1 vCenter Server instance to a version 5.0 or earlier vCenter Server instance. Linked Mode Considerations for vCenter Server Consider several issues before you configure a Linked Mode group. Before you configure a Linked Mode group, consider the following issues. n If you are upgrading a version 5.x vCenter Server that is part of a Linked Mode group, it will not be removed from the group. If you are upgrading a pre-5.0 vCenter Server that is part of a Linked Mode group, it will be removed from the group. vCenter Server does not support Linked Mode groups that contain both version 5.x and pre-5.0 versions of vCenter Server. Similarly, vCenter Server does not support Linked Mode groups that contain different 5.x versions of vCenter Server or different versions of vCenter Single Sign-On. After all 5.x vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On instances in a Linked Mode group are upgraded to the same 5.x version, you can rejoin them. n Each vCenter Server user sees the vCenter Server instances on which they have valid permissions. n When you set up your vCenter Server Linked Mode group, you must install the first vCenter Server as a standalone instance because you do not yet have a remote vCenter Server machine to join. Subsequent vCenter Server instances can join the first vCenter Server or other vCenter Server instances that have joined the Linked Mode group. n If you join a vCenter Server to a standalone instance that is not part of a domain, you must add the standalone instance to a domain and add a domain user as an administrator. n The vCenter Server instances in a Linked Mode group do not need to have the same domain user login. The instances can run under different domain accounts. By default, they run as the LocalSystem account of the machine on which they are running, which means that they are different accounts. n During vCenter Server installation, if you enter an IP address for the remote instance of vCenter Server, the installer converts it into a fully qualified domain name. n CAUTION If you need to uninstall and reinstall vCenter Server on more than one member of a Linked Mode group, do so with a single vCenter Server at a time. Uninstalling and reinstalling multiple linked vCenter Servers at the same time is not supported, and can cause errors that prevent vCenter Server from connecting to vCenter Inventory Service. If it is necessary to uninstall and reinstall multiple linked vCenter Servers at the same time, isolate them from the Linked Mode group first, and rejoin them to the Linked Mode group after the reinstallation is complete. vSphere Installation and Setup 110 VMware, Inc.
- 111. Linked Mode Prerequisites for vCenter Server Prepare the vCenter Server system for joining a Linked Mode group. Before joining a vCenter Server to a Linked Mode group, review “Linked Mode Considerations for vCenter Server,” on page 110. All the requirements for standalone vCenter Server systems apply to Linked Mode systems. The following requirements apply to each vCenter Server system that is a member of a Linked Mode group: n vCenter Server does not support Linked Mode groups that contain both version 5.x and pre-5.0 versions of vCenter Server. Similarly, vCenter Server does not support Linked Mode groups that contain different 5.x versions of vCenter Server or different versions of vCenter Single Sign-On. After all 5.x vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On instances in a Linked Mode group are upgraded to the same 5.x version, you can rejoin them. n Make sure that all vCenter Servers in a Linked Mode group are registered to the same vCenter Single Sign-On server. n To join a vCenter Server to another vCenter Server in Linked Mode, the currently logged-in user who is performing the join operation must have access to the vCenter Server database of each vCenter Server. n When you join a vCenter Server instance to a Linked Mode group, the installer must be run by a domain user who is an administrator on both the machine where vCenter Server is installed and the target machine of the Linked Mode group. n When you join a vCenter Server instance to a Linked Mode group, if User Account Control (UAC) is enabled on the machine, the join operation requires elevated privileges through the Run as administrator option. This is true even if the logged-in user is a domain administrator user. n To join a Linked Mode group the vCenter Server must be in evaluation mode or licensed as a Standard edition. vCenter Server Foundation and vCenter Server Essentials editions do not support Linked Mode. n DNS must be operational for Linked Mode replication to work. n The vCenter Server instances in a Linked Mode group can be in different domains if the domains have a two-way trust relationship. Each domain must trust the other domains on which vCenter Server instances are installed. n All vCenter Server instances must have network time synchronization. The vCenter Server installer validates that the machine clocks are not more than five minutes apart. See “Synchronizing Clocks on the vSphere Network,” on page 59. Joining a Linked Mode Group During and After Installation You can join a system to a Linked Mode group during the vCenter Server installation or after you install vCenter Server. For example, suppose you have three machines on which you want to install vCenter Server. You want the three instances to be members of a Linked Mode group. 1 On Machine 1, you install vCenter Server as a standalone instance because you do not have a remote vCenter Server machine to join. 2 On Machine 2, you install vCenter Server, choose to join a Linked Mode group, and provide the fully qualified domain name of Machine 1. 3 On Machine 3, you upgrade to vCenter Server 5.x. After the upgrade, you configure Machine 3 to join either Machine 1 or Machine 2. Machine 1, Machine 2, and Machine 3 are now members of a Linked Mode group. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 111
- 112. Join a Linked Mode Group After Installation After installing vCenter Server, you can join a vCenter Server to a Linked Mode group. Prerequisites See “Linked Mode Prerequisites for vCenter Server,” on page 111. NOTE vCenter Server does not support Linked Mode groups that contain both version 5.x and pre-5.0 versions of vCenter Server. Similarly, vCenter Server does not support Linked Mode groups that contain different 5.x versions of vCenter Server or different versions of vCenter Single Sign-On. After all 5.x vCenter Server and vCenter Single Sign-On instances in a Linked Mode group are upgraded to the same 5.x version, you can rejoin them. Procedure 1 Select Start > All Programs > VMware > vCenter Server Linked Mode Configuration. 2 Click Next. 3 Select Modify linked mode configuration and click Next. 4 Click Join this vCenter Server instance to an existing linked mode group or another instance and click Next. 5 Enter the server name and LDAP port number of a remote vCenter Server instance that is a member of the group and click Next. If you enter an IP address for the remote server, the installer converts it into a fully qualified domain name. 6 If the vCenter Server installer detects a role conflict, select how to resolve the conflict. Option Action Yes, let VMware vCenter Server resolve the conflicts for me Click Next. The role on the joining system is renamed to vcenter_namerole_name, where vcenter_name is the name of the vCenter Server system that is joining the Linked Mode group, and role_name is the name of the original role. No, I'll resolve the conflicts myself To resolve the conflicts manually: a Using the vSphere Web Client, log in to one of the vCenter Server systems using an account with Administrator privileges. b Rename the conflicting role. c Close the vSphere Web Client session and return to the vCenter Server installer. d Click Back and click Next. The installation continues without conflicts. A conflict results if the joining system and the Linked Mode group each contain a role with the same name but with different privileges. 7 Click Finish. vCenter Server restarts. Depending on the size of your inventory, the change to Linked Mode might take from a few seconds to a few minutes to complete. vSphere Installation and Setup 112 VMware, Inc.
- 113. The vCenter Server instance is now part of a Linked Mode group. After you form a Linked Mode group, you can log in to any single instance of vCenter Server and view and manage the inventories of all the vCenter Servers in the group. It might take several seconds for the global data (such as user roles) that are changed on one machine to be visible on the other machines. The delay is usually 15 seconds or less. It might take a few minutes for a new vCenter Server instance to be recognized and published by the existing instances, because group members do not read the global data very often. For information about configuring and using your Linked Mode group, see the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation. Isolate a vCenter Server Instance from a Linked Mode Group You can isolate a vCenter Server instance from a Linked Mode group. Procedure 1 Select Start > All Programs > VMware > vCenter Server Linked Mode Configuration. 2 Click Modify linked mode configuration and click Next. 3 Click Isolate this vCenter Server instance from linked mode group and click Next. 4 Click Continue and click Finish. vCenter Server restarts. Depending on the size of your inventory, the change to Linked Mode configuration might take from a few seconds to a few minutes to complete. The vCenter Server instance is no longer part of the Linked Mode group. Set the IP Address for a Linked Mode vCenter Server with Multiple Network Interfaces If a vCenter Server in a Linked Mode group has multiple network interfaces, you must set the IP address that the vCenter Server advertises to the other vCenter Servers in the Linked Mode group. Unless you set the IP address, the vSphere Web Client will not work properly with the vCenter Server. Procedure 1 On the vCenter Server host machine, using a text editor, open the file Inventory_Service_installation_directory/lib/server/config/query-server-config.xml. 2 Find the following line. !-- <property name="externalAddress" value="192.168.0.1" /> /-- 3 Change the line as follows. <property name="externalAddress" value="IP_address" /> IP_address is the IP address of this machine on a subnet that will be used to communicate with other vCenter Server instances in the Linked Mode group. 4 Restart the vCenter Inventory Service. a In the Administrative Tools control panel, select Services. b Right-click vCenter Inventory Service and select Start. The status changes to Started. The IP address is configured. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 113
- 114. Linked Mode Troubleshooting If you are having trouble with your Linked Mode group, consider the following points. When you have multiple vCenter Server instances, each instance must have a working relationship with the domain controller and not conflict with another machine that is in the domain. Conflicts can occur, for example, when you clone a vCenter Server instance that is running in a virtual machine and you do not use sysprep or a similar utility to ensure that the cloned vCenter Server instance has a globally unique identifier (GUID). If the domain controller is unreachable, vCenter Server might be unable to start. You might be unable to change the Linked Mode configuration of the affected vCenter Server system. If this occurs, resolve the problem with the domain controller and restart vCenter Server. If resolving the problem with the domain controller is impossible, you can restart vCenter Server by removing the vCenter Server system from the domain and isolating the system from its current Linked Mode group. The DNS name of the machine must match with the actual machine name. Symptoms of machine names not matching the DNS name are data replication problems, ticket errors when trying to search, and missing search results from remote instances. NOTE Make sure your Windows and network-based firewalls are configured to allow Linked Mode. Configure Firewall Access by Opening Selected Ports vCenter Server uses Microsoft ADAM/AD LDS to enable Linked Mode, which uses the Windows RPC port mapper to open RPC ports for replication. When you install vCenter Server in Linked Mode, the firewall configuration on any network-based firewalls must be modified. Incorrect configuration of firewalls can cause licenses and roles to become inconsistent between instances. Procedure u Configure Windows RPC ports to generically allow selective ports for machine-to-machine RPC communication. Choose one of the following methods. n Change the registry settings. See http://support.microsoft.com/kb/154596/en-us. n Use Microsoft's RPCCfg.exe tool. See http://support.microsoft.com/kb/908472/en-us. Configuring VMware vCenter Server - tc Server Settings in vCenter Server Starting with vCenter Server 5.1, VMware Tomcat Server settings can no longer be configured through the Windows user interface. vCenter Server versions 5.1 and later use VMware vCenter Server - tc Server, an enterprise version of Apache Tomcat 7. Tomcat version 7 does not provide a control panel in the Windows user interface. Instead, you configure Tomcat by editing configuration files manually. You can adjust the JVM maximum heap size for vCenter Server,vCenter Inventory Service, and Profile- Driven Storage Service. For JVM heap size recommendations, see “Hardware Requirements for vCenter Server, the vSphere Web Client, vCenter Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign-On,” on page 17. Settings for Java options are stored in the following files. n vCenter Server. installation_directoryVMwareInfrastructuretomcatconfwrapper.conf n vCenter Inventory Service. installation_directoryVMwareInfrastructureInventory Serviceconfwrapper.conf vSphere Installation and Setup 114 VMware, Inc.
- 115. n Profile-Driven Storage Service. installation_directoryVMwareInfrastructureProfile-Driven Storageconfwrapper.conf n The vSphere Web Client. installation_directoryVMwarevSphereWebClientserverbinserviceconfwrapper.conf Table 5‑1. Inventory Service and Profile-Driven Storage Service Java Maximum JVM Heap Size Setting in the wrapper.conf Files Java Option Setting and Default Value maxmemorysize The maximum JVM heap size, in megabytes. This setting controls the maximum size of the Java heap. Tuning this parameter can reduce the overhead of garbage collection, improving server response time and throughput. For some applications, the default setting for this option is too low, resulting in a high number of minor garbage collections. Inventory Service: wrapper.java.maxmemory=2048 Profile-Driven Storage Service: wrapper.java.maxmemory=1024 The vSphere Web Client: For large deployments you might need to set this option to wrapper.java.maxmemory=2048 ping.timeoutduration The vSphere Web Client: For large deployments you might need to set this option to wrapper.ping.timeout=120 vCenter Server security and port settings are stored in the following files. n installation_directoryVMwareInfrastructuretomcatconfserver.xml and n installation_directoryVMwareInfrastructuretomcatconfcatalina.properties Table 5‑2. vCenter Server Port and Security Settings in the server.xml and catalina.properties Files vCenter Server Port or Security Setting Setting and Default Value Base shutdown port base.shutdown.port=8003 Base JMX port. The listener implemented by the com.springsource.tcserver.serviceability.rmi.JmxSocketList ener class is specific to tc Server. This listener enables JMX management of tc Server, and is the JMX configuration that the AMS management console uses to manage tc Server instances. The port attribute specifies the port of the JMX server that management products, such as AMS, connect to. The variable ${jmx.port} is set to 6969 in the default catalina.properties file. The bind attribute specifies the host of the JMX server. By default, this attribute is set to the localhost (127.0.0.1). The default -1 setting disables the port. base.jmx.port=-1 Web services HTTPS bio-vmssl.http.port=8080 Web services HTTPS bio-vmssl.https.port=8443 SSL certificate bio- vmssl.keyFile.name=C:ProgramDataVMwareVMware VirtualCenterSSLrui.pfx SSL certificate password bio-vmssl.SSL.password=testpassword AJP port bio-vmssl.ajp.port=8009 See Getting Started with vFabric tc Server and vFabric tc Server Administration at https://www.vmware.com/support/pubs/vfabric-tcserver.html. You can manage the Windows services for vCenter Server from the Administrative Tools control panel, under Services. The Windows service for vCenter Server is listed as VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 115
- 116. VMware vCenter Management Webservices Service Fails to Start When you reboot the vCenter Server machine after installing vCenter Server, the VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices service does not start. Problem The VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices service does not start automatically. Cause This problem can occur when vCenter Server and the database are installed on the same machine. Solution u Start the service manually. Select Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services > VMware VirtualCenter Management Webservices and start the service. The machine might require several minutes to start the service. Back Up the Inventory Service Database on Windows You should back up the Inventory Service database as part of your regular vCenter Server database administration. To move the Inventory Service database to a different host machine, back up the database on the source machine and restore the database on the destination machine. Your vCenter Server database administration should also include regular backups of your vCenter Server database. See the vendor documentation for your vCenter server database type. Prerequisites n Consult your database administrator about backing up and restoring databases. n Verify that you have system administrator privileges to perform backup or restore operations. Procedure 1 On the source machine, stop the Inventory Service. a From the Windows Administrative Tools control panel, select Services. b Right-click VMware vCenter Inventory Service and select Stop. The Status changes from Started to blank. 2 On the source machine, open the command prompt in the vCenter Server and change the directory to vCenter_Server_installation_directoryInfrastructureInventory Servicescripts. 3 Run the following command at the prompt to back up the Inventory Service database. backup.bat -file backup_file_name When the backup operation finishes, the message Backup completed successfully appears. Restore an Inventory Service Database Backup on Windows You can restore a backup of your Inventory Service database for disaster recovery, after a vCenter Server upgrade, or to move the database to a new machine. The machine that you back up the database from is the source machine. The machine that you restore the database to is the destination machine. vSphere Installation and Setup 116 VMware, Inc.
- 117. Prerequisites n Consult your database administrator about backing up and restoring databases. n Verify that you have system administrator privileges to perform backup or restore operations. Procedure 1 On the destination machine, stop the Inventory Service. a From the Windows Administrative Tools control panel, select Services. b Right-click VMware vCenter Inventory Service and select Stop. The Status changes from Started to blank. 2 On the destination machine, open the command prompt in the vCenter Server and change the directory to vCenter Server install locationInfrastructureInventory Servicescripts. 3 Run the following command at the command prompt to restore the Inventory Service database. restore -backup backup_file_name When the restore operation finishes, the message The Restore completed successfully message appears. Back Up the Inventory Service Database on Linux You should back up the Inventory Service database as part of your regular vCenter Server database administration. To move the Inventory Service database to a different host machine, back up the database on the source machine and restore the database on the destination machine. Prerequisites n Consult your database administrator about backing up and restoring databases. n Verify that you have system administrator privileges to perform backup or restore operations. Procedure 1 On the source machine, open a console and run the service vmware-inventoryservice stop command to stop the Inventory Service before you restore the Inventory Service database. 2 On the source machine, open a command prompt in the vCenter Server and change the directory to /usr/lib/vmware-vpx/inventoryservice/scripts/. 3 Run the following command to back up the Inventory Service database. ./backup.sh -file backup_file_name When the backup operation finishes, the message Backup completed successfully appears. What to do next See “Restore an Inventory Service Database Backup on Linux,” on page 117. Restore an Inventory Service Database Backup on Linux You can restore a backup of your Inventory Service database for disaster recovery, after a vCenter Server upgrade, or to move the database to a new machine. The machine that you back up the database from is the source machine. The machine that you restore the database to is the destination machine. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 117
- 118. Prerequisites n Consult your database administrator about backing up and restoring databases. n Verify that you have system administrator privileges to perform backup or restore operations. Procedure 1 On the destination machine, open a console and run the service vmware-inventoryservice stop command to stop the Inventory Service before you restore the Inventory Service database. 2 On the destination machine, open a command prompt in the vCenter Server and change the directory to /usr/lib/vmware-vpx/inventoryservice/scripts/. 3 Run the following command at the prompt to restore the Inventory Service database. ./restore.sh -backup backup_file_name When the restore operation finishes, the message The Restore completed successfully message appears at the command prompt. Reset the vCenter Inventory Service Database If the vCenter Inventory Service Database is corrupted or otherwise inoperable, you can reset it. You should also reset the vCenter Inventory Service Database if you reset the vCenter Server database. CAUTION Resetting the vCenter Inventory Service Database can cause data loss. Perform this procedure only with VMware Technical Support. Procedure 1 Stop the vCenter Inventory Service. a From the Windows Administrative Tools control panel, select Services. b Right-click VMware vCenter Inventory Service and select Stop. 2 Open a command prompt. 3 Delete the entire contents of the C:Program FilesVMwareInfrastructureInventory_Servicedata directory. If you installed vCenter Server in a different location from the default C:Program Files, adjust the path accordingly. 4 Change directory to C:Program FilesVMwareInfrastructureInventory_Servicescripts If you installed vCenter Server in a different location from the default C:Program Files, adjust the path accordingly. 5 Run the createDB.bat command, with no arguments, to reset the vCenter Inventory Service database. 6 Start the vCenter Inventory Service. a From the Windows Administrative Tools control panel, select Services. b Right-click VMware vCenter Inventory Service and select Start. 7 Change directory to C:Program FilesVMwareInfrastructureVirtualCenter Serverisregtool. If you installed vCenter Server in a different location from the default C:Program Files, adjust the path accordingly. vSphere Installation and Setup 118 VMware, Inc.
- 119. 8 Run the register-is.bat command to update the stored configuration information of the Inventory Service. register-is.bat vCenter_Server_URL Inventory_Service_URL Lookup_Service_URL Use the following example as a model. register-is.bat https://machinename.corp.com:443/sdk https://machinename.corp.com:10443 https://machinename.corp.com:7444/lookupservice/sdk In this example, 443, 10443, and 7444 are the default HTTPS port numbers for vCenter Server, Inventory Service, and vCenter Single Sign On respectively. If you use custom ports, replace the port numbers in the example with the port numbers you use. 9 Restart vCenter Server. The vCenter Inventory Service database is reset. Enable IPv6 Support for vCenter Inventory Service vCenter Inventory Service does not support binding on IPv6 interfaces by default. When you install vCenter Server, vCenter Inventory Service supports only IPv4 by default. You can enable IPv6 support for vCenter Inventory Service by modifying the Inventory Service dataservice.properties file. Procedure 1 Stop the vCenter Inventory Service. a From the Administrative Tools control panel, select Services. b Right-click vCenter Inventory Service and select Stop. 2 In a text editor, open the file:Inventory_Service_installation_directory/lib/server/config/dataservice.properties. 3 Change the line dataservice.nio.enabled = true to dataservice.nio.enabled = false 4 Restart the vCenter Inventory Service. IPv6 support for vCenter Inventory Service is enabled. Chapter 5 After You Install vCenter Server VMware, Inc. 119
- 120. vSphere Installation and Setup 120 VMware, Inc.
- 121. Before You Install ESXi 6 Before you install ESXi, understand the installation process and options. This chapter includes the following topics: n “Options for Installing ESXi,” on page 121 n “Media Options for Booting the ESXi Installer,” on page 123 n “Using Remote Management Applications,” on page 134 n “Required Information for ESXi Installation,” on page 134 n “Download the ESXi Installer,” on page 135 Options for Installing ESXi ESXi can be installed in several ways. To ensure the best vSphere deployment, understand the options thoroughly before beginning the installation. ESXi installations are designed to accommodate a range of deployment sizes. Depending on the installation method you choose, different options are available for accessing the installation media and booting the installer. Interactive ESXi Installation Interactive installations are recommended for small deployments of fewer than five hosts. You boot the installer from a CD or DVD, from a bootable USB device, or by PXE booting the installer from a location on the network. You follow the prompts in the installation wizard to install ESXi to disk. See “Installing ESXi Interactively,” on page 137. Scripted ESXi Installation Running a script is an efficient way to deploy multiple ESXi hosts with an unattended installation. The installation script contains the host configuration settings. You can use the script to configure multiple hosts with the same settings. See “Installing, Upgrading, or Migrating Hosts Using a Script,” on page 140. The installation script must be stored in a location that the host can access by HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, NFS, CDROM, or USB. You can PXE boot the ESXi installer or boot it from a CD/DVD or USB drive. VMware, Inc. 121
- 122. Figure 6‑1. Scripted Installation scripted HTTP HTTPS FTP NFS CDROM USB create installation script (kickstart file) and copy to appropriate location issue command to specify location of installation script and start installation PXE boot start installation boot from CD boot from USB Auto Deploy ESXi Installation vSphere 5.x provides several ways to install ESXi with Auto Deploy. These topics describe Auto Deploy options for ESXi installation. Customizing Installations with ESXi Image Builder CLI You can use ESXi Image Builder CLI to create ESXi installation images with a customized set of updates, patches, and drivers. ESXi Image Builder CLI is a PowerShell CLI command set that you can use to create an ESXi installation image with a customized set of ESXi updates and patches. You can also include third-party network or storage drivers that are released between vSphere releases. You can deploy an ESXi image created with Image Builder in either of the following ways: n By burning it to an installation DVD. n Through vCenter Server, using the Auto Deploy feature. See “Using vSphere ESXi Image Builder CLI,” on page 223 and “Installing ESXi Using vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 155. About ESXi Evaluation and Licensed Modes After you purchase vSphere licenses, VMware provides a serial number that you use to license ESXi hosts. You can use evaluation mode to explore the entire set of features that are available for ESXi hosts, including features that are not included in the license that you have. For example, in evaluation mode, you can use vMotion, HA, DRS, and other features, even if you have not licensed those features. The installable version of ESXi is always installed in evaluation mode. ESXi Embedded is preinstalled on an internal USB device by your hardware vendor. It might be in evaluation mode or prelicensed. vSphere Installation and Setup 122 VMware, Inc.
- 123. The evaluation period is 60 days and begins when you turn on the ESXi host, even if you start in licensed mode rather than evaluation mode. Any time during the 60-day evaluation period, you can convert from licensed mode to evaluation mode. To take full advantage of the 60-day evaluation period, you should convert to evaluation mode as soon as possible after you first power on the host. For information about managing licensing and setting an ESXi host to evaluation mode, see the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation. Media Options for Booting the ESXi Installer The ESXi installer must be accessible to the system on which you are installing ESXi. The following boot media are supported for the ESXi installer: n Boot from a CD/DVD. See “Download and Burn the ESXi Installer ISO Image to a CD or DVD,” on page 123. n Boot from a USB flash drive. See “Format a USB Flash Drive to Boot the ESXi Installation or Upgrade,” on page 123. n PXE boot from the network. “PXE Booting the ESXi Installer,” on page 127 n Boot from a remote location using a remote management application. See “Using Remote Management Applications,” on page 134 Download and Burn the ESXi Installer ISO Image to a CD or DVD If you do not have an ESXi installation CD/DVD, you can create one. You can also create an installer ISO image that includes a custom installation script. See “Create an Installer ISO Image with a Custom Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 126. Procedure 1 Download the ESXi installer from the VMware Web site at https://my.vmware.com/web/vmware/downloads. ESXi is listed under Datacenter & Cloud Infrastructure. 2 Confirm that the md5sum is correct. See the VMware Web site topic Using MD5 Checksums at http://www.vmware.com/download/md5.html. 3 Burn the ISO image to a CD or DVD. Format a USB Flash Drive to Boot the ESXi Installation or Upgrade You can format a USB flash drive to boot the ESXi installation or upgrade. These instructions assume that you are performing the procedure on a Linux machine and that the USB flash drive is detected by the operating system as /dev/sdb. NOTE The ks file containing the installation script cannot be located on the same USB flash drive that you are using to boot the installation or upgrade. Prerequisites n From the VMware Web site, download the ESXi ISO image VMware-VMvisor-Installer-5.x.x- XXXXXX.x86_64.iso, including the file isolinux.cfg, where 5.x.x is the version of ESXi you are installing, and XXXXXX is the build number of the installer ISO image. Chapter 6 Before You Install ESXi VMware, Inc. 123
- 124. n Verify that the machine on which you are performing this procedure has access to syslinux version 3.86. This procedure requires syslinux version 3.86. Procedure 1 If your USB flash drive is not detected as /dev/sdb, or you are not sure how your USB flash drive is detected, determine how it is detected. a In a terminal window, run the following command. tail -f /var/log/messages This command displays current log messages in the terminal window. b Plug in your USB flash drive. The terminal window displays several messages identifying the USB flash drive, in a format similar to the following message. Oct 25 13:25:23 ubuntu kernel: [ 712.447080] sd 3:0:0:0: [sdb] Attached SCSI removable disk In this example, "[sdb]" identifies the USB device. If your device is identified differently, use that identification, without the brackets, in place of sdb, in this procedure. 2 Create a partition table on the USB flash device. /sbin/fdisk /dev/sdb a Type d to delete partitions until they are all deleted. b Type n to create primary partition 1 that extends over the entire disk. c Type t to set the type to an appropriate setting for the FAT32 file system, such as c. d Type a to set the active flag on partition 1. e Type p to print the partition table. The result should be similar to the following text: Disk /dev/sdb: 2004 MB, 2004877312 bytes 255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 243 cylinders Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System /dev/sdb1 1 243 1951866 c W95 FAT32 (LBA) f Type w to write the partition table and quit. 3 Format the USB flash drive with the Fat32 file system. /sbin/mkfs.vfat -F 32 -n USB /dev/sdb1 4 Run the following commands. /path_to_syslinux-3.86_directory/syslinux-3.86/bin/syslinux /dev/sdb1 cat /path_to_syslinux-3.86_directory/syslinux-3.86/usr/share/syslinux/mbr.bin > /dev/sdb 5 Mount the USB flash drive. mount /dev/sdb1 /usbdisk 6 Mount the ESXi installer ISO image. mount -o loop VMware-VMvisor-Installer-5.x.x-XXXXXX.x86_64.iso /esxi_cdrom 7 Copy the contents of the ISO image to /usbdisk. cp -r /esxi_cdrom/* /usbdisk vSphere Installation and Setup 124 VMware, Inc.
- 125. 8 Rename the isolinux.cfg file to syslinux.cfg. mv /usbdisk/isolinux.cfg /usbdisk/syslinux.cfg 9 In the file /usbdisk/syslinux.cfg, change the line APPEND -c boot.cfg to APPEND -c boot.cfg -p 1. 10 Unmount the USB flash drive. umount /usbdisk 11 Unmount the installer ISO image. umount /esxi_cdrom The USB flash drive can now boot the ESXi installer. Create a USB Flash Drive to Store the ESXi Installation Script or Upgrade Script You can use a USB flash drive to store the ESXi installation script or upgrade script that is used during scripted installation or upgrade of ESXi. When multiple USB flash drives are present on the installation machine, the installation software searches for the installation or upgrade script on all attached USB flash drives. The instructions in this procedure assume that the USB flash drive is detected as /dev/sdb. NOTE The ks file containing the installation or upgrade script cannot be located on the same USB flash drive that you are using to boot the installation or upgrade. Prerequisites n Linux machine n ESXi installation or upgrade script, the ks.cfg kickstart file n USB flash drive Procedure 1 Attach the USB flash drive to a Linux machine that has access to the installation or upgrade script. 2 Create a partition table. /sbin/fdisk /dev/sdb a Type d to delete partitions until they are all deleted. b Type n to create primary partition 1 that extends over the entire disk. c Type t to set the type to an appropriate setting for the FAT32 file system, such as c. d Type p to print the partition table. The result should be similar to the following text: Disk /dev/sdb: 2004 MB, 2004877312 bytes 255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 243 cylinders Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System /dev/sdb1 1 243 1951866 c W95 FAT32 (LBA) e Type w to write the partition table and quit. 3 Format the USB flash drive with the Fat32 file system. /sbin/mkfs.vfat -F 32 -n USB /dev/sdb1 Chapter 6 Before You Install ESXi VMware, Inc. 125
- 126. 4 Mount the USB flash drive. mount /dev/sdb1 /usbdisk 5 Copy the ESXi installation script to the USB flash drive. cp ks.cfg /usbdisk 6 Unmount the USB flash drive. The USB flash drive contains the installation or upgrade script for ESXi. What to do next When you boot the ESXi installer, point to the location of the USB flash drive for the installation or upgrade script. See “Enter Boot Options to Start an Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 140 and “About PXE Configuration Files,” on page 130. Create an Installer ISO Image with a Custom Installation or Upgrade Script You can customize the standard ESXi installer ISO image with your own installation or upgrade script. This enables you to perform a scripted, unattended installation or upgrade when you boot the resulting installer ISO image. See also “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142 and “About the boot.cfg File,” on page 152. Prerequisites n Linux machine. n The ESXi ISO image VMware-VMvisor-Installer-5.x.x-XXXXXX.x86_64.iso,where 5.x.x is the version of ESXi you are installing, and XXXXXX is the build number of the installer ISO image. n Your custom installation or upgrade script, the ks_cust.cfg kickstart file. Procedure 1 Download the ESXi ISO image from the VMware Web site. 2 Mount the ISO image into a folder: mount -o loop VMware-VMvisor-Installer-5.x.x-XXXXXX.x86_64.iso /esxi_cdrom_mount XXXXXX is the ESXi build number for the version that you are installing or upgrading to. 3 Copy the contents of cdrom to another folder: cp -r /esxi_cdrom_mount /esxi_cdrom 4 Copy the kickstart file to /esxi_cdrom cp ks_cust.cfg /esxi_cdrom 5 (Optional) Modify the boot.cfg file to specify the location of the installation or upgrade script using the kernelopt option. This step makes the installation or upgrade completely automatic, without the need to specify the kickstart file during the installation or upgrade. 6 Recreate the ISO image: mkisofs -relaxed-filenames -J -R -o custom_esxi.iso -b isolinux.bin -c boot.cat -no-emul-boot -boot-load-size 4 -boot-info-table /esxi_cdrom The ISO image now includes your custom installation or upgrade script. vSphere Installation and Setup 126 VMware, Inc.
- 127. What to do next Install ESXi from the ISO image. PXE Booting the ESXi Installer You use the preboot execution environment (PXE) to boot a host and launch the ESXi installer from a network interface. ESXi 5.x is distributed in an ISO format that is designed to install to flash memory or to a local hard drive. You can extract the files and boot using PXE. PXE uses DHCP and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) to boot an operating system over a network. PXE booting requires some network infrastructure and a machine with a PXE-capable network adapter. Most machines that are capable of running ESXi have network adapters that are able to PXE boot. NOTE Ensure that the Auto Deploy server has an IPv4 address. PXE booting is supported only with IPv4. About the TFTP Server, PXELINUX, and gPXE Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is similar to the FTP service, and is typically used only for network booting systems or loading firmware on network devices such as routers. Most Linux distributions include a copy of the tftp-hpa server. If you require a supported solution, purchase a supported TFTP server from your vendor of choice. If your TFTP server will run on a Microsoft Windows host, use tftpd32 version 2.11 or later. See http://tftpd32.jounin.net/. Earlier versions of tftpd32 were incompatible with PXELINUX and gPXE. You can also acquire a TFTP server from one of the packaged appliances on the VMware Marketplace. The PXELINUX and gPXE environments allow your target machine to boot the ESXi installer. PXELINUX is part of the SYSLINUX package, which can be found at http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/boot/syslinux/, although many Linux distributions include it. Many versions of PXELINUX also include gPXE. Some distributions, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.3, include earlier versions of PXELINUX that do not include gPXE. If you do not use gPXE, you might experience problems while booting the ESXi installer on a heavily loaded network TFTP is sometimes unreliable for transferring large amounts of data. If you use PXELINUX without gPXE, the pxelinux.0 binary file, the configuration file, the kernel, and other files are transferred by TFTP. If you use gPXE, only the gpxelinux.0 binary file and configuration file are transferred by TFTP. With gPXE, you can use a Web server to transfer the kernel and other files required to boot the ESXi installer. NOTE VMware tests PXE booting with PXELINUX version 3.86. This is not a statement of limited support. For support of third-party agents that you use to set up your PXE booting infrastructure, contact the vendor. Chapter 6 Before You Install ESXi VMware, Inc. 127
- 128. Figure 6‑2. Overview of PXE Boot Installation Process DHCP server DHCP server Web server ESXi target host ESXi host Give me an IP for the virtual network adapterUDP IP & TFTP server kernel IP TCP for gPXELINUX UDP for PXELINUX UDP Give me the kernel Give me an IP for the kernel TFTP server gpxelinux.0 or pxelinux.0 UDP Give me the network boot loader scripts depot Installer starts ks.cfg TCP Give me an installation script Sample DHCP Configuration To PXE boot the ESXi installer, the DHCP server must send the address of the TFTP server and a pointer to the pxelinux.0 or gpxelinux.0 directory. The DHCP server is used by the target machine to obtain an IP address. The DHCP server must be able to determine whether the target machine is allowed to boot and the location of the PXELINUX binary (which usually resides on a TFTP server). When the target machine first boots, it broadcasts a packet across the network requesting this information to boot itself. The DHCP server responds. CAUTION Do not set up a new DHCP server if your network already has one. If multiple DHCP servers respond to DHCP requests, machines can obtain incorrect or conflicting IP addresses, or can fail to receive the proper boot information. Talk to a network administrator before setting up a DHCP server. For support on configuring DHCP, contact your DHCP server vendor. vSphere Installation and Setup 128 VMware, Inc.
- 129. Many DHCP servers can PXE boot hosts. If you are using a version of DHCP for Microsoft Windows, see the DHCP server documentation to determine how to pass the next-server and filename arguments to the target machine. gPXE Example This example shows how to configure a ISC DHCP version 3.0 server to enable gPXE. allow booting; allow bootp; # gPXE options option space gpxe; option gpxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate gpxe; option gpxe.bus-id code 177 = string; class "pxeclients" { match if substring(option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 9) = "PXEClient"; next-server TFTP server address; if not exists gpxe.bus-id { filename "/gpxelinux.0"; } } subnet Network address netmask Subnet Mask { range Starting IP Address Ending IP Address; } When a machine attempts to PXE boot, the DHCP server provides an IP address and the location of the gpxelinux.0 binary file on the TFTP server. The IP address assigned is in the range defined in the subnet section of the configuration file. PXELINUX (without gPXE) Example This example shows how to configure a ISC DHCP version 3.0 server to enable PXELINUX. # # DHCP Server Configuration file. # see /usr/share/doc/dhcp*/dhcpd.conf.sample # ddns-update-style ad-hoc; allow booting; allow bootp; class "pxeclients" { match if substring(option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 9) = "PXEClient"; next-server xxx.xxx.xx.xx; filename = "pxelinux.0"; } subnet 192.168.48.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 { range 192.168.48.100 192.168.48.250; } When a machine attempts to PXE boot, the DHCP server provides an IP address and the location of the pxelinux.0 binary file on the TFTP server. The IP address assigned is in the range defined in the subnet section of the configuration file. Chapter 6 Before You Install ESXi VMware, Inc. 129
- 130. About PXE Configuration Files The PXE configuration file defines the menu displayed to the target ESXi host as it boots up and contacts the TFTP server. You need a PXE configuration file to PXE boot the ESXi installer. The TFTP server constantly listens for PXE clients on the network. When it detects that a PXE client is requesting PXE services, it sends the client a network package that contains a boot menu. Required Files In the PXE configuration file, you must include paths to the following files: n mboot.c32 is the boot loader. n boot.cfg is the boot loader configuration file. See “About the boot.cfg File,” on page 152 File Name for the PXE Configuration File For the file name of the PXE configuration file, select one of the following options: n 01-mac_address_of_target_ESXi_host. For example, 01-23-45-67-89-0a-bc n The target ESXi host IP address in hexadecimal notation. n default The initial boot file, pxelinux.0 or gpxelinux.0, tries to load a PXE configuration file. It tries with the MAC address of the target ESXi host, prefixed with its ARP type code, which is 01 for Ethernet. If that attempt fails, it tries with the hexadecimal notation of target ESXi system IP address. Ultimately, it tries to load a file named default. File Location for the PXE Configuration File Save the file in var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/ on the TFTP server. For example, you might save the file on the TFTP server at /tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/01-00-21-5a-ce-40-f6. The MAC address of the network adapter on the target ESXi host is 00-21-5a-ce-40-f6. PXE Boot the ESXi Installer by Using PXELINUX and a PXE Configuration File You can use a TFTP server to PXE boot the ESXi installer, using PXELINUX and a PXE configuration file. See also “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142 and “About the boot.cfg File,” on page 152 Prerequisites Verify that your environment has the following components: n The ESXi installer ISO image downloaded from the VMware Web site. n TFTP server that supports PXE booting with gPXE. See “About the TFTP Server, PXELINUX, and gPXE,” on page 127. n DHCP server configured for PXE booting. See “Sample DHCP Configuration,” on page 128. n PXELINUX n Server with a hardware configuration that is supported with your version of ESXi. See the Hardware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility/search.php. n Network security policies to allow TFTP traffic (UDP port 69) n (Optional) Installation script, the kickstart file. See “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142. vSphere Installation and Setup 130 VMware, Inc.
- 131. n Network adapter with PXE support on the target ESXi host n IPv4 networking. IPv6 is not supported for PXE booting. Use a native VLAN in most cases. If you want to specify the VLAN ID to be used with PXE booting, check that your NIC supports VLAN ID specification. Procedure 1 Create the /tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg directory on your TFTP server. 2 On the Linux machine, install PXELINUX. PXELINUX is included in the SYSLINUX package. Extract the files, locate the pxelinux.0 file and copy it to the /tftpboot directory on your TFTP server. 3 Configure the DHCP server to send the following information to each client host: n The name or IP address of your TFTP server. n The name of your initial boot file. This is pxelinux.0. 4 Copy the contents of the ESXi installer image to the /var/lib/tftpboot directory on the TFTP server. 5 (Optional) For a scripted installation, in the boot.cfg file, add the kernelopt option on the line following the kernel command, to specify the location of the installation script. Use the following code as a model, where XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX is the IP address of the server where the installation script resides, and esxi_ksFiles is the directory containing the ks.cfg file. kernelopt=ks=http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/esxi_ksFiles/ks.cfg 6 Create a PXE configuration file. This file defines how the host boots when no operating system is present. The PXE configuration file references the boot files. Use the following code as a model, where XXXXXX is the build number of the ESXi installer image. DEFAULT menu.c32 MENU TITLE ESXi-5.x.x-XXXXXX-full Boot Menu NOHALT 1 PROMPT 0 TIMEOUT 80 LABEL install KERNEL mboot.c32 APPEND -c location of boot.cfg MENU LABEL ESXi-5.x.x-XXXXXX-full ^Installer LABEL hddboot LOCALBOOT 0x80 MENU LABEL ^Boot from local disk 7 Name the file with the MAC address of the target host machine: 01-mac_address_of_target_ESXi_host. For example, 01-23-45-67-89-0a-bc. 8 Save the PXE configuration file in /tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg on the TFTP server. 9 Boot the machine with the network adapter. PXE Boot the ESXi Installer by Using PXELINUX and an isolinux.cfg PXE Configuration File You can PXE boot the ESXi installer using PXELINUX, and use the isolinux.cfg file as the PXE configuration file. See also “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142 and “About the boot.cfg File,” on page 152 Chapter 6 Before You Install ESXi VMware, Inc. 131
- 132. Prerequisites Verify that your environment has the following components: n The ESXi installer ISO image downloaded from the VMware Web site. n TFTP server that supports PXE booting with PXELINUX. See “About the TFTP Server, PXELINUX, and gPXE,” on page 127. n DHCP server configured for PXE booting. See “Sample DHCP Configuration,” on page 128. n PXELINUX n Server with a hardware configuration that is supported with your version of ESXi. See the Hardware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility/search.php. n Network security policies to allow TFTP traffic (UDP port 69) n (Optional) Installation script, the kickstart file. See “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142. n Network adapter with PXE support on the target ESXi host n IPv4 networking. IPv6 is not supported for PXE booting. Use a native VLAN in most cases. If you want to specify the VLAN ID to be used with PXE booting, check that your NIC supports VLAN ID specification. Procedure 1 Create the /tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg directory on your TFTP server. 2 On the Linux machine, install PXELINUX. PXELINUX is included in the SYSLINUX package. Extract the files, locate the file pxelinux.0 and copy it to the /tftpboot directory on your TFTP server. 3 Configure the DHCP server. The DHCP server sends the following information to your client hosts: n The name or IP address of your TFTP server. n The name of your initial boot file. This is pxelinux.0. 4 Copy the contents of the ESXi installer image to the /var/lib/tftpboot directory on the TFTP server. 5 (Optional) For a scripted installation, in the boot.cfg file, add the kernelopt option on the next line after the kernel command, to specify the location fo the installation script. In the following example, XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX is the IP address of the server where the installation script resides. kernelopt=ks=http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/esxi_ksFiles/ks.cfg 6 Copy the isolinux.cfg file from the ESXi installer ISO image to the /tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg directory. The isolinux.cfg file contains the following code, where XXXXXX is the build number of the ESXi installer image: DEFAULT menu.c32 MENU TITLE ESXi-5.x.x-XXXXXX-full Boot Menu NOHALT 1 PROMPT 0 TIMEOUT 80 LABEL install KERNEL mboot.c32 APPEND -c location of boot.cfg vSphere Installation and Setup 132 VMware, Inc.
- 133. MENU LABEL ESXi-5.x.x-XXXXXX-full ^Installer LABEL hddboot LOCALBOOT 0x80 MENU LABEL ^Boot from local disk 7 Rename the isolinux.cfg file with the MAC address of the target host machine: 01- mac_address_of_target_ESXi_host. For example, 01-23-45-67-89-0a-bc 8 Boot the machine with the network adapter. PXE Boot the ESXi Installer Using gPXE You can PXE boot the ESXi installer using gPXE. See also “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142 and “About the boot.cfg File,” on page 152 Prerequisites Verify that your environment has the following components: n The ESXi installer ISO image downloaded from the VMware Web site n HTTP Web server that is accessible by your target ESXi hosts n DHCP server configured for PXE booting: /etc/dhcpd.conf is configured for client hosts with a TFTP server and the initial boot file set to gpxelinux.0/undionly.kpxe. See “Sample DHCP Configuration,” on page 128. n Server with a hardware configuration that is supported with your version of ESXi. See the Hardware Compatibility Guide at http://www.vmware.com/resources/compatibility/search.php. n gPXELINUX n (Optional) ESXi installation script. See “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142. Use a native VLAN in most cases. If you want to specify the VLAN ID to be used with PXE booting, check that your NIC supports VLAN ID specification. Procedure 1 Copy the contents of the ESXi installer ISO image to the /var/www/html directory on the HTTP server. 2 Modify the boot.cfg file with the information for the HTTP server. Use the following code as a model, where XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX is the HTTP server IP address. The kernelopt line is optional. Include that option to specify the location of the installation script for a scripted installation. title=Loading ESX installer kernel=http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/tboot.b00 kernelopt=ks=http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/esxi_ksFiles/ks.cfg modules=http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/b.b00 --- http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/useropts.gz --- http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/k.b00 --- http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/a.b00 --- http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/s.v00 --- http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/weaselin.v00 --- http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/tools.t00 --- http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/imgdb.tgz --- http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/imgpayld.tgz 3 gPXE boot the host and press Ctrl+B to access the GPT menu. Chapter 6 Before You Install ESXi VMware, Inc. 133
- 134. 4 Enter the following commands to boot with the ESXi installer, where XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX is the HTTP server IP address. dhcp net0 ( if dchp is not set) kernel -n mboot.c32 http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/mboot.c32 imgargs mboot.c32 -c http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/boot.cfg boot mboot.c32 Installing and Booting ESXi with Software FCoE You can install and boot ESXi from an FCoE LUN using VMware software FCoE adapters and network adapters with FCoE offload capabilities. Your host does not require a dedicated FCoE HBA. See the vSphere Storage documentation for information about installing and booting ESXi with software FCoE. Using Remote Management Applications Remote management applications allow you to install ESXi on servers that are in remote locations. Remote management applications supported for installation include HP Integrated Lights-Out (iLO), Dell Remote Access Card (DRAC), IBM management module (MM), and Remote Supervisor Adapter II (RSA II). For a list of currently supported server models and remote management firmware versions, see “Supported Remote Management Server Models and Minimum Firmware Versions,” on page 28. For support on remote management applications, contact the vendor. You can use remote management applications to do both interactive and scripted installations of ESXi remotely. If you use remote management applications to install ESXi, the virtual CD might encounter corruption problems with systems or networks operating at peak capacity. If a remote installation from an ISO image fails, complete the installation from the physical CD media. Required Information for ESXi Installation In an interactive installation, the system prompts you for the required system information. In a scripted installation, you must supply this information in the installation script. For future use, note the values you use during the installation. These notes are useful if you must reinstall ESXi and reenter the values that you originally chose. Table 6‑1. Required Information for ESXi Installation Information Required or Optional Default Comments Keyboard layout Required U.S. English VLAN ID Optional None Range: 0 through 4094 IP address Optional DHCP You can allow DHCP to configure the network during installation. After installation, you can change the network settings.Subnet mask Optional Calculated based on the IP address Gateway Optional Based on the configured IP address and subnet mask Primary DNS Optional Based on the configured IP address and subnet mask Secondary DNS Optional None vSphere Installation and Setup 134 VMware, Inc.
- 135. Table 6‑1. Required Information for ESXi Installation (Continued) Information Required or Optional Default Comments Host name Required for static IP settings None The vSphere Web Client can use either the host name or the IP address to access the ESXi host. Install location Required None Must be at least 5GB if you install the components on a single disk. Migrate existing ESX or ESXi settings. Preserve existing VMFS datastore. Required if you are installing ESXi on a drive with an existing ESXi or ESX installation. None If you have an existing ESX/ESXi 4.x or ESXi 5.0 installation, the ESXi installer offers a choice between preserving or overwriting the VMFS datastore during installation Root password Optional None The root password must contain between 6 and 64 characters. Download the ESXi Installer Download the installer for ESXi. Prerequisites Create a My VMware account at https://my.vmware.com/web/vmware/. Procedure 1 Download the ESXi installer from the VMware Web site at https://my.vmware.com/web/vmware/downloads. ESXi is listed under Datacenter & Cloud Infrastructure. 2 Confirm that the md5sum is correct. See the VMware Web site topic Using MD5 Checksums at http://www.vmware.com/download/md5.html. Chapter 6 Before You Install ESXi VMware, Inc. 135
- 136. vSphere Installation and Setup 136 VMware, Inc.
- 137. Installing ESXi 7 You can install ESXi interactively, with a scripted installation, or with vSphere Auto Deploy. This chapter includes the following topics: n “Installing ESXi Interactively,” on page 137 n “Installing, Upgrading, or Migrating Hosts Using a Script,” on page 140 n “Installing ESXi Using vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 155 n “Using vSphere ESXi Image Builder CLI,” on page 223 Installing ESXi Interactively Use the interactive installation option for small deployments of less than five hosts. In a typical interactive installation, you boot the ESXi installer and respond to the installer prompts to install ESXi to the local host disk. The installer reformats and partitions the target disk and installs the ESXi boot image. If you have not installed ESXi on the target disk before, all data located on the drive is overwritten, including hardware vendor partitions, operating system partitions, and associated data. NOTE To ensure that you do not lose any data, migrate the data to another machine before you install ESXi. If you are installing ESXi on a disk that contains a previous installation of ESXi or ESX, or a VMFS datastore, the installer provides you with options for upgrading. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation. Install ESXi Interactively You use the ESXi CD/DVD or a USB flash drive to install the ESXi software onto a SAS, SATA, SCSI hard drive, or USB drive. Prerequisites n You must have the ESXi installer ISO in one of the following locations: n On CD or DVD. If you do not have the installation CD/DVD, you can create one. See “Download and Burn the ESXi Installer ISO Image to a CD or DVD,” on page 123 n On a USB flash drive. See “Format a USB Flash Drive to Boot the ESXi Installation or Upgrade,” on page 123. NOTE You can also PXE boot the ESXi installer to launch an interactive installation or a scripted installation. See “PXE Booting the ESXi Installer,” on page 127. n Verify that the server hardware clock is set to UTC. This setting is in the system BIOS. VMware, Inc. 137
- 138. n Verify that a keyboard and monitor are attached to the machine on which the ESXi software will be installed. Alternatively, use a remote management application. See “Using Remote Management Applications,” on page 134. n Consider disconnecting your network storage. This action decreases the time it takes the installer to search for available disk drives. Note that when you disconnect network storage, any files on the disconnected disks are unavailable at installation. Do not disconnect a LUN that contains an existing ESX or ESXi installation. Do not disconnect a VMFS datastore that contains the Service Console of an existing ESX installation. These actions can affect the outcome of the installation. n Gather the information required by the ESXi installation wizard. See “Required Information for ESXi Installation,” on page 134. n Verify that ESXi Embedded is not present on the host machine. ESXi Installable and ESXi Embedded cannot exist on the same host. Procedure 1 Insert the ESXi installer CD/DVD into the CD/DVD-ROM drive, or attach the Installer USB flash drive and restart the machine. 2 Set the BIOS to boot from the CD-ROM device or the USB flash drive. See your hardware vendor documentation for information on changing boot order. 3 On the Select a Disk page, select the drive on which to install ESXi and press Enter. Press F1 for information about the selected disk. NOTE Do not rely on the disk order in the list to select a disk. The disk order is determined by the BIOS and might be out of order. This might occur on systems where drives are continuously being added and removed. If you select a disk that contains data, the Confirm Disk Selection page appears. If you are installing on a disc with a previous ESXi or ESX installation or VMFS datastore, the installer provides several choices. IMPORTANT If you are upgrading or migrating an existing ESX/ESXi installation, see the vSphere Upgrade documentation. The instructions in this vSphere Installation and Setup documentation are for a fresh installation of ESXi. If you select a disk that is in Virtual SAN disk group, the resulting installation depends on the type of disk and the group size: n If you select an SSD, the SSD and all underlying HDDs in the same disk group will be wiped. n If you select an HDD, and the disk group size is greater than two, only the selected HDD will be wiped. n If you select an HDD disk, and the disk group size is two or less, the SSD and the selected HDD will be wiped. For more information about managing Virtual SAN disk groups, see the vSphere Storage documentation. 4 Select the keyboard type for the host. You can change the keyboard type after installation in the direct console. 5 Enter the root password for the host. You can leave the password blank, but to secure the system from the first boot, enter a password. You can change the password after installation in the direct console. vSphere Installation and Setup 138 VMware, Inc.
- 139. 6 Press Enter to start the installation. 7 When the installation is complete, remove the installation CD, DVD, or USB flash drive. 8 Press Enter to reboot the host. If you are performing a new installation, or you chose to overwrite an existing VMFS datastore, during the reboot operation, VFAT scratch and VMFS partitions are created on the host disk. 9 Set the first boot device to be the drive on which you installed ESXi in Step 3. For information about changing boot order, see your hardware vendor documentation. NOTE UEFI systems might require additional steps to set the boot device. See “Host Fails to Boot After You Install ESXi in UEFI Mode,” on page 250 After the installation is complete, you can migrate existing VMFS data to the ESXi host. You can boot a single machine from each ESXi image. Booting multiple devices from a single shared ESXi image is not supported. What to do next Set up basic administration and network configuration for ESXi. See Chapter 9, “After You Install and Set Up ESXi,” on page 265. Install ESXi on a Software iSCSI Disk When you install ESXi to a software iSCSI disk, you must configure the target iSCSI qualified name (IQN). During system boot, the system performs a Power-On Self Test (POST), and begins booting the adapters in the order specified in the system BIOS. When the boot order comes to the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table (iBFT) adapter, the adapter attempts to connect to the target, but does not boot from it. See Prerequisites. If the connection to the iSCSI target is successful, the iSCSI boot firmware saves the iSCSI boot configuration in the iBFT. The next adapter to boot must be the ESXi installation media, either a mounted ISO image or a physical CD-ROM. Prerequisites n Verify that the target IQN is configured in the iBFT BIOS target parameter setting. This setting is in the option ROM of the network interface card (NIC) to be used for the iSCSI LUN. See the vendor documentation for your system. n Disable the iBFT adapter option to boot to the iSCSI target. This action is necessary to make sure that the ESXi installer boots, rather than the iSCSI target. When you start your system, follow the prompt to log in to your iBFT adapter and disable the option to boot to the iSCSI target. See the vendor documentation for your system and iBFT adapter. After you finish the ESXi installation, you can reenable the option to boot from the LUN you install ESXi on. Procedure 1 Start an interactive installation from the ESXi installation CD/DVD or mounted ISO image. 2 On the Select a Disk screen, select the iSCSI target you specified in the iBFT BIOS target parameter setting. If the target does not appear in this menu, make sure that the TCP/IP and initiator iSCSI IQN settings are correct. Check the network Access Control List (ACL) and confirm that the adapter has adequate permissions to access the target. 3 Follow the prompts to complete the installation. 4 Reboot the host. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 139
- 140. 5 In the host BIOS settings, enter the iBFT adapter BIOS configuration, and change the adapter parameter to boot from the iSCSI target. See the vendor documentation for your system. What to do next On your iBFT adapter, reenable the option to boot to the iSCSI target, so the system will boot from the LUN you installled ESXi on. Installing, Upgrading, or Migrating Hosts Using a Script You can quickly deploy ESXi hosts using scripted, unattended installations or upgrades. Scripted installations, upgrades, or migrations provide an efficient way to deploy multiple hosts. The installation or upgrade script contains the installation settings for ESXi. You can apply the script to all hosts that you want to have a similar configuration. For a scripted installation, upgrade, or migration, you must use the supported commands to create a script. and edit the script to change settings that are unique for each host. The installation or upgrade script can reside in one of the following locations: n FTP n HTTP/HTTPS n NFS n USB flash drive n CDROM Approaches for Scripted Installation You can install ESXi on multiple machines using a single script for all of them or a separate script for each machine. For example, because disk names vary from machine to machine, one of the settings that you might want to configure in a script is the selection for the disk to install ESXi on. Table 7‑1. Scripted Installation Choices Option Action Always install on the first disk on multiple machines. Create one script. Install ESXi on a different disk for each machine. Create multiple scripts. For information about the commands required to specify the disk to install on, see “Installation and Upgrade Script Commands,” on page 143. Enter Boot Options to Start an Installation or Upgrade Script You can start an installation or upgrade script by typing boot command-line options at the ESXi installer boot command line. At boot time you might need to specify options to access the kickstart file. You can enter boot options by pressing Shift+O in the boot loader. For a PXE boot installation, you can pass options through the kernelopts line of the boot.cfg file. See “About the boot.cfg File,” on page 152 and “PXE Booting the ESXi Installer,” on page 127. A ks=... option must be given, to specify the location of the installation script. Otherwise, a scripted installation or upgrade will not start. If ks=... is omitted, the text installer will proceed. vSphere Installation and Setup 140 VMware, Inc.
- 141. Supported boot options are listed in “Boot Options,” on page 141. Procedure 1 Start the host. 2 When the ESXi installer window appears, press Shift+O to edit boot options. 3 At the runweasel command prompt, type ks=location of installation script plus boot command line options Example: Boot Option You type the following boot options: ks=http://00.00.00.00/kickstart/ks-osdc-pdp101.cfg nameserver=00.00.0.0 ip=00.00.00.000 netmask=255.255.255.0 gateway=00.00.00.000 Boot Options When you perform a scripted installation, you might need to specify options at boot time to access the kickstart file. Supported Boot Options Table 7‑2. Boot Options for ESXi Installation Boot Option Description BOOTIF=hwtype-MAC address Similar to the netdevice option, except in the PXELINUX format as described in the IPAPPEND option under SYSLINUX at the syslinux.zytor.com site. gateway=ip address Sets this network gateway as the default gateway to be used for downloading the installation script and installation media. ip=ip address Sets up a static IP address to be used for downloading the installation script and the installation media. Note: the PXELINUX format for this option is also supported. See the IPAPPEND option under SYSLINUX at the syslinux.zytor.com site. ks=cdrom:/path Performs a scripted installation with the script at path, which resides on the CD in the CD-ROM drive. Each CDROM is mounted and checked until the file that matches the path is found. ks=file://path Performs a scripted installation with the script at path. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 141
- 142. Table 7‑2. Boot Options for ESXi Installation (Continued) Boot Option Description ks=protocol://serverpath Performs a scripted installation with a script located on the network at the given URL. protocol can be http, https, ftp, or nfs. An example using nfs protocol is ks=nfs://host:porturl-path. The format of an NFS URL is specified in RFC 2224. ks=usb Performs a scripted installation, accessing the script from an attached USB drive. Searches for a file named ks.cfg. The file must be located in the root directory of the drive. If multiple USB flash drives are attached, they are searched until the ks.cfg file is found. Only FAT16 and FAT32 file systems are supported. ks=usb:/path Performs a scripted installation with the script file at the specified path, which resides on USB. ksdevice=device Tries to use a network adapter device when looking for an installation script and installation media. Specify as a MAC address, for example, 00:50:56:C0:00:01. This location can also be a vmnicNN name. If not specified and files need to be retrieved over the network, the installer defaults to the first discovered network adapter that is plugged in. nameserver=ip address Specifies a domain name server to be used for downloading the installation script and installation media. netdevice=device Tries to use a network adapter device when looking for an installation script and installation media. Specify as a MAC address, for example, 00:50:56:C0:00:01. This location can also be a vmnicNN name. If not specified and files need to be retrieved over the network, the installer defaults to the first discovered network adapter that is plugged in. netmask=subnet mask Specifies subnet mask for the network interface that downloads the installation script and the installation media. vlanid=vlanid Configure the network card to be on the specified VLAN. About Installation and Upgrade Scripts The installation/upgrade script is a text file, for example ks.cfg, that contains supported commands. The command section of the script contains the ESXi installation options. This section is required and must appear first in the script. About the Default ks.cfg Installation Script The ESXi installer includes a default installation script that performs a standard installation to the first detected disk. The default ks.cfg installation script is located in the initial RAM disk at /etc/vmware/weasel/ks.cfg. You can specify the location of the default ks.cfg file with the ks=file://etc/vmware/weasel/ks.cfg boot option. See “Enter Boot Options to Start an Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 140. When you install ESXi using the ks.cfg script, the default root password is mypassword. You cannot modify the default script on the installation media. After the installation, you can use the vSphere Web Client to log in to the vCenter Server that manages the ESXi host and modify the default settings. vSphere Installation and Setup 142 VMware, Inc.
- 143. The default script contains the following commands: # # Sample scripted installation file # # Accept the VMware End User License Agreement vmaccepteula # Set the root password for the DCUI and Tech Support Mode rootpw mypassword # Install on the first local disk available on machine install --firstdisk --overwritevmfs # Set the network to DHCP on the first network adapter network --bootproto=dhcp --device=vmnic0 # A sample post-install script %post --interpreter=python --ignorefailure=true import time stampFile = open('/finished.stamp', mode='w') stampFile.write( time.asctime() ) Locations Supported for Installation or Upgrade Scripts In scripted installations and upgrades, the ESXi installer can access the installation or upgrade script, also called the kickstart file, from several locations. The following locations are supported for the installation or upgrade script: n CD/DVD. See “Create an Installer ISO Image with a Custom Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 126. n USB Flash drive. See “Create a USB Flash Drive to Store the ESXi Installation Script or Upgrade Script,” on page 125. n A network location accessible through the following protocols: NFS, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP Path to the Installation or Upgrade Script You can specify the path to an installation or upgrade script. ks=http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX/kickstart/KS.CFG is the path to the ESXi installation script, where XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX is the IP address of the machine where the script resides. See “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142. To start an installation script from an interactive installation, you enter the ks= option manually. See “Enter Boot Options to Start an Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 140. Installation and Upgrade Script Commands To modify the default installation or upgrade script or to create your own script, use supported commands. Use supported commands in the installation script, which you specify with a boot command when you boot the installer. To determine which disk to install or upgrade ESXi on, the installation script requires one of the following commands: install, upgrade, or installorupgrade. The install command creates the default partitions, including a VMFS datastore that occupies all available space after the other partitions are created. The install command replaces the autopart command that was used for scripted ESXi 4.1 installations. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 143
- 144. accepteula or vmaccepteula (required) Accepts the ESXi license agreement. This command functions as it did in ESXi 4.1. clearpart (optional) Compared to kickstart, the behavior of the ESXi clearpart command is different. Carefully edit the clearpart command in your existing scripts. Clears any existing partitions on the disk. Requires install command to be specified. --drives= Remove partitions on the specified drives. --alldrives Ignores the --drives= requirement and allows clearing of partitions on every drive. --ignoredrives= Removes partitions on all drives except those specified. Required unless the --drives= or --alldrives flag is specified. --overwritevmfs Permits overwriting of VMFS partitions on the specified drives. By default, overwriting VMFS partitions is not allowed. --firstdisk= disk-type1 [disk-type2,...] Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to the following order: 1 Locally attached storage (local) 2 Network storage (remote) 3 USB disks (usb) You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information, or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather than a normal local disk, the argument is --firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local. dryrun (optional) Parses and checks the installation script. Does not perform the installation. install Specifies that this is a fresh installation. Replaces the deprecated autopart command used for ESXi 4.1 scripted installations. Either the install, upgrade, or installorupgrade command is required to determine which disk to install or upgrade ESXi on. --disk= or --drive= Specifies the disk to partition. In the command --disk=diskname, the diskname can be in any of the forms shown in the following examples: n Path: --disk=/vmfs/devices/disks/mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0 n MPX name: --disk=mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0 n VML name: --disk=vml.000000034211234 vSphere Installation and Setup 144 VMware, Inc.
- 145. n vmkLUN UID: --disk=vmkLUN_UID For accepted disk name formats, see “Disk Device Names,” on page 152. --firstdisk= disk-type1, [disk-type2,...] Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to the following order: 1 Locally attached storage (local) 2 Network storage (remote) 3 USB disks (usb) You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information, or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather than a normal local disk, the argument is --firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local. --ignoressd Excludes solid-state disks (S--firstdiskSDs) from eligibility for partitioning. This option can be used with the install command and the --firstdisk option. This option takes precedence over the --firstdisk option. This option is invalid with the --drive or --disk options and with the upgrade and installorupgrade commands. See the vSphere Storage documentation for more information about preventing SSD formatting during auto-partitioning. --overwritevsan You must use the --overwritevsan option when you install ESXi on a disk, either SSD or HDD (magnetic), that is in a Virtual SAN disk group. If you use this option and there is no Virtual SAN partition on the selected disk, the installation will fail. When you install ESXi on a disk that is in Virtual SAN disk group, the result depends on the disk you select: n If you select an SSD, the SSD and all underlying HDDs in the same disk group will be wiped. n If you select an HDD, and the disk group size is greater than two, only the selected HDD will be wiped. n If you select an HDD disk, and the disk group size is two or less, the SSD and the selected HDD will be wiped. For more information about managing Virtual SAN disk groups, see the vSphere Storage documentation. --overwritevmfs Required to overwrite an existing VMFS datastore on the disk before installation. --preservevmfs Preserves an existing VMFS datastore on the disk during installation. --novmfsondisk Prevents a VMFS partition from being created on this disk. Must be used with --overwritevmfs if a VMFS partition already exists on the disk. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 145
- 146. installorupgrade Either the install, upgrade, or installorupgrade command is required to determine which disk to install or upgrade ESXi on. --disk= or --drive= Specifies the disk to partition. In the command --disk=diskname, the diskname can be in any of the forms shown in the following examples: n Path: --disk=/vmfs/devices/disks/mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0 n MPX name: --disk=mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0 n VML name: --disk=vml.000000034211234 n vmkLUN UID: --disk=vmkLUN_UID For accepted disk name formats, see “Disk Device Names,” on page 152. --firstdisk= disk-type1, [disk-type2,...] Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to the following order: 1 Locally attached storage (local) 2 Network storage (remote) 3 USB disks (usb) You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information, or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather than a normal local disk, the argument is --firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local. --overwritevsan You must use the --overwritevsan option when you install ESXi on a disk, either SSD or HDD (magnetic), that is in a Virtual SAN disk group. If you use this option and there is no Virtual SAN partition on the selected disk, the installation will fail. When you install ESXi on a disk that is in Virtual SAN disk group, the result depends on the disk you select: n If you select an SSD, the SSD and all underlying HDDs in the same disk group will be wiped. n If you select an HDD, and the disk group size is greater than two, only the selected HDD will be wiped. n If you select an HDD disk, and the disk group size is two or less, the SSD and the selected HDD will be wiped. For more information about managing Virtual SAN disk groups, see the vSphere Storage documentation. --overwritevmfs Install ESXi if a VMFS partition exists on the disk, but no ESX or ESXi installation exists. Unless this option is present, the installer will fail if a VMFS partition exists on the disk, but no ESX or ESXi installation exists. --forcemigrate If a version 4.x host contains customizations, such as third-party VIBS or drivers, that are not included in the installer .ISO, the installer exits with an error describing the problem. The forcemigrate option overrides the error and forces the upgrade. vSphere Installation and Setup 146 VMware, Inc.
- 147. If you are upgrading a 5.0.x host, supported custom VIBs on the host that are not included in the ESXi installer ISO are migrated. If the host or the installer .ISO contains a VIB that creates a conflict and prevents the upgrade, an error message identifies the offending VIB. You can remove the VIB and retry the upgrade, or use ESXI Image Builder to create a custom installer .ISO that resolves the conflict. The forcemigrate option is not available. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation for imformation about upgrading hosts that have third-party custom VIBs. . CAUTION Using the forcemigrate option might cause the upgraded host to not boot properly, to exhibit system instability, or to lose functionality. keyboard (optional) Sets the keyboard type for the system. keyboardType Specifies the keyboard map for the selected keyboard type. keyboardType must be one of the following types. n Belgian n Brazilian n Croatian n Czechoslovakian n Danish n Default n Estonian n Finnish n French n German n Greek n Icelandic n Italian n Japanese n Latin American n Norwegian n Polish n Portuguese n Russian n Slovenian n Spanish n Swedish n Swiss French Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 147
- 148. n Swiss German n Turkish n US Dvorak n Ukranian n United Kingdom serialnum or vmserialnum (optional) Deprecated in ESXi 5.0.x. Supported in ESXi 5.1. Configures licensing. If not included, ESXi installs in evaluation mode. --esx=<license-key> Specifies the vSphere license key to use. The format is 5 five-character groups (XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX). network (optional) Specify a network address for the system. --bootproto=[dhcp| static] Specify whether to obtain the network settings from DHCP or set them manually. --device= Specifies either the MAC address of the network card or the device name, in the form vmnicNN, as in vmnic0. This options refers to the uplink device for the virtual switch. --ip= Sets an IP address for the machine to be installed, in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Required with the --bootproto=static option and ignored otherwise. --gateway= Designates the default gateway as an IP address, in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Used with the --bootproto=static option. --nameserver= Designates the primary name server as an IP address. Used with the -- bootproto=static option. Omit this option if you do not intend to use DNS. The --nameserver option can accept two IP addresses. For example: -- nameserver="10.126.87.104[,10.126.87.120]" --netmask= Specifies the subnet mask for the installed system, in the form 255.xxx.xxx.xxx. Used with the --bootproto=static option. --hostname= Specifies the host name for the installed system. --vlanid= vlanid Specifies which VLAN the system is on. Used with either the --bootproto=dhcp or --bootproto=static option. Set to an integer from 1 to 4096. --addvmportgroup=(0|1) Specifies whether to add the VM Network port group, which is used by virtual machines. The default value is 1. paranoid (optional) Causes warning messages to interrupt the installation. If you omit this command, warning messages are logged. vSphere Installation and Setup 148 VMware, Inc.
- 149. part or partition (optional) Creates an additional VMFS datastore on the system. Only one datastore per disk can be created. Cannot be used on the same disk as the install command. Only one partition can be specified per disk and it can only be a VMFS partition datastore name Specifies where the partition is to be mounted --ondisk= or --ondrive= Specifies the disk or drive where the partition is created. --firstdisk= disk-type1, [disk-type2,...] Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to the following order: 1 Locally attached storage (local) 2 Network storage (remote) 3 USB disks (usb) You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information, or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather than a normal local disk, the argument is --firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local. reboot (optional) Reboots the machine after the scripted installation is complete. <--noeject> The CD is not ejected after the installation. rootpw (required) Sets the root password for the system. --iscrypted Specifies that the password is encrypted. password Specifies the password value. upgrade Either the install, upgrade, or installorupgrade command is required to determine which disk to install or upgrade ESXi on. --disk= or --drive= Specifies the disk to partition. In the command --disk=diskname, the diskname can be in any of the forms shown in the following examples: n Path: --disk=/vmfs/devices/disks/mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0 n MPX name: --disk=mpx.vmhba1:C0:T0:L0 n VML name: --disk=vml.000000034211234 n vmkLUN UID:--disk=vmkLUN_UID For accepted disk name formats, see “Disk Device Names,” on page 152. --firstdisk= disk-type1, [disk-type2,...] Partitions the first eligible disk found. By default, the eligible disks are set to the following order: 1 Locally attached storage (local) Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 149
- 150. 2 Network storage (remote) 3 USB disks (usb) You can change the order of the disks by using a comma separated list appended to the argument. If you provide a filter list, the default settings are overridden. You can combine filters to specify a particular disk, including esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, model and vendor information, or the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to prefer a disk with the model name ST3120814A and any disk that uses the mptsas driver rather than a normal local disk, the argument is --firstdisk=ST3120814A,mptsas,local. --deletecosvmdk If the system is being upgraded from ESX, remove the directory that contains the old Service Console VMDK file, cos.vmdk, to reclaim unused space in the VMFS datastore. --forcemigrate If a version 4.x host contains customizations, such as third-party VIBS or drivers, that are not included in the installer .ISO, the installer exits with an error describing the problem. The forcemigrate option overrides the error and forces the upgrade. If you are upgrading a 5.0.x host, supported custom VIBs that are not included in the ESXi installer ISO are migrated. You do not need to to use the forcemigrate option. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation for imformation about upgrading hosts that have third-party custom VIBs. CAUTION Using the forcemigrate option might cause the upgraded host to not boot properly, to exhibit system instability, or to lose functionality. %include or include (optional) Specifies another installation script to parse. This command is treated similarly to a multiline command, but takes only one argument. filename For example: %include part.cfg %pre (optional) Specifies a script to run before the kickstart configuration is evaluated. For example, you can use it to generate files for the kickstart file to include. --interpreter =[python|busybox] Specifies an interpreter to use. The default is busybox. %post (optional) Runs the specified script after package installation is complete. If you specify multiple %post sections, they run in the order that they appear in the installation script. --interpreter =[python|busybox] Specifies an interpreter to use. The default is busybox. --timeout=secs Specifies a timeout for running the script. If the script is not finished when the timeout expires, the script is forcefully terminated. --ignorefailure If true, the installation is considered a success even if the %post script terminated with an error. vSphere Installation and Setup 150 VMware, Inc.
- 151. =[true|false] %firstboot Creates an init script that runs only during the first boot. The script has no effect on subsequent boots. If multiple %firstboot sections are specified, they run in the order that they appear in the kickstart file. NOTE You cannot check the semantics of %firstboot scripts until the system is booting for the first time. A %firstboot script might contain potentially catastrophic errors that are not exposed until after the installation is complete. --interpreter =[python|busybox] Specifies an interpreter to use. The default is busybox. NOTE You cannot check the semantics of the %firstboot script until the system boots for the first time. If the script contains errors, they are not exposed until after the installation is complete. Differences Between ESXi 4.x and ESXi 5.x Scripted Installation and Upgrade Commands Before you perform a scripted ESXi installation or upgrade, if you are familiar with ESXi version 4.x scripted installation, note the differences between ESXi 4.x and ESXi 5.x scripted installation and upgrade commands. In ESXi 5.x, because the installation image is loaded directly into the host RAM when the host boots, you do not need to include the location of the installation media in the installation script. ESXi 5.x supports scripted upgrades in addition to scripted installation. Command differences are noted in the following summary. accepteula or vmaccepteula Only in ESXi autopart Deprecated and replaced with install, upgrade, or installorupgrade. auth or authconfig Not supported in ESXi 5.x. bootloader Not supported in ESXi 5.x. esxlocation Deprecated and unused in ESXi. firewall Not supported in ESXi 5.x. firewallport Not supported in ESXi 5.x. install, installorupgrade, upgrade These commands replace the deprecated autopart command. Use one of these command to specify the disk to partition, and the part command to create the vmfs datastore. installorupgrade and upgrade are newly supported in ESXi 5.x. serialnum Deprecated in ESXi 5.0.x. Supported in ESXi 5.1. vmserialnum Deprecated in ESXi 5.0.x. Supported in ESXi 5.1. timezone Not supported in ESXi 5.x. virtualdisk Not supported in ESXi 5.x. zerombr Not supported in ESXi 5.x. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 151
- 152. %firstboot --level option not supported in ESXi 5.x. %packages Not supported in ESXi 5.x. Disk Device Names The install, upgrade, and installorupgrade installation script commands require the use of disk device names. Table 7‑3. Disk Device Names Format Examples Description VML vml.00025261 The device name as reported by the vmkernel MPX mpx.vmhba0:C0:T0:L0 The device name NOTE When you perform a scripted upgrade from ESX 4.x to ESXi 5.x, the MPX and VML disk names change, which might cause the upgrade to fail. To avoid this problem, use Network Address Authority Identifiers (NAA IDs) for the disk device instead of MPX and VML disk names. After you obtain the NAA ID or VML number, typically from the BIOS of the storage adapter, you can modify the kickstart file (ks.cfg) for each host to identify the disk device by the NAA ID or VML number. Some devices do not provide an NAA ID. In these circumstances, an MPX Identifier is generated by ESXi to represent the LUN or disk. The identifier takes a form similar to the canonical name of previous versions of ESXi with the mpx. prefix. This identifier can be used exactly as the NAA ID. See Knowledge Base article 1014953. About the boot.cfg File The boot loader configuration file boot.cfg specifies the kernel, the kernel options, and the boot modules that the mboot.c32 boot loader uses in an ESXi installation. The boot.cfg file is provided in the ESXi installer. You can modify the kernelopt line of the boot.cfg file to specify the location of an installation script or to pass other boot options. The boot.cfg file has the following syntax: # boot.cfg -- mboot configuration file # # Any line preceded with '#' is a comment. title=STRING kernel=FILEPATH kernelopt=STRING modules=FILEPATH1 --- FILEPATH2... --- FILEPATHn # Any other line must remain unchanged. The commands in boot.cfg configure the boot loader. Table 7‑4. Commands in boot.cfg . Command Description title=STRING Sets the boot loader title to STRING. kernel=FILEPATH Sets the kernel path to FILEPATH. vSphere Installation and Setup 152 VMware, Inc.
- 153. Table 7‑4. Commands in boot.cfg . (Continued) Command Description kernelopt=STRING Appends STRING to the kernel boot options. modules=FILEPATH1 --- FILEPATH2... --- FILEPATHn Lists the modules to be loaded, separated by three hyphens (---). See “Create an Installer ISO Image with a Custom Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 126, “PXE Boot the ESXi Installer by Using PXELINUX and a PXE Configuration File,” on page 130, “PXE Boot the ESXi Installer by Using PXELINUX and an isolinux.cfg PXE Configuration File,” on page 131, and “PXE Booting the ESXi Installer,” on page 127. Install, Upgrade, or Migrate ESXi from a CD or DVD Using a Script You can install, upgrade, or migrate ESXi from a CD/DVD drive using a script that specifies the installation or upgrade options. You can start the installation or upgrade script by entering a boot option when you start the host. You can also create an installer ISO image that includes the installation script. With an installer ISO image, you can perform a scripted, unattended installation when you boot the resulting installer ISO image. See “Create an Installer ISO Image with a Custom Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 126. Prerequisites Before you run the scripted installation, upgrade, or migration, verify that the following prerequisites are met: n The system on which you are installing, upgrading, or migrating meets the hardware requirements. See “ESXi Hardware Requirements,” on page 13. n You have the ESXi installer ISO on an installation CD/DVD. See “Download and Burn the ESXi Installer ISO Image to a CD or DVD,” on page 123. n The default installation or upgrade script (ks.cfg) or a custom installation or upgrade script is accessible to the system. See “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142. n You have selected a boot command to run the scripted installation, upgrade or migration. See “Enter Boot Options to Start an Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 140. For a complete list of boot commands, see “Boot Options,” on page 141. Procedure 1 Boot the ESXi installer from the CD or DVD using the local CD/DVD-ROM drive. 2 When the ESXi installer window appears, press Shift+O to edit boot options. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 153
- 154. 3 Type a boot option that calls the default installation or upgrade script or an installation or upgrade script file that you created. The boot option has the form ks=. 4 Press Enter. The installation, upgrade, or migration runs, using the options that you specified. Install, Upgrade, or Migrate ESXi from a USB Flash Drive Using a Script You can install, upgrade, or migrate ESXi from a USB flash drive using a script that specifies the installation or upgrade options. Supported boot options are listed in “Boot Options,” on page 141. Prerequisites Before running the scripted installation, upgrade, or migration, verify that the following prerequisites are met: n The system that you are installing, upgrading, or migrating to ESXi meets the hardware requirements for the installation or upgrade. See “ESXi Hardware Requirements,” on page 13. n You have the ESXi installer ISO on a bootable USB flash drive. See “Format a USB Flash Drive to Boot the ESXi Installation or Upgrade,” on page 123. n The default installation or upgrade script (ks.cfg) or a custom installation or upgrade script is accessible to the system. See “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142. n You have selected a boot option to run the scripted installation, upgrade, or migration. See “Enter Boot Options to Start an Installation or Upgrade Script,” on page 140. Procedure 1 Boot the ESXi installer from the USB flash drive. 2 When the ESXi installer window appears, press Shift+O to edit boot options. 3 Type a boot option that calls the default installation or upgrade script or an installation or upgrade script file that you created. The boot option has the form ks=. 4 Press Enter. The installation, upgrade, or migration runs, using the options that you specified. vSphere Installation and Setup 154 VMware, Inc.
- 155. Performing a Scripted Installation or Upgrade of ESXi by PXE Booting the Installer ESXi 5.x provides many options for PXE booting the installer and using an installation or upgrade script. n For information about setting up a PXE infrastructure, see “PXE Booting the ESXi Installer,” on page 127. n For information about creating and locating an installation script, see “About Installation and Upgrade Scripts,” on page 142. n For specific procedures to PXE boot the ESXi installer and use an installation script, see one of the following topics: n “PXE Boot the ESXi Installer by Using PXELINUX and an isolinux.cfg PXE Configuration File,” on page 131 n “PXE Boot the ESXi Installer by Using PXELINUX and a PXE Configuration File,” on page 130 n “PXE Boot the ESXi Installer Using gPXE,” on page 133 n For information about using Auto Deploy to perform a scripted installation by PXE booting, see “Installing ESXi Using vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 155. Installing ESXi Using vSphere Auto Deploy vSphere Auto Deploy lets you provision hundreds of physical hosts with ESXi software. Using Auto Deploy, experienced system administrators can manage large deployments efficiently. Auto Deploy can be used for stateless caching or stateful installs. Stateless caching By default, Auto Deploy does not store ESXi configuration or state on the host disk. Instead, an image profile defines the image that the host is provisioned with, and other host attributes are managed through host profiles. Stateful installs You can provision a host with Auto Deploy and set up the host to store the image to disk. On subsequent boots, the host boots from disk. Understanding vSphere Auto Deploy vSphere Auto Deploy can provision hundreds of physical hosts with ESXi software. You can specify the image to deploy and the hosts to provision with the image. Optionally, you can specify host profiles to apply to the hosts, and a vCenter Server location (folder or cluster) for each host. Introduction to Auto Deploy When you start a physical host that is set up for Auto Deploy, Auto Deploy uses a PXE boot infrastructure in conjunction with vSphere host profiles to provision and customize that host. No state is stored on the host itself, instead, the Auto Deploy server manages state information for each host. State Information for ESXi Hosts Auto Deploy stores the information for the ESXi hosts to be provisioned in different locations. Information about the location of image profiles and host profiles is initially specified in the rules that map machines to image profiles and host profiles. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 155
- 156. Table 7‑5. Auto Deploy Stores Information for Deployment Information Type Description Source of State Information Image state Executable software to run on an ESXi host. Image profile, created with Image Builder PowerCLI. Configuration state Configurable settings that determine how the host is configured, for example, virtual switches and their settings, driver settings, boot parameters, and so on. Host profile, created by using the host profile UI. Often comes from a template host. Dynamic state Runtime state that is generated by the running software, for example, generated private keys or runtime databases. Stored in host memory and lost during reboot. Virtual machine state Virtual machines stored on a host and virtual machine autostart information (subsequent boots only). vCenter Server must be available to supply virtual machine information to Auto Deploy. User input State that is based on user input, for example, an IP address that the user provides when the system starts up, cannot automatically be included in the host profile. You can create a host profile that requires user input for certain values. When Auto Deploy applies a host profile that requires an answer to a host, the host comes up in maintenance mode. Use the host profiles interface to check the host profile compliance, and respond to the prompt to customize the host. The host customization information is stored with the host. Auto Deploy Architecture The Auto Deploy infrastructure consists of several components. Figure 7‑1. vSphere Auto Deploy Architecture HTTP fetch of images/VIBs and host profiles (iPXE boot and update) public depot VIBs and image profiles Fetch of predefined image profiles and VIBs Host profiles and host customization Image profiles Auto Deploy PowerCLI Auto Deploy server (web server) Host profile UI Image Builder PowerCLI Rules Engine ESXi host Plug-inHost profile engine Auto Deploy server Serves images and host profiles to ESXi hosts. The Auto Deploy server is at the heart of the Auto Deploy infrastructure. Auto Deploy rules engine Tells the Auto Deploy server which image profile and which host profile to serve to which host. Administrators use the Auto Deploy PowerCLI to define the rules that assign image profiles and host profiles to hosts. vSphere Installation and Setup 156 VMware, Inc.
- 157. Image profiles Define the set of VIBs to boot ESXi hosts with. n VMware and VMware partners make image profiles and VIBs available in public depots. Use the Image Builder PowerCLI to examine the depot and the Auto Deploy rules engine to specify which image profile to assign to which host. n VMware customers can create a custom image profile based on the public image profiles and VIBs in the depot and apply that image profile to the host. Host profiles Define machine-specific configuration such as networking or storage setup. Administrators create host profiles by using the host profile UI. You can create a host profile for a reference host and apply that host profile to other hosts in your environment for a consistent configuration. Host customization Stores information that the user provides when host profiles are applied to the host. Host customization might contain an IP address or other information that the user supplied for that host. See “Host Customization in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 195. Host customization was called answer file in earlier releases of Auto Deploy. Rules and Rule Sets You specify the behavior of the Auto Deploy server by using a set of rules written in Power CLI. The Auto Deploy rules engine checks the rule set for matching host patterns to decide which items (image profile, host profile, or vCenter Server location) to provision each host with. The rules engine maps software and configuration settings to hosts based on the attributes of the host. For example, you can deploy image profiles or host profiles to two clusters of hosts by writing two rules, each matching on the network address of one cluster. For hosts that have not yet been added to a vCenter Server system, the Auto Deploy server checks with the rules engine before serving image profiles, host profiles, and inventory location information to hosts. For hosts that are managed by a vCenter Server system, the image profile, host profile, and inventory location that vCenter Server has stored in the host object is used. If you make changes to rules, you can use Auto Deploy PowerCLI cmdlets to test and repair rule compliance. When you repair rule compliance for a host, that host's image profile and host profile assignments are updated. NOTE You must test and repair rule compliance for any host managed by a vCenter Server system even if those hosts were not added to the vCenter Server system by Auto Deploy. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. The rules engine includes rules and rule sets. Rules Rules can assign image profiles and host profiles to a set of hosts, or specify the location (folder or cluster) of a host on the target vCenter Server system. A rule can identify target hosts by boot MAC address, SMBIOS information, BIOS UUID, Vendor, Model, or fixed DHCP IP address. In most cases, rules apply to multiple hosts. You create rules by using Auto Deploy PowerCLI cmdlets. After you create a rule, you must add it to a rule set. Only two rule sets, the active rule set and the working rule set, are supported. A rule can Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 157
- 158. belong to both sets, the default, or only to the working rule set. After you add a rule to a rule set, you can no longer change the rule. Instead, you copy the rule and replace items or patterns in the copy. By default, Auto Deploy uses the name of the rule for the copy and hides the original rule. Active Rule Set When a newly started host contacts the Auto Deploy server with a request for an image profile, the Auto Deploy server checks the active rule set for matching rules. The image profile, host profile, and vCenter Server inventory location that are mapped by matching rules are then used to boot the host. If more than one item of the same type is mapped by the rules, the Auto Deploy server uses the item that is first in the rule set. Working Rule Set The working rule set allows you to test changes to rules before making the changes active. For example, you can use Auto Deploy PowerCLI cmdlets for testing compliance with the working rule set. The test verifies that hosts managed by a vCenter Server system are following the rules in the working rule set. By default, cmdlets add the rule to the working rule set and activate the rules. Use the NoActivate parameter to add a rule only to the working rule set. You use the following workflow with rules and rule sets. 1 Make changes to the working rule set. 2 Use cmdlets that execute the working rule set rules against a host to make sure that everything is working correctly. 3 Refine and retest the rules in the working rule set. 4 Activate the rules in the working rule set. If you add a rule and do not specify the NoActivate parameter, all rules that are currently in the working rule set are activated. You cannot activate individual rules. See the PowerCLI command-line help and “Managing Auto Deploy with PowerCLI Cmdlets,” on page 171. Auto Deploy Boot Process When you boot a host that you want to provision or reprovision with vSphere Auto Deploy, the Auto Deploy infrastructure supplies the image profile and, optionally, a host profile and a vCenter Server location for that host. The boot process is different for hosts that have not yet been provisioned with Auto Deploy (first boot) and for hosts that have been provisioned with Auto Deploy and added to a vCenter Server system (subsequent boot). First Boot Prerequisites Before a first boot process, you must set up your system. Setup includes the following tasks, which are discussed in more detail in “Preparing for vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 165. n Set up a DHCP server that assigns an IP address to each host upon startup and that points the host to the TFTP server to download the iPXE boot loader from. n Ensure that the Auto Deploy server has an IPv4 address. PXE booting is supported only with IPv4. Other components in your Auto Deploy infrastructure can communicate either with IPv4 or with IPv6. n Identify an image profile to be used in one of the following ways. n Choose an ESXi image profile in a public depot. n (Optional) Create a custom image profile by using the Image Builder PowerCLI, and place the image profile in a depot that the Auto Deploy server can access. The image profile must include a base ESXi VIB. vSphere Installation and Setup 158 VMware, Inc.
- 159. n (Optional) If you have a reference host in your environment, export the host profile of the reference host and define a rule that applies the host profile to one or more hosts. See “Setting Up an Auto Deploy Reference Host,” on page 185. n Specify rules for the deployment of the host and add the rules to the active rule set. First Boot Overview When a host that has not yet been provisioned with vSphere Auto Deploy boots (first boot), the host interacts with several Auto Deploy components. 1 When the administrator turns on a host, the host starts a PXE boot sequence. The DHCP Server assigns an IP address to the host and instructs the host to contact the TFTP server. 2 The host contacts the TFTP server and downloads the iPXE file (executable boot loader) and an iPXE configuration file. 3 iPXE starts executing. The configuration file instructs the host to make a HTTP boot request to the Auto Deploy server. The HTTP request includes hardware and network information. 4 In response, the Auto Deploy server performs these tasks: a Queries the rules engine for information about the host. b Streams the components specified in the image profile, the optional host profile, and optional vCenter Server location information. 5 The host boots using the image profile. If the Auto Deploy server provided a host profile, the host profile is applied to the host. 6 Auto Deploy adds the host to the vCenter Server system that Auto Deploy is registered with. a If a rule specifies a target folder or cluster on the vCenter Server system, the host is placed in that folder or cluster. The target folder must be under a data center. b If no rule exists that specifies a vCenter Server inventory location, Auto Deploy adds the host to the first datacenter displayed in the vSphere Web Client UI. 7 (Optional) If the host profile requires the user to specify certain information, such as a static IP address, the host is placed in maintenance mode when the host is added to the vCenter Server system. You must reapply the host profile and update the host customization to have the host exit maintenance mode. When you update the host customization, answer any questions when prompted. 8 If the host is part of a DRS cluster, virtual machines from other hosts might be migrated to the host after the host has successfully been added to the vCenter Server system. See “Provision a Host (First Boot),” on page 175. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 159
- 160. Figure 7‑2. Auto Deploy Installation, First Boot Auto Deploy first boot host sends hardware & network information to Auto Deploy server Auto Deploy server streams host & image profiles to the host host boots using image profile host assigned to vCenter Server, which stores host & image profiles PXE Subsequent Boots Without Updates For hosts that are provisioned with Auto Deploy and managed by a vCenter Server system, subsequent boots can become completely automatic. 1 The administrator reboots the host. 2 As the host boots up, Auto Deploy provisions the host with its image profile and host profile. 3 Virtual machines are brought up or migrated to the host based on the settings of the host. n Standalone host. Virtual machines are powered on according to autostart rules defined on the host. n DRS cluster host. Virtual machines that were successfully migrated to other hosts stay there. Virtual machines for which no host had enough resources are registered to the rebooted host. If the vCenter Server system is unavailable, the host contacts the Auto Deploy and is provisioned with an image profile. The host continues to contact the Auto Deploy server until Auto Deploy reconnects to the vCenter Server system. Auto Deploy cannot set up vSphere distributed switches if vCenter Server is unavailable, and virtual machines are assigned to hosts only if they participate in an HA cluster. Until the host is reconnected to vCenter Server and the host profile is applied, the switch cannot be created. Because the host is in maintenance mode, virtual machines cannot start. See “Reprovision Hosts with Simple Reboot Operations,” on page 176. Any hosts that are set up to require user input are placed in maintenance mode. See “Update the Host Customization in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 178. vSphere Installation and Setup 160 VMware, Inc.
- 161. Subsequent Boots With Updates You can change the image profile, host profile, or vCenter Server location for hosts. The process includes changing rules and testing and repairing the host's rule compliance. 1 The administrator uses the Copy-DeployRule PowerCLI cmdlet to copy and edit one or more rules and updates the rule set. See “Auto Deploy Roadmap,” on page 162 for an example. 2 The administrator runs the Test-DeployRulesetCompliance cmdlet to check whether each host is using the information that the current rule set specifies. 3 The host returns a PowerCLI object that encapsulates compliance information. 4 The administrator runs the Repair-DeployRulesetCompliance cmdlet to update the image profile, host profile, or vCenter Server location the vCenter Server system stores for each host. 5 When the host reboots, it uses the updated image profile, host profile, or vCenter Server location for the host. If the host profile is set up to request user input, the host is placed in maintenance mode. Follow the steps in “Update the Host Customization in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 178. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. Figure 7‑3. Auto Deploy Installation, Subsequent Boots Auto Deploy subsequent boots vCenter Server provisions host using host & image profiles edit and update rule set subsequent boot with image update subsequent boot with no update check ruleset compliance use updated image profile update the host & image profile associations stored in vCenter Server reboot host (optional) Provisioning of Systems that Have Distributed Switches You can configure the host profile of an Auto Deploy reference host with a distributed switch. When you configure the distributed switch, the boot configuration parameters policy is automatically set to match the network parameters required for host connectivity after a reboot. When Auto Deploy provisions the ESXi host with the host profile, the host goes through a two-step process. 1 The host creates a standard virtual switch with the properties specified in the boot configuration parameters field. 2 The host creates the VMkernel NICs. The VMkernel NICs allow the host to connect to Auto Deploy and to the vCenter Server system. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 161
- 162. When the host is added to vCenter Server, vCenter Server removes the standard switch and reapplies the distributed switch to the host. NOTE Do not change the boot configuration parameters to avoid problems with your distributed switch. Auto Deploy Roadmap and Cmdlet Overview To be successful with Auto Deploy, you have to know the tasks involved in provisioning hosts, understand the Auto Deploy components and their interaction, and know the PowerCLI cmdlets. Auto Deploy Roadmap Getting started with Auto Deploy requires that you learn how Auto Deploy works, install the Auto Deploy server, install PowerCLI, write PowerCLI rules that provision hosts, and turn on your hosts to be booted with the image profile you specify. Customizations of the image profile, host profile, and vCenter Server location are supported. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for a step-by-step exercise that helps you set up your first Auto Deploy environment on a Windows 2008 system. To successfully provision the hosts in your environment with Auto Deploy you can follow a few steps discussed in more detail in this document. 1 Install the Auto Deploy server. Windows The Auto Deploy server is included with the vCenter Server installation media. You can install the Auto Deploy server on the same system as vCenter Server or on a different system. vCenter Server appliance The vCenter Server appliance includes vCenter Server and the Auto Deploy server. The Auto Deploy server on the vCenter Server appliance is disabled by default. You can use both servers on the appliance, use a standalone vCenter Server installation with Auto Deploy on the appliance, or use a standalone Auto Deploy installation with the vCenter Server appliance. See “Using Auto Deploy with the VMware vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 193 for configuration information. NOTE You cannot use more than one Auto Deploy server with one vCenter Server system. See “Prepare Your System and Install the Auto Deploy Server,” on page 165 for information on installing the software, setting up the DHCP server, and downloading the TFTP configuration file. 2 Install PowerCLI, which includes Auto Deploy and Image Builder cmdlets, and set up remote signing. See “Install PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 168 and “Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets,” on page 168. 3 Find the image profile that includes the VIBs that you want to deploy to your hosts. n In most cases, you add the depots that contain the software that you are interested in to your PowerCLI session, and then select an image profile from one of those depots. n To create a custom image profile, use Image Builder cmdlets to clone an existing image profile and add the custom VIBs to the clone. Add the custom image profile to the PowerCLI session. Using Image Builder for customization is required only if you have to add or remove VIBs. In most cases, you can add the depot where VMware hosts the image profiles to your PowerCLI session as a URL. vSphere Installation and Setup 162 VMware, Inc.
- 163. 4 Use the New-DeployRule PowerCLI cmdlet to write a rule that assigns the image profile to one host, to multiple hosts specified by a pattern, or to all hosts. New-DeployRule -Name "testrule" -Item image-profile -AllHosts See “Assign an Image Profile to Hosts,” on page 171. NOTE Auto Deploy is optimized for provisioning hosts that have a fixed MAC address to IP address mapping in DHCP (sometimes called DHCP reservations). If you want to use static IP addresses, you must set up the host profile to prompt for host customization. See “Set Up Host Profiles for Static IP Addresses in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 192. 5 Turn on the host to have Auto Deploy provision the host with the specified image profile. 6 Set up the host you provisioned as a reference host for your host profile. You can specify the reference host syslog settings, firewall settings, storage, networking, and so on. See “Setting Up an Auto Deploy Reference Host,” on page 185. 7 Create and export a host profile for the reference host. See the Host Profiles documentation. 8 To provision multiple hosts, you can use the Copy-DeployRule cmdlet. You can revise the rule to assign not only an image profile but also a host profile and a cluster location . Copy-DeployRule -DeployRule "testrule" -ReplaceItem my_host_profile_from_reference_host,my_targetcluster -ReplacePattern "ipv4=192.XXX.1.10-192.XXX.1.20" my_host_profile_from_reference_host is the name of the reference host profile. my_targetcluster is the name of the target cluster. 9 Turn on the hosts you want to provision. If the hosts that are specified by the pattern are not currently managed by a vCenter Server system, Auto Deploy provisions them with the already stored image profile and the specified host profile and adds them to the target cluster. 10 Check that the hosts you provisioned meet the following requirements. n Each host is connected to the vCenter Server system. n The hosts are not in maintenance mode. n The hosts have no compliance failures. n Each host with a host profile that requires user input has up-to-date host customization information. Remedy host customization and compliance problems and reboot hosts until all hosts meet the requirements. Read “Understanding vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 155 for an introduction to the boot process, a discussion of differences between first and subsequent boots, and an overview of using host customization. Auto Deploy PowerCLI Cmdlet Overview You specify the rules that assign image profiles and host profiles to hosts using a set of PowerCLI cmdlets that are included in VMware PowerCLI. If you are new to PowerCLI, read the PowerCLI documentation and review “Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets,” on page 168. You can get help for any command at the PowerShell prompt. n Basic help: Get-Help cmdlet_name Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 163
- 164. n Detailed help: Get-Help cmdlet_name -Detailed NOTE When you run Auto Deploy cmdlets, provide all parameters on the command line when you invoke the cmdlet. Supplying parameters in interactive mode is not recommended. Table 7‑6. Rule Engine PowerCLI Cmdlets Command Description Get-DeployCommand Returns a list of Auto Deploy cmdlets. New-DeployRule Creates a new rule with the specified items and patterns. Set-DeployRule Updates an existing rule with the specified items and patterns. You cannot update a rule that is part of a rule set. Get-DeployRule Retrieves the rules with the specified names. Copy-DeployRule Clones and updates an existing rule. Add-DeployRule Adds one or more rules to the working rule set and, by default, also to the active rule set. Use the NoActivate parameter to add a rule only to the working rule set. Remove-DeployRule Removes one or more rules from the working rule set and from the active rule set. Run this command with the - Delete parameter to completely delete the rule. Set-DeployRuleset Explicitly sets the list of rules in the working rule set. Get-DeployRuleset Retrieves the current working rule set or the current active rule set. Switch-ActiveDeployRuleset Activates a rule set so that any new requests are evaluated through the rule set. Get-VMHostMatchingRules Retrieves rules matching a pattern. For example, you can retrieve all rules that apply to a host or hosts. Use this cmdlet primarily for debugging. Test-DeployRulesetCompliance Checks whether the items associated with a specified host are in compliance with the active rule set. Repair-DeployRulesetCompliance Given the output of Test-DeployRulesetCompliance, this cmdlet updates the image profile, host profile, and location for each host in the vCenter Server inventory. The cmdlet might apply image profiles, apply host profiles, or move hosts to prespecified folders or clusters on the vCenter Server system. Apply-EsxImageProfile Associates the specified image profile with the specified host. Get-VMHostImageProfile Retrieves the image profile in use by a specified host. This cmdlet differs from the Get-EsxImageProfile cmdlet in the Image Builder PowerCLI. Repair-DeployImageCache Use this cmdlet only if the Auto Deploy image cache is accidentally deleted. Get-VMHostAttributes Retrieves the attributes for a host that are used when the Auto Deploy server evaluates the rules. Get-DeployMachineIdentity Returns a string value that Auto Deploy uses to logically link an ESXi host in vCenter to a physical machine. Set-DeployMachineIdentity Logically links a host object in the vCenter Server database to a physical machine. Use this cmdlet to add hosts without specifying rules. vSphere Installation and Setup 164 VMware, Inc.
- 165. Table 7‑6. Rule Engine PowerCLI Cmdlets (Continued) Command Description Get-DeployOption Retrieves the Auto Deploy global configuration options. This cmdlet currently supports the vlan-id option, which specifies the default VLAN ID for the ESXi Management Network of a host provisioned with Auto Deploy. Auto Deploy uses the value only if the host boots without a host profile. Set-DeployOption Sets the value of a global configuration option. Currently supports the vlan-id option for setting the default VLAN ID for the ESXi Management Network. Preparing for vSphere Auto Deploy Before you can start to use vSphere Auto Deploy, you must prepare your environment. You start with server setup and hardware preparation. You must register the Auto Deploy software with the vCenter Server system that you plan to use for managing the hosts you provision, and install the VMware PowerCLI. n Prepare Your System and Install the Auto Deploy Server on page 165 Before you turn on a host for PXE boot with vSphere Auto Deploy, you must install prerequisite software and set up the DHCP and TFTP servers that Auto Deploy interacts with. n Install PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software on page 168 Before you can run Auto Deploy cmdlets to create and modify the rules and rule sets that govern Auto Deploy behavior, you must install vSphere PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. The Auto Deploy cmdlets are included with the PowerCLI installation. n Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets on page 168 Auto Deploy cmdlets are implemented as Microsoft PowerShell cmdlets and included in vSphere PowerCLI. Users of Auto Deploy cmdlets can take advantage of all PowerCLI features. n Set Up Bulk Licensing on page 169 You can use the vSphere Web Client or ESXi Shell to specify individual license keys, or you can set up bulk licensing by using PowerCLI cmdlets. Bulk licensing works for all ESXi hosts, but is especially useful for hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy. Prepare Your System and Install the Auto Deploy Server Before you turn on a host for PXE boot with vSphere Auto Deploy, you must install prerequisite software and set up the DHCP and TFTP servers that Auto Deploy interacts with. Prerequisites n Ensure that the hosts that you will provision with Auto Deploy meet the hardware requirements for ESXi. See “ESXi Hardware Requirements,” on page 13. NOTE You cannot provision EFI hosts with Auto Deploy unless you switch the EFI system to BIOS compatibility mode. n Ensure that the ESXi hosts have network connectivity to vCenter Server and that all port requirements are met. See “Required Ports for vCenter Server,” on page 23. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 165
- 166. n If you want to use VLANs in your Auto Deploy environment, you must set up the end to end networking properly. When the host is PXE booting, the UNDI driver must be set up to tag the frames with proper VLAN IDs. You must do this set up manually by making the correct changes in the BIOS. You must also correctly configure the ESXi port groups with the correct VLAN IDs. Ask your network administrator how VLAN IDs are used in your environment. n Ensure that you have enough storage for the Auto Deploy repository. The Auto Deploy server uses the repository to store data it needs, including the rules and rule sets you create and the VIBs and image profiles that you specify in your rules. Best practice is to allocate 2GB to have enough room for four image profiles and some extra space. Each image profile requires approximately 350MB. Determine how much space to reserve for the Auto Deploy repository by considering how many image profiles you expect to use. n Obtain the vCenter Server installation media, which include the Auto Deploy installer, or deploy the vCenter Server Appliance. See Chapter 4, “Installing vCenter Server,” on page 69. See “Using Auto Deploy with the VMware vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 193. n Ensure that a TFTP server is available in your environment. If you require a supported solution, purchase a supported TFTP server from your vendor of choice. n Obtain administrative privileges to the DHCP server that manages the network segment you want to boot from. You can use a DHCP server already in your environment, or install a DHCP server. For your Auto Deploy setup, replace the gpxelinux.0 file name with undionly.kpxe.vmw-hardwired. n Secure your network as you would for any other PXE-based deployment method. Auto Deploy transfers data over SSL to prevent casual interference and snooping. However, the authenticity of the client or the Auto Deploy server is not checked during a PXE boot. . NOTE Auto Deploy is not supported with NPIV (N_Port ID Virtualization). n Set up a remote Syslog server. See the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation for Syslog server configuration information. Configure the first host you boot to use the remote syslog server and apply that host's host profile to all other target hosts. Optionally, install and use the vSphere Syslog Collector, a vCenter Server support tool that provides a unified architecture for system logging and enables network logging and combining of logs from multiple hosts. n Install ESXi Dump Collector and set up your first host so all core dumps are directed to ESXi Dump Collector and apply the host profile from that host to all other hosts. See “Configure ESXi Dump Collector with ESXCLI,” on page 187. See also “Install or Upgrade vSphere ESXi Dump Collector,” on page 104. n Auto Deploy does not support a pure IPv6 environment because the PXE boot specifications do not support IPv6. However, after the initial PXE boot state, the rest of the communication can happen over IPv6. You can register Auto Deploy to the vCenter Server system with IPv6, and you can set up the host profiles to bring up hosts with IPv6 addresses. Only the initial boot process requires an IPv4 address. vSphere Installation and Setup 166 VMware, Inc.
- 167. Procedure 1 Install the vSphere Auto Deploy server as part of a vCenter Server installation or standalone on a Windows system, or deploy the vCenter Server Appliance to an ESXi system of your choice. Location Description vCenter Server system Use the vCenter Server installation media to install Auto Deploy on the same host as the vCenter Server system itself. That vCenter Server system manages all hosts that you provision with this Auto Deploy installation. See “Install or Upgrade vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 107. Windows system Use the vCenter Server installation media to install Auto Deploy on a Microsoft Windows system that does not have a vCenter Server system installed. The installer prompts you for a vCenter Server system to register Auto Deploy with. That vCenter Server system manages all hosts that you provision with this Auto Deploy installation. See “Install or Upgrade vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 107. vCenter Server Appliance Deploy the vCenter Server Appliance to the ESXi host of your choice. The appliance includes an Auto Deploy server, which is disabled by default. By default, the vCenter Server system on the appliance manages all hosts you provision with the appliance Auto Deploy installation. Other configurations are supported. See “Using Auto Deploy with the VMware vCenter Server Appliance,” on page 193. 2 Configure the TFTP server. a In a vSphere Web Client connected to the vCenter Server system that Auto Deploy is registered with, go to the inventory list and select the vCenter Server system. b Click the Manage tab, select Settings, and click Auto Deploy. c Click Download TFTP Boot Log to download the TFTP configuration file and unzip the file to the directory in which your TFTP server stores files. 3 Set up your DHCP server to point to the TFTP server on which the TFTP ZIP file is located. a Specify the TFTP Server's IP address in DHCP option 66 (frequently called next-server). b Specify the boot file name, which is undionly.kpxe.vmw-hardwired in the DHCP option 67 (frequently called boot-filename). 4 Set each host you want to provision with Auto Deploy to network boot or PXE boot, following the manufacturer's instructions. 5 Locate the image profile that you want to use and the depot in which it is located. In most cases, you point to an image profile that VMware makes available in a public depot. If you want to include custom VIBs with the base image, you can use the Image Builder PowerCLI to create an image profile and use that image profile. See the Image Builder PowerCLI documentation. 6 Write a rule that assigns an image profile to hosts. 7 (Optional) You can use your own Certificate Authority (CA) by replacing the OpenSSL certificate (rbd- ca.crt) and the OpenSSL private key (rbd-ca.key) with your own certificate and key file. n On Windows, the files are in the SSL subfolder of the Auto Deploy installation directory. For example, on Windows 7 the default is C:ProgramDataVMwareVMware vSphere Auto Deployssl. n On the vCenter Server Appliance, the files are in /etc/vmware-rbd/ssl/. When you start a host that is set up for Auto Deploy, the host contacts the DHCP server and is directed to the Auto Deploy server, which provisions the host with the image profile specified in the active rule set. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 167
- 168. What to do next n Install PowerCLI. See “Install PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 168. n Use the PowerCLI cmdlets to define a rule that assigns an image profile and optional host profile to the host. See “Prepare Your System and Install the Auto Deploy Server,” on page 165. n (Optional) Configure the first host that you provision as a reference host. Use the storage, networking, and other settings you want for your target hosts to share. Create a host profile for the reference host and write a rule that assigns both the already tested image profile and the host profile to target hosts. n If you want to have Auto Deploy overwrite existing partitions, set up a reference host to do auto partitioning and apply the host profile of the reference host to other hosts. See “Consider and Implement Your Partitioning Stategy,” on page 191. n If you have to configure host-specific information, set up the host profile of the reference host to prompt for user input. See “Host Customization in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 195. Install PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software Before you can run Auto Deploy cmdlets to create and modify the rules and rule sets that govern Auto Deploy behavior, you must install vSphere PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. The Auto Deploy cmdlets are included with the PowerCLI installation. You install vSphere PowerCLI and prerequisite software on a Microsoft Windows system. See the Microsoft Web site for information about installing the Microsoft software. See the vSphere PowerCLI Installation Guide for detailed instructions for PowerCLI installation. Procedure 1 Verify that Microsoft .NET 2.0 is installed, or install it from the Microsoft Web site following the instructions on that Web site. 2 Verify that Microsoft Powershell 2.0 is installed, or install it from the Microsoft Web site following the instructions on that Web site. 3 Install vSphere vSphere PowerCLI, which includes the Auto Deploy cmdlets. What to do next Review “Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets,” on page 168. If you are new to PowerCLI, read the PowerCLI documentation. Use Auto Deploy cmdlets and other PowerCLI cmdlets and PowerShell cmdlets to manage Auto Deploy rules and rule sets. Use Get-Help <cmdlet_name> at any time for command-line help. Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets Auto Deploy cmdlets are implemented as Microsoft PowerShell cmdlets and included in vSphere PowerCLI. Users of Auto Deploy cmdlets can take advantage of all PowerCLI features. Experienced PowerShell users can use Auto Deploy cmdlets just like other PowerShell cmdlets. If you are new to PowerShell and PowerCLI, the following tips might be helpful. You can type cmdlets, parameters, and parameter values in the PowerCLI shell. n Get help for any cmdlet by running Get-Help cmdlet_name. n Remember that PowerShell is not case sensitive. n Use tab completion for cmdlet names and parameter names. n Format any variable and cmdlet output by using Format-List or Format-Table or their short forms fl or ft. See Get-Help Format-List. vSphere Installation and Setup 168 VMware, Inc.
- 169. Passing Parameters by Name You can pass in parameters by name in most cases and surround parameter values that contain spaces or special characters with double quotes. Copy-DeployRule -DeployRule testrule -ReplaceItem MyNewProfile Most examples in the documentation pass in parameters by name. Passing Parameters as Objects You can pass parameters as objects if you want to do scripting and automation. Passing in parameters as objects is useful with cmdlets that return multiple objects and with cmdlets that return a single object. Consider the following example. 1 Bind the object that encapsulates rule set compliance information for a host to a variable. $tr = Test-DeployRuleSetCompliance MyEsxi42 2 Display the itemlist property of the object to see the difference between what is in the rule set and what the host is currently using. $tr.itemlist 3 Remediate the host to use the revised rule set by passing the object to a call to Repair- DeployRuleSetCompliance. Repair-DeployRuleSetCompliance $tr The example remediates the host the next time you boot the host. Setting Properties to Support Remote Signing For security reasons, Windows PowerShell supports an execution policy feature. It determines whether scripts are allowed to run and whether they must be digitally signed. By default, the execution policy is set to Restricted, which is the most secure policy. If you want to run scripts or load configuration files, you can change the execution policy by using the Set-ExecutionPolicy cmdlet. To do this, type the following in the vSphere PowerCLI console window. Set-ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned If the command is successful, you can run scripts and load configuration files. For more information about the execution policy and digital signing in Windows PowerShell, use the following command. Get-Help About_Signing Set Up Bulk Licensing You can use the vSphere Web Client or ESXi Shell to specify individual license keys, or you can set up bulk licensing by using PowerCLI cmdlets. Bulk licensing works for all ESXi hosts, but is especially useful for hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy. The following example assigns licenses to all hosts in a data center. You can also associate licenses with hosts and clusters. The following example is for advanced PowerCLI users who know how to use PowerShell variables. Prerequisites Install PowerCLI. See “Install PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 168. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 169
- 170. Assigning license keys through the vSphere Web Client and assigning licensing by using PowerCLI cmdlets function differently. Assign license keys with the vSphere Web Client You can assign license keys to a host when you add the host to the vCenter Server system or when the host is managed by a vCenter Server system. Assign license keys with LicenseDataManager PowerCLI You can specify a set of license keys to be added to a set of hosts. The license keys are added to the vCenter Server database. Each time a host is added to the vCenter Server system or reconnects to the vCenter Server system, the host is assigned a license key. A license key that is assigned through the PowerCLI is treated as a default license key. When an unlicensed host is added or reconnected, it is assigned the default license key. If a host is already licensed, it keeps its license key. Procedure 1 Connect to the vCenter Server system you want to use and bind the associated license manager to a variable. Connect-VIServer -Server 192.XXX.X.XX -User username -Password password $licenseDataManager = Get-LicenseDataManager 2 Run a cmdlet that retrieves the datacenter in which the hosts for which you want to use the bulk licensing feature are located. $hostContainer = Get-Datacenter -Name Datacenter-X You can also run a cmdlet that retrieves a cluster to use bulk licensing for all hosts in a cluster, or retrieves a folder to use bulk licensing for all hosts in a folder. 3 Create a new LicenseData object and a LicenseKeyEntry object with associated type ID and license key. $licenseData = New-Object VMware.VimAutomation.License.Types.LicenseData $licenseKeyEntry = New-Object Vmware.VimAutomation.License.Types.LicenseKeyEntry $licenseKeyEntry.TypeId = "vmware-vsphere” $licenseKeyEntry.LicenseKey = "XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX" 4 Associate the LicenseKeys attribute of the LicenseData object you created in step 3 with the LicenseKeyEntry object. $licenseData.LicenseKeys += $licenseKeyEntry 5 Update the license data for the data center with the LicenseData object and verify that the license is associated with the host container. $licenseDataManager.UpdateAssociatedLicenseData($hostContainer.Uid, $licenseData) $licenseDataManager.QueryAssociatedLicenseData($hostContainer.Uid) 6 Provision one or more hosts with Auto Deploy and assign them to the data center or to the cluster that you assigned the license data to. 7 You can use the vSphere Web Client to verify that the host is successfully assigned to the default license XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX. All hosts that you assigned to the data center are now licensed automatically. vSphere Installation and Setup 170 VMware, Inc.
- 171. Managing Auto Deploy with PowerCLI Cmdlets You can use Auto Deploy PowerCLI cmdlets to create rules that associate hosts with image profiles, host profiles, and a location on the vCenter Server target. You can also update hosts by testing rule compliance and repairing compliance issues. Assign an Image Profile to Hosts Before you can provision a host, you must create rules that assign an image profile to each host that you want to provision by using Auto Deploy. Prerequisites n Install VMware PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets,” on page 168. Procedure 1 Run the Connect-VIServer PowerCLI cmdlet to connect to the vCenter Server system that Auto Deploy is registered with. Connect-VIServer 192.XXX.X.XX The cmdlet might return a server certificate warning. In a production environment, make sure no server certificate warnings result. In a development environment, you can ignore the warning. 2 Determine the location of a public software depot, or define a custom image profile using the Image Builder PowerCLI. 3 Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot to add the software depot that contains the image profile to the PowerCLI session. Depot Type Cmdlet Remote depot Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot depot_url. ZIP file a Download the ZIP file to a local file path. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot C:file_pathmy_offline_depot.zip. 4 In the depot, find the image profile that you want to use by running the Get-EsxImageProfile cmdlet. By default, the ESXi depot includes one base image profile that includes VMware tools and has the string standard in its name, and one base image profile that does not include VMware tools. 5 Define a rule in which hosts with certain attributes, for example a range of IP addresses, are assigned to the image profile. New-DeployRule -Name "testrule" -Item "My Profile25" -Pattern "vendor=Acme,Zven", "ipv4=192.XXX.1.10-192.XXX.1.20" Double quotes are required if a name contains spaces, optional otherwise. Specify -AllHosts instead of a pattern to apply the item to all hosts. The cmdlet creates a rule named testrule. The rule assigns the image profile named My Profile25 to all hosts with a vendor of Acme or Zven that also have an IP address in the specified range. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 171
- 172. 6 Add the rule to the rule set. Add-DeployRule testrule By default, the rule is added to both the working rule set and the active rule set. If you use the NoActivate parameter, the working rule set does not become the active rule set. When the host boots from iPXE, it reports attributes of the machine to the console. Use the same format of the attributes when writing deploy rules. ****************************************************************** * Booting through VMware AutoDeploy... * * Machine attributes: * . asset=No Asset Tag * . domain=vmware.com * . hostname=myhost.mycompany.com * . ipv4=XX.XX.XXX.XXX * . mac=XX:Xa:Xb:Xc:Xx:XX * . model=MyVendorModel * . oemstring=Product ID: XXXXXX-XXX * . serial=XX XX XX XX XX XX... * . uuid=XXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXX * . vendor=MyVendor ****************************************************************** What to do next n For hosts already provisioned with Auto Deploy, perform the compliance testing and repair operations to provision them with the new image profile. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. n Turn on unprovisioned hosts to provision them with the new image profile. Assign a Host Profile to Hosts Auto Deploy can assign a host profile to one or more hosts. The host profile might include information about storage configuration, network configuration, or other characteristics of the host. If you add a host to a cluster, that cluster's host profile is used. The following procedure explains how to write a rule that assigns a host profile to hosts. To assign the host profiles to hosts already provisioned with Auto Deploy, you must also perform a test and repair cycle. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. In many cases, you assign a host to a cluster instead of specifying a host profile explicitly. The host uses the host profile of the cluster. Prerequisites n Install vSphere PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. n Export the host profile that you want to use. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets,” on page 168. vSphere Installation and Setup 172 VMware, Inc.
- 173. Procedure 1 Run the Connect-VIServer PowerCLI cmdlet to connect to the vCenter Server system that Auto Deploy is registered with. Connect-VIServer 192.XXX.X.XX The cmdlet might return a server certificate warning. In a production environment, make sure no server certificate warnings result. In a development environment, you can ignore the warning. 2 Using the vSphere Web Client, set up a host with the settings you want to use and create a host profile from that host. 3 Find the name of the host profile by running Get-VMhostProfile PowerCLI cmdlet, passing in the ESXi host from which you create a host profile. 4 At the PowerCLI prompt, define a rule in which hosts with certain attributes, for example a range of IP addresses, are assigned to the host profile. New-DeployRule -Name "testrule2" -Item my_host_profile -Pattern "vendor=Acme,Zven", "ipv4=192.XXX.1.10-192.XXX.1.20" The specified item is assigned to all hosts with the specified attributes. This example specifies a rule named testrule2. The rule assigns the specified host profile my_host_profile to all hosts with an IP address inside the specified range and with a manufacturer of Acme or Zven. 5 Add the rule to the rule set. Add-DeployRule testrule2 By default, the working rule set becomes the active rule set, and any changes to the rule set become active when you add a rule. If you use the NoActivate parameter, the working rule set does not become the active rule set. What to do next n Upgrade existing hosts to use the new host profile by performing compliance test and repair operations on those hosts. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. n Turn on unprovisioned hosts to provision them with the host profile. Assign a Host to a Folder or Cluster Auto Deploy can assign a host to a folder or cluster. When the host boots, Auto Deploy adds it to the specified location on the vCenter Server. Hosts assigned to a cluster inherit the cluster's host profile. The following procedure explains how to write a rule that assigns a host to a folder or cluster. To assign a host already provisioned with Auto Deploy to a new folder or cluster, you must also perform a test and repair cycle. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. NOTE The folder you select must be in a datacenter or in a cluster. You cannot assign the host to a standalone top-level folder. Prerequisites n Install VMware PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets,” on page 168. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 173
- 174. Procedure 1 Run the Connect-VIServer PowerCLI cmdlet to connect to the vCenter Server system that Auto Deploy is registered with. Connect-VIServer 192.XXX.X.XX The cmdlet might return a server certificate warning. In a production environment, make sure no server certificate warnings result. In a development environment, you can ignore the warning. 2 Define a rule in which hosts with certain attributes, for example a range of IP addresses, are assigned to a folder or a cluster. New-DeployRule -Name "testrule3" -Item "my folder" -Pattern "vendor=Acme,Zven", "ipv4=192.XXX.1.10-192.XXX.1.20" This example passes in the folder by name. You can instead pass in a folder, cluster, or datacenter object that you retrieve with the Get-Folder, Get-Cluster, or Get-Datacenter cmdlet. 3 Add the rule to the rule set. Add-DeployRule testrule3 By default, the working rule set becomes the active rule set, and any changes to the rule set become active when you add a rule. If you use the NoActivate parameter, the working rule set does not become the active rule set. What to do next n Upgrade existing hosts to be added to the specified vCenter Server location by performing test and repair compliance operations on those hosts. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. n Turn on unprovisioned hosts to add them to the specified vCenter Server location. Test and Repair Rule Compliance When you add a rule to the Auto Deploy rule set or make changes to one or more rules, hosts are not updated automatically. Auto Deploy applies the new rules only when you test their rule compliance and perform remediation. This task assumes that your infrastructure includes one or more ESXi hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy, and that the host on which you installed vSphere PowerCLI can access those ESXi hosts. Prerequisites n Install vSphere PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets,” on page 168. Procedure 1 Use PowerCLI to check which Auto Deploy rules are currently available. Get-DeployRule The system returns the rules and the associated items and patterns. 2 Make a change to one of the available rules, for example, you might change the image profile and the name of the rule. Copy-DeployRule -DeployRule testrule -ReplaceItem MyNewProfile You cannot edit a rule already added to a rule set. Instead, you copy the rule and replace the item or pattern you want to change. By default, PowerCLI uses the old name for the copy and hides the old rule. vSphere Installation and Setup 174 VMware, Inc.
- 175. 3 Verify that the host that you want to test rule set compliance for is accessible. Get-VMHost -Name MyEsxi42 4 Run the cmdlet that tests rule set compliance for the host, and bind the return value to a variable for later use. $tr = Test-DeployRuleSetCompliance MyEsxi42 5 Examine the differences between what is in the rule set and what the host is currently using. $tr.itemlist The system returns a table of current and expected items. CurrentItem ExpectedItem ----------- ------------ My Profile 25 MyProfileUpdate 6 Remediate the host to use the revised rule set the next time you boot the host. Repair-DeployRuleSetCompliance $tr What to do next If the rule you changed specified the inventory location, the change takes effect when you repair compliance. For all other changes, boot your host to have Auto Deploy apply the new rule and to achieve compliance between the rule set and the host. Provisioning ESXi Systems with vSphere Auto Deploy vSphere Auto Deploy can provision hundreds of physical hosts with ESXi software. You can provision hosts that did not previously run ESXi software (first boot), reboot hosts, or reprovision hosts with a different image profile, host profile, or folder or cluster location. The Auto Deploy process differs depending on the state of the host and on the changes that you want to make. Provision a Host (First Boot) Provisioning a host that has never been provisioned with Auto Deploy (first boot) differs from subsequent boot processes. You must prepare the host and fulfill all other prerequisites before you can provision the host. You can optionally define a custom image profile with Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlets. Prerequisites n Make sure your host meets the hardware requirements for ESXi hosts. See “ESXi Hardware Requirements,” on page 13. n Prepare the system for vSphere Auto Deploy (see “Preparing for vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 165). n Write rules that assign an image profile to the host and optionally assign a host profile and a vCenter Server location to the host. See “Managing Auto Deploy with PowerCLI Cmdlets,” on page 171. When setup is complete, the Auto Deploy server and PowerCLI are installed, DHCP setup is complete, and rules for the host that you want to provision are in the active rule set. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 175
- 176. Procedure 1 Turn on the host. The host contacts the DHCP server and downloads iPXE from the location the server points it to. Next, the Auto Deploy server provisions the host with the image specified by the rule engine. The Auto Deploy server might also apply a host profile to the host if one is specified in the rule set. Finally, Auto Deploy adds the host to the vCenter Server system that is specified in the rule set. 2 (Optional) If Auto Deploy applies a host profile that requires user input such as an IP address, the host is placed in maintenance mode. Reapply the host profile with the vSphere Web Client and provide the user input when prompted. After the first boot process, the host is running and managed by a vCenter Server system. The vCenter Server stores the host's image profile, host profile, and location information. You can now reboot the host as needed. Each time you reboot, the host is reprovisioned by the vCenter Server system. What to do next Reprovision hosts as needed. See “Reprovisioning Hosts,” on page 176. If you want to change the image profile, host profile, or location of the host, update the rules and perform a test and repair compliance operation. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. Reprovisioning Hosts vSphere Auto Deploy supports multiple reprovisioning options. You can perform a simple reboot or reprovision with a different image profile or a different host profile. A first boot using Auto Deploy requires that you set up your environment and add rules to the rule set. See “Preparing for vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 165. The following reprovisioning operations are available. n Simple reboot. n Reboot of hosts for which the user answered questions during the boot operation. n Reprovision with a different image profile. n Reprovision with a different host profile. Reprovision Hosts with Simple Reboot Operations A simple reboot of a host that is provisioned with Auto Deploy requires only that all prerequisites are still met. The process uses the previously assigned image profile, host profile, and vCenter Server location. Setup includes DHCP server setup, writing rules, and making an image profile available to the Auto Deploy infrastructure. Prerequisites Make sure the setup you performed during the first boot operation is in place. Procedure 1 Check that the image profile and host profile for the host are still available, and that the host has the identifying information (asset tag, IP address) it had during previous boot operations. vSphere Installation and Setup 176 VMware, Inc.
- 177. 2 Place the host in maintenance mode. Host Type Action Host is part of a DRS cluster VMware DRS migrates virtual machines to appropriate hosts when you place the host in maintenance mode. Host is not part of a DRS cluster You must migrate all virtual machines to different hosts and place each host in maintenance mode. 3 Reboot the host. The host shuts down. When the host reboots, it uses the image profile that the Auto Deploy server provides. The Auto Deploy server also applies the host profile stored on the vCenter Server system. Reprovision a Host with a New Image Profile You can reprovision the host with a new image profile, host profile, or vCenter Server location by changing the rule for the host and performing a test and repair compliance operation. Several options for reprovisioning hosts exist. n If the VIBs that you want to use support live update, you can use an esxcli software vib command. In that case, you must also update the rule set to use an image profile that includes the new VIBs. n During testing, you can apply an image profile to an individual host with the Apply-EsxImageProfile cmdlet and reboot the host so the change takes effect. The Apply-EsxImageProfile cmdlet updates the association between the host and the image profile but does not install VIBs on the host. n In all other cases, use this procedure. Prerequisites n Create the image profile you want to boot the host with. Use the Image Builder PowerCLI, discussed in “Using vSphere ESXi Image Builder CLI,” on page 223. n Make sure that the setup that you performed during the first boot operation is in place. Procedure 1 At the PowerShell prompt, run the Connect-VIServer PowerCLI cmdlet to connect to the vCenter Server system that Auto Deploy is registered with. Connect-VIServer myVCServer The cmdlet might return a server certificate warning. In a production environment, make sure no server certificate warnings result. In a development environment, you can ignore the warning. 2 Determine the location of a public software depot that contains the image profile that you want to use, or define a custom image profile with the Image Builder PowerCLI. 3 Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot to add the software depot that contains the image profile to the PowerCLI session. Depot Type Cmdlet Remote depot Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot depot_url. ZIP file a Download the ZIP file to a local file path or create a mount point local to the PowerCLI machine. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot C:file_pathmy_offline_depot.zip. 4 Run Get-EsxImageProfile to see a list of image profiles, and decide which profile you want to use. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 177
- 178. 5 Run Copy-DeployRule and specify the ReplaceItem parameter to change the rule that assigns an image profile to hosts. The following cmdlet replaces the current image profile that the rule assigns to the host with the my_new_imageprofile profile. After the cmdlet completes, myrule assigns the new image profile to hosts. The old version of myrule is renamed and hidden. Copy-DeployRule myrule -ReplaceItem my_new_imageprofile 6 Test and repair rule compliance for each host that you want to deploy the image to. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. When you reboot hosts after compliance repair, Auto Deploy provisions the hosts with the new image profile. Update the Host Customization in the vSphere Web Client If a host required user input during a previous boot, the answers are saved with the vCenter Server. If you want to prompt the user for new information, you remediate the host. Prerequisites Attach a host profile that prompts for user input to the host. Procedure 1 Migrate all virtual machines to different hosts, and place the host into maintenance mode. Host Type Action Host is part of a DRS cluster VMware DRS migrates virtual machines to appropriate hosts when you place the host in maintenance mode. Host is not part of a DRS cluster You must migrate all virtual machines to different hosts and place each host in maintenance mode. 2 In the vSphere Web Client, remediate the host. a Right click the host and click All vCenter Actions > Host Profiles > Remediate. 3 When prompted, provide the user input. You can now direct the host to exit maintenance mode. The host customization is saved. The next time you boot, the host customization is applied to the host. Using Auto Deploy for Stateless Caching and Stateful Installs The Auto Deploy stateless caching feature allows you to cache the host's image locally on the host or on a network drive and continue to provision the host with Auto Deploy. The Auto Deploy stateful installs feature allows you to install hosts over the network without setting up a complete PXE boot infrastructure. After the initial network boot, these hosts boot like other hosts on which ESXi has been installed. n Introduction on page 179 The System Cache Configuration host profile supports stateless caching and stateful installs. n Understanding Stateless Caching and Stateful Installs on page 180 When you want to use Auto Deploy with stateless caching or stateful installs, you must set up a host profile, apply the host profile, and set the boot order. vSphere Installation and Setup 178 VMware, Inc.
- 179. n Set Up Stateless Hosts to Use Auto Deploy with Caching on page 182 You can set up your system to provision hosts with Auto Deploy, and configure the hosts to use stateless caching. If the Auto Deploy server is not available when a host reboots, the host uses the cached image. n Enable Stateful Installs for Hosts Provisioned with Auto Deploy on page 184 You can set up hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy to cache the image to disk and to use the cached image on subsequent boots. After the image is cached, the hosts act like hosts on which an image is installed. Introduction The System Cache Configuration host profile supports stateless caching and stateful installs. Stateless caching is a good solution when you use the Auto Deploy infrastructure, but you require a safeguard in case the Auto Deploy server is unavailable. Hosts provisioned with stateless caching host profile settings continue to be provisioned with Auto Deploy. Stateful installs support network installation through Auto Deploy. After the initial installation, hosts that are provisioned with stateful install host profile settings will boot from disk. Use Cases The System Cache Configuration host profile supports the following use cases. Hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy cache the image (stateless caching) Set up and apply a host profile for stateless caching. You can cache the image on a local disk, a remote disk, or a USB drive. Continue provisioning this host with Auto Deploy. If the Auto Deploy server becomes unavailable, the host boots from the cache. Hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy become stateful hosts Set up and apply a host profile for stateful installs. When you provision a host with Auto Deploy, the image is installed on the local disk, a remote disk, or a USB drive. For subsequent boots, you boot from disk. The host no longer uses Auto Deploy. Preparation To successfully use stateless caching or stateful installs, decide how to set up the system and set the boot order. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 179
- 180. Table 7‑7. Preparation for Stateless Caching or Stateful Installs Requirement or Decision Description Decide on VMFS partition overwrite When you install ESXi with the interactive installer, you are prompted whether you want to overwrite an existing VMFS datastore. The System Cache Configuration host profile allows you to overwrite existing VMFS partitions by selecting a check box. The check box is not available if you set up the host profile to use a USB drive. Decide whether you need a highly available environment If you use Auto Deploy with stateless caching, you can set up a highly available Auto Deploy environment to guarantee that virtual machines are migrated on newly provisioned hosts and that the environment supports vNetwork Distributed Switch even if the vCenter Server becomes temporarily available. Set the boot order The boot order you specify for your hosts depends on the feature you want to use. n To set up Auto Deploy with stateless caching, configure your host to first attempt to boot from the network, and to then attempt to boot from disk. If Auto Deploy is not available, the host boots using the cache. n To set up Auto Deploy for stateful installs on hosts that do not currently have a bootable disk, configure your hosts to first attempt to boot from disk, and to then attempt to boot from the network. NOTE If you currently have a bootable image on the disk, configure the hosts for one-time PXE boot and provision the host with Auto Deploy to use a host profile that specifies stateful installs. Stateless Caching and Loss of Connectivity If the ESXi hosts that run your virtual machines lose connectivity to the Auto Deploy server, the vCenter Server system, or both, some limitations apply when you next reboot. n If vCenter Server is available but the Auto Deploy server is unavailable, hosts do not connect to the vCenter Server automatically. You can manually connect the hosts to the vCenter Server, or wait until the Auto Deploy server is available again. n If both vCenter Server and vSphere Auto Deploy do not work, you can connect to each ESXi host by using the vSphere Web Client, and assign virtual machines to each host. n If vCenter Server is not available, vSphere DRS does not work. The Auto Deploy server cannot add hosts to the vCenter Server system. You can connect to each ESXi host by using the vSphere Web Client, and assign virtual machines to each host. n If you make changes to your setup while connectivity is lost, you lose these changes when the Auto Deploy server is restored after the outage. Understanding Stateless Caching and Stateful Installs When you want to use Auto Deploy with stateless caching or stateful installs, you must set up a host profile, apply the host profile, and set the boot order. When you apply a host profile that enables caching to a host, Auto Deploy partitions the specified disk. What happens next depends on how you set up the host profile and how you set the boot order on the host. n With the Enable stateless caching on the host host profile, Auto Deploy caches the image when you apply the host profile. No reboot is required. When you later reboot, the host continues to use the Auto Deploy infrastructure to retrieve its image. If the Auto Deploy server is not available, the host uses the cached image. vSphere Installation and Setup 180 VMware, Inc.
- 181. n With the Enable stateful installs on the host host profile, Auto Deploy installs the image. When you reboot the host, the host boots from disk, just like a host that was provisioned with the installer. Auto Deploy no longer provisions the host. You can apply the host profile from a vSphere Web Client, or write an Auto Deploy PowerCLI rule that applies the host profile. Each workflow supports stateless caching and stateful installs. Table 7‑8. Workflows that set up hosts for stateless caching or stateful installs Workflow Stateless caching Stateful install Apply host profile from vSphere Web Client Apply the host profile either to individual hosts or to all hosts in a folder or cluster. No reboot required. Apply the host profile either to individual hosts or to all hosts in a folder or cluster. Reboot is required. Write and apply PowerCLI rule Set up a reference host with a host profile that has the caching setup you want. Write a PowerCLI rule that provisions the host by using Auto Deploy and that applies a host profile that is set up for stateless caching. Reboot is required. Set up a reference host with a host profile that has the caching setup you want. Write a PowerCLI rule that provisions the host by using Auto Deploy and applies a host profile that is set up for stateful installs. Reboot is required. Applying the System Cache Configuration Host Profile from the vSphere Web Client You can create a host profile on a reference host and apply that host profile to additional hosts or to a vCenter Server folder or cluster. The following workflow results. 1 You provision a host with Auto Deploy and edit that host's System Image Cache Configuration host profile. 2 You place one or more target hosts in maintenance mode, apply the host profile to each host, and instruct the host to exit maintenance mode. 3 What happens next depends on the host profile you selected. n If the host profile enabled stateless caching, the image is cached to disk. No reboot is required. n If the host profile enabled stateful installs, the image is installed. When you reboot, the host uses the installed image. 4 A reboot is required so the changes can take effect. Applying the System Cache Configuration with PowerCLI You can create a host profile for a reference host and write an Auto Deploy PowerCLI rule that applies that host profile to other target hosts. The following workflow results. 1 You provision a reference with Auto Deploy and create a host profile to enable a form of caching. 2 You write a rule that provisions additional hosts with Auto Deploy and that applies the host profile of the reference host to those hosts. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 181
- 182. 3 Auto Deploy provisions each host with the new image profile. The exact effect of applying the host profile depends on the host profile you selected and on whether the host was previously provisioned with Auto Deploy. Table 7‑9. First Boot and Subsequent Boots Comparison First Boot Subsequent Boots For stateful installs, Auto Deploy installs the image. For stateful installs, the host boots from disk. For stateless caching, Auto Deploy provisions the host and caches the image. For stateless caching, Auto Deploy provisions the host. n If Auto Deploy provisioned the host before but stateless caching was not set up before, Auto Deploy caches the image. n If Auto Deploy provided the host before and cached the image, Auto Deploy provisions the host using the information in the rules. n If Auto Deploy is unavailable, the host boots from the cached image. Set Up Stateless Hosts to Use Auto Deploy with Caching You can set up your system to provision hosts with Auto Deploy, and configure the hosts to use stateless caching. If the Auto Deploy server is not available when a host reboots, the host uses the cached image. A host that is set up for stateless caching uses the cached image only if the Auto Deploy server is not available when the host reboots. In all other situations, the host is provisioned with Auto Deploy. If you change the rule that applies an image profile to the host, and you perform a test and repair compliance operation, Auto Deploy provisions the host with the new image and the new image is cached. Set up a highly available Auto Deploy infrastructure to guarantee that virtual machines are migrated to the host if the host reboots. Because vCenter Server assigns virtual machines to the host, vCenter Server must be available. See “Set up a Highly Available Auto Deploy Infrastructure,” on page 202. You can set up your environment for stateless caching by applying host profiles directly or by using PowerCLI rules. Table 7‑10. Setting up hosts for stateless caching or stateful installs Workflow Stateless caching Stateful install Apply host profile directly Apply the host profile either to individual hosts or to all hosts in a folder or cluster. See “Configure a Host Profile to Use Stateless Caching,” on page 183. Apply the host profile either to individual hosts or to all hosts in a folder or cluster. See “Configure a Host Profile to Enable Stateful Installs,” on page 184. Write and apply PowerCLI rules Set up a reference host with a host profile that has the caching setup you want. Write an Auto Deploy PowerCLI rule that provisions the host and that applies a host profile that is set up for stateless caching. See “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172. Set up a reference host with a host profile that has the caching setup you want. Write an Auto Deploy PowerCLI rule that provisions the host and that applies a host profile that is set up for stateful installs. See “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172. Prepare for Auto Deploy with Stateless Caching Before you can start provisioning a host that uses stateless caching with Auto Deploy, you must verify that your environment is set up for Auto Deploy, prepare Auto Deploy PowerCLI rules, and set the host boot order. Prerequisites n Decide which disk to use for caching and determine whether the caching process will overwrite an existing VMFS partition. vSphere Installation and Setup 182 VMware, Inc.
- 183. n In production environments, protect the vCenter Server system and the Auto Deploy server by including them in a highly available environment. Having the vCenter Server in a management cluster guarantees that VDS and virtual machine migration are available. If possible, protect other elements of your infrastructure. See “Set up a Highly Available Auto Deploy Infrastructure,” on page 202. Procedure 1 Set up your environment for Auto Deploy and install PowerCLI. See “Preparing for vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 165. 2 Verify that a disk with at least 1GB of free space is available. If the disk is not yet partitioned, partitioning happens when you apply the host profile. 3 Set up the host to first attempt a network boot and to boot from disk if network boot fails. See your hardware vendor's documentation. What to do next Set up a host profile for stateless caching. In most cases, you set up the host profile on a reference host and apply that host profile to other hosts. Configure a Host Profile to Use Stateless Caching When a host is set up to use stateless caching, the host uses a cached image if the Auto Deploy Server is not available. To use stateless caching, you must configure a host profile. You can apply that host profile to other hosts that you want to set up for stateless caching. You can configure the host profile on a single host that you want to set up to use caching. You can also create a host profile that uses caching on a reference host and apply that host profile to other hosts. Prerequisites Prepare your host for stateless caching. See “Prepare for Auto Deploy with Stateless Caching,” on page 182. Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client, create a host profile. See the Host Profiles documentation. 2 Select the host profile and click Edit Host Profile. 3 Leave the name and description and click Next. 4 Click Advanced Configuration Settings and click the System Image Cache Configuration folder. 5 Click the System Image Cache Configuration icon. 6 In the System Image Cache Profile Settings drop-down menu, make your selection. Option Description Enable stateless caching on the host Caches the image to disk. Enable stateless caching to a USB disk on the host Caches the image to a USB disk attached to the host. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 183
- 184. 7 If you selected Enable stateless caching on the host, specify information about the disk to use. Option Description Arguments for first disk By default, the system attempts to replace an existing ESXi installation, and then attempts to write to the local disk. You can use the Arguments for first disk field to specify a comma- separated list of disks to use, in order of preference. You can specify more than one disk. Use esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, use model and vendor information, or specify the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to have the system first look for a disk with the model name ST3120814A, second for any disk that uses the mptsas driver, and third for the local disk, specify ST3120814A,mptsas,local as the value of this field. Check to overwrite any VMFS volumes on the selected disk If you click this check box, the system overwrites existing VMFS volumes if not enough space is available to store the image, image profile, and host profile. 8 Click Finish to complete the host profile configuration. 9 Apply the host profile with the vSphere Web Client or the vSphere PowerCLI. Option Description vSphere Web Client Use the host profiles interface of the vSphere Web Client. See the Host Profiles documentation. vSphere PowerCLI See “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172. Enable Stateful Installs for Hosts Provisioned with Auto Deploy You can set up hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy to cache the image to disk and to use the cached image on subsequent boots. After the image is cached, the hosts act like hosts on which an image is installed. Prepare Hosts Provisioned with Auto Deploy for Stateful Installs In some situations, it is useful to provision hosts with Auto Deploy and to perform all subsequent boots from disk. This approach is called Stateful Installs. Prerequisites Decide which disk to use for storing the image, and determine whether the new image will overwrite an existing VMFS partition. Procedure 1 Set up your environment for Auto Deploy and install PowerCLI. See “Preparing for vSphere Auto Deploy,” on page 165. 2 Verify that a disk with at least 1GB of free space is available. If the disk is not partitioned, partitioning happens when you apply the host profile. 3 Set up the host to boot from disk. See your hardware vendor's documentation. Configure a Host Profile to Enable Stateful Installs To set up a host provisioned with Auto Deploy to boot from disk, you must configure a host profile. You can apply that host profile to other hosts that you want to set up for stateful installs. You can configure the host profile on a single host. You can also create a host profile on a reference host and apply that host profile to other hosts. vSphere Installation and Setup 184 VMware, Inc.
- 185. Prerequisites Make sure that your host is configured for Auto Deploy and that you meet other prerequisites for stateful installs. See “Prepare Hosts Provisioned with Auto Deploy for Stateful Installs,” on page 184. Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client, create a host profile. See the Host Profiles documentation. 2 With the host profile object displayed, click the Edit host profile settings icon. 3 Leave the name and description and click Next. 4 Click Advanced Configuration Settings and click the System Image Cache Configuration folder. 5 Click the System Image Cache Configuration icon. 6 In the System Image Cache Profile Settings drop-down menu, make your selection. Option Description Enable stateful installs on the host Caches the image to a disk. Enable stateful installs to a USB disk on the host Caches the image to a USB disk attached to the host. 7 If you select Enable stateful installs on the host, specify information about the disk to use. Option Description Arguments for first disk By default, the system attempts to replace an existing ESXi installation, and then attempts to write to the local disk. You can use the Arguments for first disk field to specify a comma- separated list of disks to use, in order of preference. You can specify more than one disk. Use esx for the first disk with ESX installed on it, use model and vendor information, or specify the name of the vmkernel device driver. For example, to have the system first look for a disk with the model name ST3120814A, second for any disk that uses the mptsas driver, and third for the local disk, specify ST3120814A,mptsas,local as the value of this field. Check to overwrite any VMFS volumes on the selected disk If you click this check box, the system overwrites existing VMFS volumes if not enough space is available to store the image, image profile, and host profile. 8 Click Finish to complete the host profile configuration. 9 Apply the host profile with the vSphere Web Client or the vSphere PowerCLI. Option Description vSphere Web Client To apply the host profile to individual hosts, use the host profiles interface of the vSphere Web Client. See the Host Profiles documentation. vSphere PowerCLI To apply the host profile to one or more hosts by using PowerCLI, see “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172. Setting Up an Auto Deploy Reference Host In an environment where no state is stored on the host, a reference host helps you set up multiple hosts with the same configuration. You configure the reference host with the logging, coredump, and other settings that you want, save the host profile, and write a rule that applies the host profile to other hosts as needed. You can configure the storage, networking, and security settings on the reference host and set up services such as syslog and NTP. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 185
- 186. Understanding Reference Host Setup A well-designed reference host connects to all services such as syslog, NTP, and so on. The reference host might also include setup of security, storage, networking, and ESXi Dump Collector. You can then apply the host setup to other hosts with host profiles. The exact setup of your reference host depends on your environment, but you might consider the following customization. NTP Server Setup When you collect logging information in large environments, you must make sure that log times are coordinated. Set up the reference host to use the NTP server in your environment that all hosts can share. You can specify an NTP server with the vicfg-ntp command. You can start and stop the NTP service for a host with the vicfg-ntp command, or the vSphere Web Client. Syslog Server Setup All ESXi hosts run a syslog service (vmsyslogd), which logs messages from the VMkernel and other system components to a file. You can specify the log host and manage the log location, rotation, size, and other attributes with the esxcli system syslog vCLI command or with the vSphere Web Client. Setting up logging on a remote host is especially important for hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy that have no local storage. You can optionally install the vSphere Syslog Collector to collect logs from all hosts. Core Dump Setup You can set up your reference host to send core dumps to a shared SAN LUN, or you can install ESXi Dump Collector in your environment and set up the reference host to use ESXi Dump Collector. See “Configure ESXi Dump Collector with ESXCLI,” on page 187. You can either install ESXi Dump Collector by using the vCenter Server installation media or use the ESXi Dump Collector that is included in the vCenter Server Appliance. After setup is complete, VMkernel memory is sent to the specified network server when the system encounters a critical failure. Security Setup In most deployments, all hosts that you provision with Auto Deploy must have the same security settings. Make any customization in your reference host. You can, for example, set up the firewall to allow certain services access to the ESXi system. See the vSphere Security documentation. Security setup includes shared user access settings for all hosts. You can achieve unified user access by setting up your reference host for Microsoft Active Directory. NOTE If you set up Active Directory by using host profiles, the passwords are not protected. Use the vSphere Authentication Service to set up Active Directory to avoid exposing the Active Directory password. Networking and Storage Setup If you reserve a set of networking and storage resources for use by hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy, you can set up your reference host to use those resources. In very large deployments, the reference host setup supports an Enterprise Network Manager, which collects all information coming from the different monitoring services in the environment. vSphere Installation and Setup 186 VMware, Inc.
- 187. Figure 7‑4. Auto Deploy Reference Host Setup ESXi ESXi DHCP Server TFTP Server VC Auto Deploy Server ESXi local storage SAN storage reference host setup DNS NTP syslog monitoring security networking/IO filters DHCP or static IP DNS Server NTP Server Enterprise Network Manager syslog Server Switch AD Server “Configuring an Auto Deploy Reference Host,” on page 187 explains how to perform this setup. Configuring an Auto Deploy Reference Host vSphere allows you to configure a reference host by using the vSphere Web Client, by using vCLI, or by using host profiles. To set up a host profile, you can use the approach that suits you best. vSphere Web Client The vSphere Web Client supports setup of networking, storage, security, and most other aspects of an ESXi host. You can completely set up your environment in the reference and create a host profile from the reference host for use by Auto Deploy. vSphere Command-Line Interface You can use vCLI commands for setup of many aspects of your host. vCLI is especially suitable for configuring some of the services in the vSphere environment. Commands include vicfg-ntp (set up an NTP server), esxcli system syslog (set up a syslog server), and esxcli network route (add routes and set up the default route). See “Configure ESXi Dump Collector with ESXCLI,” on page 187. Host Profiles Interface Best practice is to set up a host with vSphere Web Client or vCLI and create a host profile from that host. You can also configure the host profiles directly with the Host Profiles interface in the vSphere Web Client. See “Configure Host Profiles for an Auto Deploy Reference Host with the vSphere Web Client,” on page 188. Configure ESXi Dump Collector with ESXCLI A core dump is the state of working memory in the event of host failure. By default, a core dump is saved to the local disk. You can use ESXi Dump Collector to keep core dumps on a network server for use during debugging. ESXi Dump Collector is especially useful for Auto Deploy, but is supported for any ESXi host. ESXi Dump Collector supports other customization, including sending core dumps to the local disk. Prerequisites Install ESXi Dump Collector, a support tool that is included with the vCenter Server autorun.exe application and that is also included in the vCenter Server Appliance. Install vCLI if you want to configure the host to use ESXi Dump Collector. In troubleshooting situations, you can use ESXCLI in the ESXi Shell instead. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 187
- 188. Procedure 1 Set up an ESXi system to use ESXi Dump Collector by running esxcli system coredump in the local ESXi Shell or by using vCLI. esxcli system coredump network set --interface-name vmk0 --server-ipv4 10xx.xx.xx.xx -- server-port 6500 You must specify a VMkernel NIC and the IP address and optional port of the server to send the core dumps to. If you configure an ESXi system that is running inside a virtual machine that is using a vSphere standard switch, you must choose a VMkernel port that is in promiscuous mode. 2 Enable ESXi Dump Collector. esxcli system coredump network set --enable true 3 (Optional) Check that ESXi Dump Collector is configured correctly. esxcli system coredump network check The host on which you have set up ESXi Dump Collector is set up to send core dumps to the specified server by using the specified VMkernel NIC and optional port. What to do next n Write a rule that applies the host profile to all hosts that you want to provision with the settings that you specified in the reference host (see “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172). n For hosts that are already provisioned with Auto Deploy, perform the test and repair compliance operations to provision them with the new host profile. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. n Turn on unprovisioned hosts to provision them with the new host profile. Configure Host Profiles for an Auto Deploy Reference Host with the vSphere Web Client You can set up host profiles in a reference host and apply the host profile settings to all other hosts that you provision with vSphere Auto Deploy. You can either configure the reference host and export the host profile or, for small changes, edit the host profiles directly. Prerequisites Verify that you have access to a vSphere Web client that can connect to the vCenter Server system Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client, click Rules and Profiles and click Host Profiles. 2 For a new profile, click the Create Profile from a host icon, or right-click a profile that you want to modify and select Edit Host Profile. 3 Customize your reference host by using vCLI, by using the client UI, or by using the Host Profiles interface. Policy Description ESXi Dump Collector Set up ESXi Dump Collector with the esxcli system coredump command and save the host profile (best practice), or configure the host profile directly. See “Set Up Syslog from the Host Profiles Interface in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 190. Syslog Set up syslog for the host with the esxcli system syslog command. Save the host profile (best practice) or configure the host profile directly. See “Set Up Syslog from the Host Profiles Interface in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 190. vSphere Installation and Setup 188 VMware, Inc.
- 189. Policy Description NTP Use the vicfg-ntp vCLI command or the vSphere Web Client to set up a host. If you use the vSphere Web Client to start the NTP Server, make sure the startup policy for the NTP Daemon is set appropriately. a In the vSphere Web Client, select the host. b Select the Manage tab and click Time Configuration. c Click Edit and click Use Network Time Protocol (Enable NTP client). d Select Start and stop with host as the NTP Service Startup Policy. Security Set up the firewall configuration, security configuration, user configuration, and user group configuration for the reference host with the vSphere Web Client or with vCLI commands. See the vSphere Security documentation. Networking and Storage Set up the networking and storage policies for the reference host with the vSphere Web Client or vCLI command. 4 Click OK to save the host profile settings. What to do next Write a rule that applies the host profile to all hosts that you want to provision with the settings that you specified in the reference host (see “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172). Perform a test-and-repair compliance operation. Set Up ESXi Dump Collector from the Host Profiles Interface in the vSphere Web Client You can set up ESXi Dump Collector for a reference host with esxcli or directly in the Host Profiles panels of the vSphere Web Client. You can export the host profile and write a rule that applies the profile to all hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy. Best practice is to set up hosts to use ESXi Dump Collector with the esxcli system coredump command and save the host profile (see “Configure ESXi Dump Collector with ESXCLI,” on page 187). If you prefer to use a GUI, set up ESXi Dump Collector from the Host Profiles interface. Prerequisites Verify that at least one partition has sufficient storage capability for core dumps from multiple hosts provisioned with vSphere Auto Deploy. Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client, click Rules and Profiles and click Host Profiles. 2 For a new profile, click the Create Profile from a host icon, or right-click a profile that you want to modify and select Edit Host Profile. 3 Leave the name and description and click Next. 4 Select Network Configuration. 5 Select Network Coredump Settings. 6 Click the Enabled check box. 7 Specify the host NIC to use, the Network Coredump Server IP, and the Network Coredump Server Port. 8 Click Finish to save the host profile settings. What to do next n Write a rule that applies the host profile to all hosts that you want to provision with the settings that you specified in the reference host. See “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 189
- 190. n For hosts already provisioned with Auto Deploy, perform the compliance testing and repair operations to provision them with the new host profile. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. n Turn on unprovisioned hosts to provision them with the new host profile. Set Up Syslog from the Host Profiles Interface in the vSphere Web Client Hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy usually do not have sufficient local storage to save system logs. You can specify a remote syslog server for those hosts by setting up a reference host, saving the host profile, and applying that host profile to other hosts as needed. Best practice is to set up the syslog server on the reference host with the vSphere Web Client or the esxcli system syslog command and to save the host profile. You can also set up syslog from the Host Profiles interface. Prerequisites n If you intend to use a remote syslog host, set up that host before you customize host profiles. n Verify that you have access to a vSphere Web Client that can connect to the vCenter Server system. Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client, click Rules and Profiles and click Host Profiles. 2 (Optional) If no reference host exists in your environment, click the Extract Profile from Host icon to create a host profile. 3 Right-click the host profile you want to modify and select Edit Host Profile. 4 Leave the name and description and click Next. 5 Click Advanced Configuration Settings click the Advanced Options folder, and click Advanced configuration options. You can specify syslog settings from here. 6 If you are setting up an ESXi 5.0 host that did not have a previously configured syslog server, you have to create an advanced configuration option. a Click the plus sign. b Click the new Advanced configuration option at the top of the option list and select Configure a fixed option from the drop-down menu. c Specify Syslog.global.loghost as the option, and your host as the value. If you are configuring an ESXi version 5.1 or later host or an ESXi 5.0 host that has syslog configured, Syslog.global.loghost is already in the list of advanced options. 7 Click OK to save the host profile settings. What to do next n Write a rule that applies the host profile to all hosts that you want to provision with the settings that you specified in the reference host (see “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172). n For hosts already provisioned with Auto Deploy, perform the compliance testing and repair operations to provision them with the new image profile. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. n Turn on unprovisioned hosts to provision them with the new image profile. vSphere Installation and Setup 190 VMware, Inc.
- 191. Set Up Networking for Your Auto Deploy Host in the vSphere Web Client You can set up networking for your Auto Deploy reference host and apply the host profile to all other hosts to guarantee a fully functional networking environment. Prerequisites Provision the host you want to use as your reference host with an ESXi image by using Auto Deploy. Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client, select the host and click the Networking tab. 2 Perform networking setup. If you are using virtual switches and not vSphere Distributed Switch, do not add other VMkernel NICs to vSwitch0. 3 After the reference host is configured, reboot the system to verify that vmk0 is connected to the Management Network. 4 Create a host profile from the host. What to do next n Write a rule that applies the host profile to all hosts that you want to provision with the settings that you specified in the reference host. See “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172. n For hosts already provisioned with Auto Deploy, perform the compliance testing and repair operations to provision them with the new host profile. See “Test and Repair Rule Compliance,” on page 174. n Turn on unprovisioned hosts to provision them with the new host profile. Consider and Implement Your Partitioning Stategy By default, Auto Deploy provisions hosts only if a partition is available on the host. You can set up a reference host to auto-partition all hosts that you provision with Auto Deploy. CAUTION If you change the default auto-partitioning behavior, Auto Deploy overwrites existing partitions regardless of their content. If you turn on this option, ensure that no unintended data loss results. To ensure that local SSDs remain unpartitioned during auto-partitioning, you must set the parameter skipPartitioningSsds=TRUE on the reference host. For more information about preventing SSD formatting during auto-partitioning, see the vSphere Storage documentation. Prerequisites n Provision the host you wish to use as your reference host with an ESXi image by using Auto Deploy. n Verify that you have access to a vSphere Web Client that can connect to the vCenter Server system. Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client, select the host you want to use as a reference host and click Manage. 2 Click Settings. 3 Click System to open the system options and click Advanced System Settings. 4 Scroll to VMkernel.Boot.autoPartition and set the value to true. 5 (Optional) If you want local SSDs to remain unpartitioned, scroll to VMkernel.Boot.skipPartitioningSsds and set the value to true. 6 If no host profile exists for your reference host, create it now. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 191
- 192. 7 Use the Auto Deploy PowerCLI to write a rule that applies the host profile of your reference host to all hosts immediately when they boot. Auto-partitioning is performed when the hosts boot. Advanced Management Tasks In most cases, you manage your Auto Deploy environment by preparing system setup, writing rules, and provisioning hosts. In some cases, you might perform advanced management tasks such as reregistering the Auto Deploy server or assigning a static IP address to each host. Reregister Auto Deploy If the IP address of the vCenter Server changes, you must reregister Auto Deploy. Regardless of whether you are using the vCenter Server Appliance or a vCenter Server system installed on Windows, you must stop the Auto Deploy process and reregister Auto Deploy if the vCenter Server IP address changes. Procedure u Perform the reregistration task depending on the operating system. Platform Task Windows a Stop the Auto Deploy process. net stop vmware-autodeploy-waiter b Edit the setup file located at c:ProgramDataVMwareVMware vCenter Auto Deployvmconfig-autodeploy.xml and specify the new IP address. You do not have to edit the file if you reregister for other reasons than a new IP address. c Run the autodeploy-register.exe command, specifying all required options. autodeploy-register.exe -R -a vCenter-IP -p vCenter-Port -u user_name -w password -s setup-file-path d Restart the Auto Deploy process. net start vmware-autodeploy-waiter VMware vCenter Server Appliance a Stop the Auto Deploy process. /etc/init.d/vmware-rbd-watchdog stop b Run the autodeploy-register command, specifying all required options. autodeploy-register -R -a vCenter-IP -p vCenter-Port -u user_name -w password -s setup-file-path c Restart the Auto Deploy process. /etc/init.d/vmware-rbd-watchdog start You can also use the Start ESXi Services and Stop ESXi Services buttons in the vCenter Server Appliance. Set Up Host Profiles for Static IP Addresses in the vSphere Web Client By default, hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy are assigned DHCP addresses by a DHCP server. You can use the Auto Deploy host customization mechanism to assign static IP addresses to hosts. Prerequisites n Set up your Auto Deploy environment. vSphere Installation and Setup 192 VMware, Inc.
- 193. n Boot the host using Auto Deploy. n Extract a host profile from the host. Procedure 1 With vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server that manages the Auto Deploy host, select Rules and Profiles, and select Host Profiles. 2 Right-click the host profile you just extracted and click Edit Host Profile. 3 Use the default name and description and click Next. 4 Follow these steps to change the default IP address settings. a Click Networking configuration. b Click Host port group. c Click Management Network. d Click IP address settings 5 From the IPv4 address drop-down menu, select User specified IP address to be used while applying the configuration. 6 If the host is in a different subnet than the vCenter Server system, select Network Configuration > IP route configuration > IP route configand supply the default route in the Default IPv4 gateway field. 7 Select Networking configuration and click DNS configuration. In the DNS settings field, make sure the Flag indicating if DHCP should be used check box is not selected. 8 Remediate the host to update the host customization information. a Right-click the host, select All vCenter Actions > Host Profiles > Attach Host Profile, select the profile to attach, and click OK. b Right-click the host and select Enter Maintenance Mode. c Right-click the host and select All vCenter Actions > Host Profiles > Remediate. d When prompted, provide the IP address. e Right-click the host and select Exit Maintenance Mode. The IP address is saved as a host customization. The next time you boot, the host customization information is applied to the host. Using Auto Deploy with the VMware vCenter Server Appliance The VMware vCenter Server Appliance is a preconfigured Linux-based virtual machine optimized for running vCenter Server and associated services. The appliance includes an Auto Deploy server that is disabled by default. You can use Auto Deploy with the vCenter Server Appliance in different ways. n Use the vCenter Server system on the appliance in conjunction with the Auto Deploy server on the appliance. n Use the vCenter Server system on the appliance in conjunction with an Auto Deploy server that you install separately on a Windows system. n Use the Auto Deploy server on the appliance in conjunction with a vCenter Server system that you install on a different vCenter Server Appliance. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 193
- 194. n Use the Auto Deploy server on the appliance in conjunction with a vCenter Server system that you install separately on a Windows system. NOTE If you want to use the Auto Deploy server on the vCenter Server Appliance, you must start the service first. You can start the service from the Summary tab of the appliance. In all cases, you are responsible for setting up your DHCP server. See “Prepare Your System and Install the Auto Deploy Server,” on page 165. NOTE You can register only one Auto Deploy instance with a vCenter Server system, and only one vCenter Server system with an Auto Deploy server. You can set up a mixed-mode environment that includes an IPv6 vCenter Server. The Auto Deploy server must have an IPv4 address because PXE booting is supported only with IPv4. Set Up the vCenter Server Appliance to Use a Standalone Auto Deploy Server The vCenter Server Appliance includes an Auto Deploy server. You can also use the appliance with a standalone Auto Deploy server. Prerequisites n Deploy the vCenter Server Appliance. n Obtain the vCenter Server installation media, which include the Auto Deploy installer. n Verify that the Windows system that you want to use for Auto Deploy meets the requirements for vCenter Server installation. Auto Deploy has the same requirements. Procedure 1 If Auto Deploy is running on the vCenter Server Appliance, stop the built-in Auto Deploy server and unregister Auto Deploy from the Linux command prompt. service vmware-rdb-watchdog stop autodeploy-register --unregister -a localhost -l If you never started Auto Deploy on the appliance, this step is not necessary. 2 Using the vCenter Server installation media, install Auto Deploy on a Windows system and provide the vCenter Server Appliance information when prompted for the vCenter Server. Your standalone Auto Deploy installation is now associated with the vCenter Server on the vCenter Server Appliance. Set Up Auto Deploy on the vCenter Server Appliance By default, Auto Deploy on the vCenter Server Appliance is preconfigured to use the vCenter Server system running on the appliance. You can set up Auto Deploy to use a different vCenter Server system. Prerequisites n Deploy the vCenter Server Appliance. n Install a vCenter Server system to use with Auto Deploy. Procedure 1 If Auto Deploy is running on the vCenter Server Appliance, stop the built-in Auto Deploy server and unregister Auto Deploy from the Linux command prompt. service vmware-rdb-watchdog stop autodeploy-register --unregister -a localhost -l vSphere Installation and Setup 194 VMware, Inc.
- 195. If you never started Auto Deploy on the appliance, this step is not necessary. By default, the Auto Deploy daemon is not running. 2 The next step depends on whether you want to confirm the vCenter Server thumbprint while registering. n Register and pass in a thumbprint that you created earlier as part of the registration. autodeploy-register --register -a vcenter-ip -u username -w password-R -T thumbprint n Register without using a thumbprint. autodeploy-register --register -a vcenter-ip -u username -w password -R 3 Restart the Auto Deploy daemon service vmware-rbd-watchdog restart Host Customization in the vSphere Web Client To customize hosts with shared attributes, you can create a host profile in a reference host. To customize individual hosts, you can set up some fields in the host profile to prompt the user for input for each host. Host profiles allow you to prespecify information, for example, the storage setup or Syslog setup in a reference host to and apply the host profile to a set of target hosts that share the same settings. You can also use host profiles to specify that certain settings are host dependent. If you do so, the host comes up in maintenance mode when you provision it with Auto Deploy. Remediate the host or reset the host customization to be prompted for input. The system stores your input and uses it the next time the host boots. NOTE The host customization is not stored in a location or format that administrators can access. Use the Host Profiles UI in the vSphere Web Client to modify customization. When the host profile is set to prompt for user input, you must specify a value in the dialog that appears when you reset the host customization. An error results if you do not specify a value. Table 7‑11. Host Profile Options that Prompt for iSCSI User Input Information to Request User Input For Setting the Host Profile Option When you apply a host profile on a system that includes a profile for iSCSI, you are prompted for several properties. For many of the properties, a system default is available. For some properties, you must specify a value or an error results. IQN name If the iSCSI setup uses an IQN name, you are prompted when you apply the host profile. You cannot continue until you provide the name. CHAP information If you set up iSCSI to require CHAP authentication, you are prompted for CHAP information including the user name and the secret when you apply the host profile. You cannot continue until you provide the name. 1 Select Edit Host Profile, click Storage configuration, and click iSCSI Initiator Configuration. 2 Select the folder for an already enabled initiator and set up the initiator. 3 Set up the initiator. For many fields, the user is prompted as part of host customization. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 195
- 196. Table 7‑12. Host Profile Options that Prompt for Storage User Input Information to Request User Input For Setting the Host Profile Option You are setting up the Fixed PSP configuration and want to prompt for the adapter and target IDs for the storage arrays that should use the Fixed PSP. You can set the option only if the adapter is set up to use the Fixed PSP. 1 Select Edit Host Profile, click Storage configuration. 2 Click Native Multipathing (NMP). 3 Click Path Selection Policy (PSP) configuration. 4 In the Preferred Path window, select Prompt the user for adapter and target IDs on the host. Configure FCoE adapter activation based on a user- specified MAC address. You can set the option only if an activation profile exists. 1 Select Edit Host Profile, click Storage configuration. 2 Click Software FCoE configuration. 3 Click Adapter Configuration. 4 Click the activation profile and click Policy Profile. 5 Select Activation policy based on adapter MAC address from the drop-down menu. Table 7‑13. Host Profile Options that Prompt for Security User Input Information to Request User Input For Setting the Host Profile Option Administrator password for ESXi host when the host boots for the first time. 1 Select Edit Host Profile, click Security Settings and click Security configuration. 2 In the right panel, select User Input Password to be Used to Configure Administrator Password from the Administrator password drop-down menu. Preconfigures a user for the ESXi host but prompts for the password for that user on each host when the host boots for the first time. You can perform this task only if a user configuration already exists. Configure the user by selecting one of the options. n Assigned fixed user configurations is available for compatibility with ESX/ESXi 4.1 system, this option displays the password in the clear. n Assign advanced fixed user configurations is for users of ESXi 5.0 and later systems. n Specify the user configuration in the profile but prompt for password during host configuration allows you to specify the information about the user but prompt for a password on each host. Prompt the user for credentials when the host joins the Active Directory domain. 1 Set the Authentication configuration profile to use a fixed domain. a Select Edit Host Profile, click Security and Services and click Authentication configuration. b Click Active Directory configuration. c In the Domain Name drop-down menu, select Configure a fixed domain name. 2 Set the method for joining the domain to prompt the user. a Select Edit Host Profile, click Security and Services and click Authentication configuration. b Click Active Directory configuration. c In the Join Domain Method drop-down menu, select Use user specified AD credentials to join the host to domain. vSphere Installation and Setup 196 VMware, Inc.
- 197. Table 7‑14. Host Profile Options that Prompt for Networking User Input Information to Request User Input For Setting the Host Profile Option Prompt the user for the MAC address for a port group. You can have the system prompt the user in all cases (User specified MAC address...) or prompt the user only if no default is available. 1 Select Edit Host Profile, click Networking configuration, and click Host port group. 2 Click Management Network. 3 In the Determine how MAC address for vmknic should be decided field, and select how the system manages the MAC address. n User specified MAC Address to be used while applying the configuration n Prompt the user for the MAC Address if no default is available Prompt the user for the IPv4 address for each ESXi host to which the profile is applied. You can have the system prompt the user in all cases (User specified IPv4 address...) or prompt the user only if no default is available. 1 Select Edit Host Profile, click Networking configuration, and click Host port group. 2 Click Management Network and click IP address settings. 3 In the IPv4 address field, select how the system manages the IPv4 address. n User specified IPv4 Address to be used while applying the configuration n Prompt the user for the IPv4 Address if no default is available Prompt the user for the IPv6 address for each ESXi host to which the profile is applied. You can have the system prompt the user in all cases (User specified IPv6 address...) or prompt the user only if no default is available. 1 Select Edit Host Profile, click Networking configuration, and click Host port group. 2 Click Management Network and click IP address settings. 3 In the Static IPv6 address field, select how the system manages the IPv4 address. n User specified IPv6 Address to be used while applying the configuration n Prompt the user for the IPv6 Address if no default is available Prompt the user for the DNS name of the host. You can have the system prompt the user in all cases (User specified host name...) or prompt the user only if no default is available. 1 Select Edit Host Profile, click Networking configuration, and click DNS configuration. 2 In the Host name field, select how the system manages the DNS configuration. n Prompt the user for host name if default is not available n User specified host name to be used while applying the configuration Prompt the user for the MAC address for a distributed switch, its port group, or one of its services. Right-click the Host virtual NIC folder icon and click the Add sub-profile icon to determine the component to which the setting is applied. You can decide to prompt the user in all cases or only if no default is available. 1 Open Networking configuration. 2 Click Host virtual NIC. 3 In the Determine how MAC address for vmknic should be decided field, select how the system manages the MAC address for the distributed switch. n User specified MAC address to be used while applying the configuration n Prompt the user for the MAC address if no default is available Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 197
- 198. Table 7‑14. Host Profile Options that Prompt for Networking User Input (Continued) Information to Request User Input For Setting the Host Profile Option Prompt the user for the IPv4 address for a distributed switch, its port group, or one of its services. Right-click the Host virtual NIC folder icon and click the Add sub-profile icon to determine the component to which the setting is applied. You can decide to prompt the user only if no default is available or in all cases. 1 Open Networking configuration. 2 Click Host virtual NIC. 3 Click IP address settings. 4 In the IPv4 address field, select how the system handles the IPv4 address for the distributed switch. n User specified IPv4 address to be used while applying the configuration n Prompt the user for IPv4 address if no default is available Prompt the user for the IPv6 address for a distributed switch, its port group, or one of its services. Right-click the Host virtual NIC folder icon and click the Add sub-profile icon to determine the component to which the setting is applied. You can decide to prompt the user only if no default is available or in all cases. 1 Open Networking configuration. 2 Open Host virtual NIC. 3 Open IP address settings. 4 In the Static IPv6 address field, select how the system manages the IPv6 address for the distributed switch. n User specified IPv6 address to be used while applying the configuration n Prompt the user for IPv6 address if no default is available Auto Deploy Best Practices and Security Consideration Follow best practices when installing vSphere Auto Deploy and when using Auto Deploy with other vSphere components. Set up a highly available Auto Deploy infrastructure in large production environments or when using stateless caching. Follow all security guidelines that you would follow in a PXE boot environment, and consider the recommendations in this chapter. Auto Deploy Best Practices This section discusses several Auto Deploy best practices. See the VMware Knowledge Base for additional best practice information. Auto Deploy and vSphere HA Best Practices You can improve the availability of the virtual machines running on hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy by following best practices. n Some environments configure the hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy with a distributed switch or configure virtual machines running on the hosts with Auto Start Manager. In those environments, deploy the vCenter Server system so that its availability matches the availability of the Auto Deploy server. Several approaches are possible. n In a proof of concept environment, deploy the vCenter Server system and the Auto Deploy server on the same system. In all other situations, install the two servers on separate systems. n Deploy vCenter Server Heartbeat. VMware vCenter Server Heartbeat delivers high availability for VMware vCenter Server, protecting the virtual and cloud infrastructure from application, configuration, operating system, or hardware related outages. vSphere Installation and Setup 198 VMware, Inc.
- 199. n Deploy the vCenter Server system in a virtual machine. Run the vCenter Server virtual machine in a vSphere HA enabled cluster and configure the virtual machine with a vSphere HA restart priority of high. Include two or more hosts in the cluster that are not managed by Auto Deploy and pin the vCenter Server virtual machine to these hosts by using a rule (vSphere HA DRS required VM to host rule). You can set up the rule and then disable DRS if you do not wish to use DRS in the cluster. The greater the number of hosts that are not managed by Auto Deploy the greater your resilience to host failures. NOTE This approach is not suitable if you use Auto Start Manager because Auto Start Manager is not supported in a cluster enabled for vSphere HA. Auto Deploy Networking Best Practices Prevent networking problems by following Auto Deploy networking best practices. IP Address Allocation Using DHCP reservations is recommended for address allocation. Fixed IP addresses are supported by the host customization mechanism, but providing input for each host is not recommended. VLAN Considerations Using Auto Deploy in environments that do not use VLANs is recommended. If you intend to use Auto Deploy in an environment that uses VLANs, you must make sure that the hosts you want to provision can reach the DHCP server. How hosts are assigned to a VLAN depends on the setup at your site. The VLAN ID might be assigned by the switch or by the router, or you might be able to set the VLAN ID in the host's BIOS or through the host profile. Contact your network administrator to determine the steps for allowing hosts to reach the DHCP server. Auto Deploy and VMware Tools Best Practices See the VMware Knowledge Base article 2004018 for Auto Deploy and VMware Tools best practices. Auto Deploy Load Management Best Practice Simultaneously booting large numbers of hosts places a significant load on the Auto Deploy server. Because Auto Deploy is a web server at its core, you can use existing web server scaling technologies to help distribute the load. For example, one or more caching reverse proxy servers can be used with Auto Deploy. The reverse proxies serve up the static files that make up the majority of an ESXi boot image. Configure the reverse proxy to cache static content and pass all requests through to the Auto Deploy server. See the VMware Technical Publications Video Using Reverse Web Proxy Servers for Auto Deploy. Configure the hosts to boot off the reverse proxy by using multiple TFTP servers, one for each reverse proxy server. Finally, set up the DHCP server to send different hosts to different TFTP servers. When you boot the hosts, the DHCP server sends them to different TFTP servers. Each TFTP server sends hosts to a different server, either the Auto Deploy server or a reverse proxy server, significantly reducing the load on the Auto Deploy server. After a massive power outage, VMware recommends that you bring up the hosts on a per-cluster basis. If you bring up multiple clusters simultaneously, the Auto Deploy server might experience CPU bottlenecks. All hosts come up after a potential delay. The bottleneck is less severe if you set up the reverse proxy. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 199
- 200. vSphere Auto Deploy Logging and Troubleshooting Best Practices To resolve problems you encounter with vSphere Auto Deploy, use the Auto Deploy logging information from the vSphere Web Client and set up your environment to send logging information and core dumps to remote hosts. Auto Deploy Logs 1 In a vSphere Web Client connected to the vCenter Server system that Auto Deploy is registered with, go to the inventory list and select the vCenter Server system. 2 Click the Manage tab, select Settings, and click Auto Deploy. 3 Click Download TFTP Boot Log to download the TFTP configuration file and unzip the file to the directory in which your TFTP server stores files. Setting Up Syslog Set up a remote Syslog server. See the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation for Syslog server configuration information. Configure the first host you boot to use the remote syslog server and apply that host's host profile to all other target hosts. Optionally, install and use the vSphere Syslog Collector, a vCenter Server support tool that provides a unified architecture for system logging and enables network logging and combining of logs from multiple hosts. Setting Up ESXi Dump Collector Hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy do not have a local disk to store core dumps on. Install ESXi Dump Collector and set up your first host so all core dumps are directed to ESXi Dump Collector, and apply the host profile from that host to all other hosts. See “Configure ESXi Dump Collector with ESXCLI,” on page 187. Using Auto Deploy in a Production Environment When you move from a proof of concept setup to a production environment, take care to make the environment resilient. n Protect the Auto Deploy server. “Auto Deploy and vSphere HA Best Practices,” on page 198 gives an overview of the options you have. n Protect all other servers in your environment including the DHCP server and the TFTP server. n Follow VMware security guidelines, including those outlined in “Auto Deploy Security Considerations,” on page 203. Auto Deploy Device Alias Best Practices A compliance check for a device alias profile might result in a compliance failure that cannot be remediated without modifying the hardware itself. These errors occur when the hosts are not fully homogenous (for example, the hosts contain different PCI cards or have different BIOS levels). vSphere Installation and Setup 200 VMware, Inc.
- 201. The following are remediation and reboot best practices for different situations: n If the compliance check shows devices whose aliases (for example, names such as vmhba3) are different from the reference host, then remediation is possible. The remediation will cause the device to names to align exactly with the reference host. n The remediation step (for hosts not provisioned with Auto Deploy) always requires reboot. n The remediation step for hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy is unnecessary. Reboot the host without remediation. n The compliance check step ignores extra devices on the host that were not on the reference host. You should choose the host with the fewest devices as the reference host. Auto Deploy Device Alias Naming In order to create uniform, persistent, and stable device naming across all hosts, the device alias profile should be used with homogeneous hosts only. These are hosts that are all identically configured with the same network and storage cards in the PCI bus. The device alias profile is mandatory for all hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy. In previous versions of vSphere, devices were named based on the order in which they enumerated in the BIOS. VMware did not guarantee that devices in the same slot on the same bus would have the same name when the system rebooted if any PCI bus configuration changes occurred in the interim. Some PCI bus configuration changes might be adding or removing cards, or changes resulting from card malfunction. In vSphere 5.5, a mapping now exists between the physical location of the device (bus address) of devices and their names (aliases). This means that when ESXi hosts reboot, devices that have not physically moved are guaranteed to have the same name. NOTE For systems with older versions of the BIOS, the older BIOS might not provide accurate location information for on-board devices. ESXi applies heuristics for this case to keep the alias stable, even for these devices. Always bring the BIOS up to the latest level. The heuristic is designed to keep built-in devices that lack proper BIOS information stable even when cards in slots are added or removed. VMware cannot guarantee this will function under all conditions (for example, if changes are made in the BIOS setting or if devices fail). For normally installed hosts, the alias mapping is stored on the system's hard disk or USB boot device. For hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy, the mapping is stored in the Host Profile (device alias sub-profile). Because the mapping is critical to keep the device naming stable the device alias sub-profile should never be disabled for hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy. For installed hosts, the device alias sub-profile can be used to align the device names (aliases) between multiple hosts. However, those hosts must be homogeneous for this to work. If the hosts are not homogeneous, you should disable the device alias sub-profile. To avoid errors, VMware advises that you do not edit the device alias configuration policy in the Host Profile. Upgrading Systems for Device Alias Profiles In previous versions of ESXi, the device alias profile did not exist. Consider the following issues when you upgrade from previous versions of ESXi to ESXi 5.5: n For installed hosts (host not provisioned with Auto Deploy), upgrading the ESXi host preserves aliases. After they are upgraded, aliases remain stable as long as the BIOS provides the information. n When upgrading the ESXi host provisioned with Auto Deploy image for a stateless cluster, the aliases will not change because ESXi 5.5 uses the same algorithm to generate aliases (even though the ESXi 5.x host profile does not contain aliases). A new Host Profile should then be generated from the reference host. This Host Profile does contain aliases. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 201
- 202. n When upgrading a system, do not flash the BIOS, because this action can change aliases. Flashing the BIOS to the latest level is more appropriate for fresh install. Set up a Highly Available Auto Deploy Infrastructure In many production situations, a highly available Auto Deploy infrastructure is required to prevent data loss. Such an infrastructure is also a prerequisite for using Auto Deploy with stateless caching. Prerequisites For the management cluster, install ESXi on three hosts. Do not provision the management cluster hosts with Auto Deploy. Procedure 1 Enable vSphere HA and vSphere DRS on the management cluster. 2 Set up the following virtual machines on the management cluster. Infrastructure component Description PXE boot infrastructure TFTP and DHCP servers. Infrastructure VM Active Directory, DNS, vCenter Server. Auto Deploy environment PowerCLI, Auto Deploy server, vCenter Server. Set up this environment on a single virtual machine or on three separate virtual machines in production systems. The vCenter Server on the infrastructure virtual machine differs from the vCenter Server in the Auto Deploy environment. 3 Set up Auto Deploy to provision other hosts as needed. Because the components on the management cluster are protected with vSphere HA, high availability is supported. Figure 7‑5. Highly Available Auto Deploy Infrastructure ESXi ESXi ESXi ESXi 01 ESXi 02 ESXi 03 ESXi 04 ESXi 05 ESXi 06 ESXi 07 ESXi 08 VMs VM VM VM VM VM VM VM VM VM VMVM VM VM VM VMVMVM VM VM VM VM VMVM VM VM VM VM VMVM vCenter PowerCLI Auto Deploy environment vCenter Active Directory DNS PXE boot infrastructure Infrastructure VMs TFTP DHCP Auto Deploy VM iPXE Boot SAN HA and DRS enabled management cluster vSphere Installation and Setup 202 VMware, Inc.
- 203. Auto Deploy Security Considerations Understanding potential security risks helps you set up your environment in a secure manner. Secure your network as you would for any other PXE-based deployment method. Auto Deploy transfers data over SSL to prevent casual interference and snooping. However, the authenticity of the client or of the Auto Deploy server is not checked during a PXE boot. The boot image that the Auto Deploy server downloads to a machine can have the following components. n The VIB packages that the image profile consists of are always included in the boot image. n The host profile and host customization are included in the boot image if Auto Deploy rules are set up to provision the host with a host profile or a host customization setting. n The administrator (root) password and user passwords that are included with host profile and host customization are MD5 encrypted. n Any other passwords associated with profiles are in the clear. If you set up Active Directory by using host profiles, the passwords are not protected. Use the vSphere Authentication Service for setting up Active Directory to avoid exposing the Active Directory passwords. n The host's public and private SSL key and certificate are included in the boot image. You can greatly reduce the security risk of Auto Deploy by completely isolating the network where Auto Deploy is used. Troubleshooting Auto Deploy The Auto Deploy troubleshooting topics offer solutions for situations when provisioning hosts with Auto Deploy does not work as expected. Auto Deploy TFTP Timeout Error at Boot Time A TFTP Timeout error message appears when a host provisioned by Auto Deploy boots. The text of the message depends on the BIOS. Problem A TFTP Timeout error message appears when a host provisioned by Auto Deploy boots. The text of the message depends on the BIOS. Cause The TFTP server is down or unreachable. Solution u Ensure that your TFTP service is running and reachable by the host that you are trying to boot. Auto Deploy Host Boots with Wrong Configuration A host is booting with a different ESXi image, host profile, or folder location than the one specified in the rules. Problem A host is booting with a different ESXi image profile or configuration than the image profile or configuration that the rules specify. For example, you change the rules to assign a different image profile, but the host still uses the old image profile. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 203
- 204. Cause After the host has been added to a vCenter Server system, the boot configuration is determined by the vCenter Server system. The vCenter Server system associates an image profile, host profile, or folder location with the host. Solution u Use the Test-DeployRuleSetCompliance and Repair-DeployRuleSetCompliance PowerCLI cmdlets to reevalute the rules and to associate the correct image profile, host profile, or folder location with the host. Host Is Not Redirected to Auto Deploy Server During boot, a host that you want to provision with Auto Deploy loads iPXE. The host is not redirected to the Auto Deploy server. Problem During boot, a host that you want to provision with Auto Deploy loads iPXE. The host is not redirected to the AutoDeploy server. Cause The tramp file that is included in the TFTP ZIP file has the wrong IP address for the Auto Deploy server. Solution u Correct the IP address of the Auto Deploy server in the tramp file, as explained in the vSphere Installation and Setup documentation. Auto Deploy Host with a Built-In USB Flash Drive Does Not Send Coredumps to Local Disk If your Auto Deploy host has a built-in USB flash drive, and an error results in a coredump, the coredump is lost. Set up your system to use ESXi Dump Collector to store coredumps on a networked host. Problem If your Auto Deploy host has a built-in USB Flash, and if it encounters an error that results in a coredump, the coredump is not sent to the local disk. Solution 1 Install ESXi Dump Collector on a system of your choice. ESXi Dump Collector is included with the vCenter Server installer. 2 Use ESXCLI to configure the host to use ESXi Dump Collector. esxcli conn_options system coredump network set IP-addr,port esxcli system coredump network set -e true 3 Use ESXCLI to disable local coredump partitions. esxcli conn_options system coredump partition set -e false vSphere Installation and Setup 204 VMware, Inc.
- 205. Package Warning Message When You Assign an Image Profile to Auto Deploy Host When you run a PowerCLI cmdlet that assigns an image profile that is not Auto Deploy ready, a warning message appears. Problem When you write or modify rules to assign an image profile to one or more hosts, the following error results: Warning: Image Profile <name-here> contains one or more software packages that are not stateless- ready. You may experience problems when using this profile with Auto Deploy. Cause Each VIB in an image profile has a stateless-ready flag that indicates that the VIB is meant for use with Auto Deploy. You get the error if you attempt to write an Auto Deploy rule that uses an image profile in which one or more VIBs have that flag set to FALSE. NOTE You can use hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy that include VIBs that are not stateless ready without problems. However booting with an image profile that includes VIBs that are not stateless ready is treated like a fresh install. Each time you boot the host, you lose any configuration data that would otherwise be available across reboots for hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy. Solution 1 Use Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlets to view the VIBs in the image profile. 2 Remove any VIBs that are not stateless-ready. 3 Rerun the Auto Deploy PowerCLI cmdlet. Auto Deploy Host Reboots After Five Minutes An Auto Deploy host boots and displays iPXE information, but reboots after five minutes. Problem A host to be provisioned with Auto Deploy boots from iPXE and displays iPXE information on the console. However, after five minutes, the host displays the following message to the console and reboots. This host is attempting to network-boot using VMware AutoDeploy. However, there is no ESXi image associated with this host. Details: No rules containing an Image Profile match this host. You can create a rule with the New-DeployRule PowerCLI cmdlet and add it to the rule set with Add-DeployRule or Set-DeployRuleSet. The rule should have a pattern that matches one or more of the attributes listed below. The host might also display the following details: Details: This host has been added to VC, but no Image Profile is associated with it. You can use Apply-ESXImageProfile in the PowerCLI to associate an Image Profile with this host. Alternatively, you can reevaluate the rules for this host with the Test-DeployRuleSetCompliance and Repair-DeployRuleSetCompliance cmdlets. The console then displays the host's machine attributes including vendor, serial number, IP address, and so on. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 205
- 206. Cause No image profile is currently associated with this host. Solution You can temporarily assign an image profile to the host by running the Apply-EsxImageProfile cmdlet. You can permanently assign an image profile to the host as follows. 1 Run the New-DeployRule cmdlet to create a rule that includes a pattern that matches the host with an image profile. 2 Run the Add-DeployRule cmdlet to add the rule to a ruleset. 3 Run the Test-DeployRuleSetCompliance cmdlet and use the output of that cmdlet as the input to the Repair-DeployRuleSetCompliance cmdlet. Auto Deploy Host Does Not Network Boot The host you provision with Auto Deploy comes up but does not network boot. Problem When you attempt to boot a host provisioned with Auto Deploy, the host does not start the network boot process. Cause You did not enable your host for network boot. Solution 1 Reboot the host and follow the on-screen instructions to access the BIOS configuration. If you have an EFI host, you must switch the EFI system to BIOS compatibility mode. 2 In the BIOS configuration, enable Network Boot in the Boot Device configuration. Auto Deploy Host Does Not Get a DHCP Assigned Address The host you provision with Auto Deploy fails to get a DHCP Address. Problem When you attempt to boot a host provisioned with Auto Deploy, the host performs a network boot but is not assigned a DHCP address. The Auto Deploy server cannot provision the host with the image profile. Cause You might have a problem with the DHCP service or with the firewall setup. Solution 1 Check that the DHCP server service is running on the Windows system on which the DHCP server is set up to provision hosts. a Click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools. b Double-click Services to open the Services Management panel. c In the Services field, look for the DHCP server service and restart the service if it is not running. 2 If the DHCP server is running, recheck the DHCP scope and the DHCP reservations that you configured for your target hosts. If the DHCP scope and reservations are configured correctly, the problem most likely involves the firewall. vSphere Installation and Setup 206 VMware, Inc.
- 207. 3 As a temporary workaround, turn off the firewall to see whether that resolves the problem. a Open the command prompt by clicking Start > Program > Accessories > Command prompt. b Type the following command to temporarily turn off the firewall. Do not turn off the firewall in a production environment. netsh firewall set opmode disable c Attempt to provision the host with Auto Deploy. d Type the following command to turn the firewall back on. netsh firewall set opmode enable 4 Set up rules to allow DHCP network traffic to the target hosts. See the firewall documentation for DHCP and for the Windows system on which the DHCP server is running for details. Auto Deploy Host Cannot Contact TFTP Server The host that you provision with Auto Deploy cannot contact the TFTP server. Problem When you attempt to boot a host provisioned with Auto Deploy, the host performs a network boot and is assigned a DHCP address by the DHCP server, but the host cannot contact the TFTP server. Cause The TFTP server might have stopped running, or a firewall might block the TFTP port. Solution n If you installed the WinAgents TFTP server, open the WinAgents TFTP management console and verify that the service is running. If the service is running, check the Windows firewall's inbound rules to make sure the TFTP port is not blocked. Turn off the firewall temporarily to see whether the firewall is the problem. n For all other TFTP servers, see the server documentation for debugging procedures. Auto Deploy Host Cannot Retrieve ESXi Image from Auto Deploy Server The host that you provision with Auto Deploy stops at the iPXE boot screen. Problem When you attempt to boot a host provisioned with Auto Deploy, the boot process stops at the iPXE boot screen and the status message indicates that the host is attempting to get the ESXi image from the Auto Deploy server. Cause The Auto Deploy service might be stopped or the Auto Deploy server might be unaccessible. Solution 1 Log in to the system on which you installed the Auto Deploy server. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 207
- 208. 2 Check that the Auto Deploy server is running. a Click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools. b Double-click Services to open the Services Management panel. c In the Services field, look for the VMware vSphere Auto Deploy Waiter service and restart the service if it is not running. 3 Open a Web browser, enter the following URL, and check whether the Auto Deploy server is accessible. https://Auto_Deploy_Server_IP_Address:Auto_Deploy_Server_Port/vmw/rdb NOTE Use this address only to check whether the server is accessible. 4 If the server is not accessible, a firewall problem is likely. a Try setting up permissive TCP Inbound rules for the Auto Deploy server port. The port is 6501 unless you specified a different port during installation. b As a last resort, disable the firewall temporarily and enable it again after you verified whether it blocked the traffic. Do not disable the firewall on production environments. To disable the firewall, run netsh firewall set opmode disable. To enable the firewall, run netsh firewall set opmode enable. Recovering from Database Corruption on the Auto Deploy Server In some situations, you might have a problem with the Auto Deploy database. The most efficient recovery option is to replace the existing database file with the most recent backup. Problem When you use Auto Deploy to provision the ESXi hosts in your environment, you might encounter a problem with the Auto Deploy database. IMPORTANT This is a rare problem. Follow all other Auto Deploy troubleshooting strategies before you replace the current database file. Rules or associations that you created since the backup you choose are lost. Cause This problem happens only with hosts that are provisioned with Auto Deploy. Solution 1 Stop the Auto Deploy server service. 2 Find the Auto Deploy log by going to the Auto Deploy page in the vSphere Web Client. 3 Check the logs for the following message: DatabaseError: database disk image is malformed. If you see the message, replace the existing database with the most recent backup. vSphere Installation and Setup 208 VMware, Inc.
- 209. 4 Go to the Auto Deploy data directory. Operating System File Location vCenter Server appliance /var/lib/rbd Microsoft Windows The data directory you selected during installation. To find it, type the following command into a command prompt. reg.exe QUERY "HKLMSOFTWAREWOW6432NodeVMware, Inc.VMware vSphere Auto Deploy" /v DataPath The directory contains a file named db, and backup files named db-yyy-mm-dd. 5 Rename the current db file. VMware Support might ask for that file if you call for assistance. 6 Rename the most recent backup to db. 7 Restart the Auto Deploy server service. 8 If the message still appears in the log, repeat the steps to use the next recent backup until Auto Deploy works without database errors. Problems if You Upgrade vCenter Server But Do Not Upgrade Auto Deploy Server When you upgrade vCenter Server, you can upgrade the Auto Deploy Server at the same time. If you postpone the update, problems with the vSphere HA agent might result. Problem When you upgrade vCenter Server, vCenter Server replaces the vSphere HA agent (vmware-fdm) version 5.0 with vSphere HA agent version 5.1 or later on each ESXi host. On hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy, the replacement is not permanent because no state is on the host. If vCenter Server is not available, the ESXi hosts do not have the correct vSphere HA agent and cannot join a cluster. Cause The Auto Deploy 5.0 server does not automatically upgrade the FDM VIB to version 5.1 or later. Unless you create a new image that includes the VIB, Auto Deploy reverts to the FDM VIB version 5.0 after reboot. Solution Upgrade the Auto Deploy server. If you cannot upgrade the Auto Deploy server, you can use Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlets included with vSphere PowerCLI to create an ESXi 5.0 image profile that includes the new vmware-fdm VIB. You can supply your hosts with that image profile. 1 At the PowerCLI prompt, add the ESXi 5.0 software depot and add the software depot that contains the new vmware-fdm VIB. Add-EsxSoftwareDepot C:PathVMware-Esxi-5.0.0-buildnumber-depot.zip Add-EsxSoftwareDepot http://vcenter_server/vSphere-HA-depot 2 Create a rule that assigns the new image profile to your hosts, and add the rule to the ruleset. New-DeployRule -Name "Rule Name" -Item "ImageName" -Pattern "my host pattern" Add-DeployRule -DeployRule "Rule Name" Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 209
- 210. 3 Perform a test-and-repair compliance operation for the hosts to permanently include the vSphere HA agent on the hosts. $result = Test-DeployRuleSetCompliance Host_list Repair-DeployRuleSetCompliance -TestResult $result Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup A proof of concept setup of an Auto Deploy environment helps administrators to evaluate the product and demonstrate its capabilities to management. When you complete the proof of concept setup workflow, you have a working Auto Deploy environment that includes a reference host and one or more other target hosts. The proof of concept setup is intended for a test or development environment, but your completed setup can be the basis for a production environment. The set of tasks starts in an environment in which no Auto Deploy components are installed. The task descriptions assume that you are using a flat network with no VLAN tagging between the physical hosts and the rest of your environment. To perform the tasks, you should have the following background knowledge and privileges. n Experience with vSphere (vCenter Server, ESX, and ESXi). n Basic knowledge of Microsoft PowerShell and vSphere PowerCLI. n Administrator rights to the target Windows and vCenter Server systems. Follow the tasks in the order presented in this document. Some steps can be performed in a different order, but the order used here limits repeated manipulation of some components. You can set up a mixed-mode environment that includes an IPv6 vCenter Server. The Auto Deploy server must have an IPv4 address because PXE booting is supported only with IPv4. Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist Before you can start the proof of concept setup, make sure that your environment meets the hardware and software requirements and that you have the necessary permissions for the components that are included in the setup. You need the following hardware and software for your proof of concept setup. n vCenter Server 5.1 or later is installed on a Windows system. In this proof of concept setup, you install the Auto Deploy server and the vSphere PowerCLI on the host on which the vCenter Server is running. You perform many of the setup tasks by logging in to that host, either directly into the console or by using Remote Desktop (RDP). n Datacenter, clusters, and folders configured on the vCenter Server system. n At least 4GB of free space on the vCenter Server system. Preferably a second volume or hard drive. n Storage for ESXi datastores (NFS, iSCSI, or FibreChannel), with servers and storage arrays that are configured so the servers can see the LUNs. n List of target IP addresses for NFS or iSCSi. n List of target volume information for NFS or iSCSI. n Two or more hosts to be provisioned with Auto Deploy, and the following information for each host. n List of MAC addresses for each physical NIC. n List of IP addresses and fully qualified host names preassigned for target ESXi installs. n Default route, netmask, and primary and secondary DNS server IP addresses. n IP address and netmask for the VMkernel primary (management) network. vSphere Installation and Setup 210 VMware, Inc.
- 211. n IP address and netmask for other VMkernel networks such as storage, vSphere FT, or VMware vMotion. Auto Deploy does not overwrite existing partitions by default. n vSphere installer (DVD or ISO). n Window 7 or Windows Server 2008 system with Microsoft PowerShell preinstalled. n vSphere PowerCLI installer binaries downloaded from the Downloads page on the VMware Web site. n Location of the ESXi software depot on the Downloads page of the VMware Web site. You will use a URL to point to the image profile stored at that location or download a ZIP file to work with a local depot. Do not download the ESXi image. n TFTP installer software such as WinAgents TFTP server. The TFTP server included in Windows 2008 is closely tied to Windows network deployment and is not suitable. n DHCP server. The DHCP server included with Windows 2008 is suitable for this proof of concept setup. You also need information about and administrator privileges to the environment's core servers including the ActiveDirectory server, DNS server, DHCP server, NTP server, and so on. You must have complete control of the broadcast domain of the subnet in which you will deploy the setup. Ensure that no other DHCP, DNS, or TFTP server are on this subnet. Install the TFTP Server Auto Deploy relies on a TFTP server for sending the boot image to the hosts that it provisions. You must install a TFTP server in your environment. This task only installs the TFTP server. You later download a configuration file to the server. See “Configure the Auto Deploy and TFTP Environment in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 216. Prerequisites Make sure your system meets the requirements in the Preinstallation Checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. Procedure 1 Log in to the console of the Windows system on which vCenter Server is installed with administrator privileges, either directly or by using RDP. 2 Download and install the TFTP server software. This sample setup uses the TFTP server from WinAgents. The TFTP server that is included with Windows 2008 is closely tied to Windows network deployment and not suitable for Auto Deploy. 3 Configure the TFTP root directory as D:Drive or a similar location (for example, D:TFTP_Root). What to do next Install and set up vSphere PowerCLI. You use PowerCLI cmdlets to write the rules that assign image profiles and host profiles to hosts. See “Install and Set Up vSphere PowerCLI,” on page 211. Install and Set Up vSphere PowerCLI You manage Auto Deploy with rules that you create with vSphere PowerCLI cmdlets. This proof of concept setup installs vSphere PowerCLI on the same system as the vCenter Server system. You can also install PowerCLI on a different Windows system. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 211
- 212. Prerequisites n Verify that Microsoft .NET 2.0 is installed, or install it from the Microsoft Web site following the instructions on that Web site. n Verify that Microsoft Powershell 2.0 is installed, or install it from the Microsoft website following the instructions on that Web site. PowerShell 2.0 is preinstalled on Windows 2008 and Windows 7 systems. Procedure 1 Log in to the console of the Windows system on which vCenter Server is installed with administrator privileges, either directly by using RDP. 2 Open a command prompt and type the following commands in sequence, pressing Enter after each line. powershell Set-ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned Exit 3 Download vSphere PowerCLI from the Download page of the VMware Web site and install the vSphere PowerCLI software. 4 Confirm that PowerCLI is working. a Double-click the PowerCLI icon on the desktop to open a PowerCLI window. b Ignore the SSL error, type Get-DeployCommand, and press Enter. PowerCLI displays a list of cmdlets and their definitions in the PowerCLI window. What to do next n If you do not see a list of cmdlets when you run Get-DeployCommand, check your PowerCLI version and uninstall and reinstall if necessary. n For some background information on PowerCLI, see “Using Auto Deploy Cmdlets,” on page 168. See the vSphere PowerCLI documentation set for details. n Prepare the hosts you want to provision with Auto Deploy. See “Prepare Auto Deploy Target Hosts,” on page 212. Prepare Auto Deploy Target Hosts You must prepare all target hosts for Auto Deploy. Prerequisites Hosts that you want to provision with Auto Deploy must meet the requirements for ESXi. See “ESXi Hardware Requirements,” on page 13. NOTE You cannot provision EFI hosts with Auto Deploy unless you switch the EFI system to BIOS compatibility mode. Procedure 1 Change each physical host's BIOS settings to force the host to boot from the primary network device. 2 Reconfirm the MAC address of the primary network device. What to do next Prepare the DHCP Server. See “Prepare the DHCP Server,” on page 213. vSphere Installation and Setup 212 VMware, Inc.
- 213. Prepare the DHCP Server The DHCP Server in your proof of concept environment must be set up to serve each target host with an iPXE binary. The proof of concept environment uses Active Directory with DNS and DHCP. The proof of concept illustrates how to use DHCP reservations. Setting up fixed IP addresses for each host is time consuming and not recommended. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 Log in to your DHCP Server as an administrator user. 2 Create a DHCP scope for your IP address range. a Click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools and click DHCP. b Drill down to DHCP > hostname > IPv4, right click, and click New Scope. c Click Next on the Welcome screen and specify a name and description for the scope. d Specify an IP address range and click Next. e Click Next until you reach the Configure DHCP Options screen and select No, I will configure this option later. 3 If you are planning on using DHCP reservations, create a DHCP reservation for each target ESXi host. a In the DHCP window, drill down to DHCP > hostname > IPv4 > Autodeploy Scope > Reservations. b Right-click Reservations and select New Reservation. c In the New Reservation window, specify a name, IP address, and the MAC address for one of the hosts. Do not include the colon (:) in the MAC address. d Repeat the process for each of the other hosts. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 213
- 214. 4 Set up the DHCP Server to point the hosts to the TFTP Server. The precise process depends on the DHCP Server you are using. This example uses the DHCP server included with Windows 2008. a In the DHCP window, drill down to DHCP > hostname > IPv4 > Autodeploy Scope > Scope Options. b Right click Scope Options and choose Configure Options. c In the Scope Options window, click the General tab. d Click 066 Boot Server Host Name and enter the address of the TFTP server that you installed in the String value field below the Available Options. e Click 067 Bootfile Name and enter undionly.kpxe.vmw-hardwired. The undionly.kpxe.vmw-hardwired iPXE binary will be used to boot the ESXi hosts. f Click Apply and click OK to close the window. 5 In the DHCP window, right-click DHCP > hostname > IPv4 > Scope > Activate and click Activate. 6 Do not log out from the DHCP Server if you are using Active Directory for DHCP and DNS, or log out otherwise. What to do next Prepare the DNS Server. See “Prepare the DNS Server,” on page 214. Prepare the DNS Server Preparing the DNS server involves adding the DHCP information to the DNS server and verifying that the DNS entries are working. This task is optional. The example environment uses Active Directory with DNS and DHCP. Prerequisites Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 Log in to the DNS server. 2 Add the DHCP reservation IP addresses and the associated host names as static DNS entries. Be sure to add entries in both Forward (ARecord) and Reverse (PTR Record) Zones. vSphere Installation and Setup 214 VMware, Inc.
- 215. 3 Log in to the console of the Windows system on which vCenter Server is installed with administrator privileges, either directly or by using RDP. 4 Open a command prompt and perform an nslookup of ESXi host names to validate that the DNS entries are working. Use both forward (Short and FQDN) and reverse lookups. 5 Log out of your DNS server. What to do next Install the Auto Deploy Server software. See “Install Auto Deploy Server Software,” on page 215. Install Auto Deploy Server Software Auto Deploy server software is included with the vCenter Server installation media. This proof of concept setup installs the Auto Deploy server on the system on which vCenter Server is installed. Auto Deploy is supported only if you are using the same version of Auto Deploy and the vCenter Server system. For example, if you are using vCenter Server 5.5, install Auto Deploy server 5.5. If you have an Auto Deploy 5.0 server installed and you cannot upgrade the Auto Deploy server, see “Problems if You Upgrade vCenter Server But Do Not Upgrade Auto Deploy Server,” on page 209. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 Log in to the console of the Windows system on which vCenter Server is installed with administrator privileges, either directly or by using RDP. 2 Secure the installation media for the Auto Deploy server software. vCenter Server type Action Virtual Download the vSphere installer CD ISO image and place the ISO on a data store the vCenter Server can access. Physical Download the vSphere installer CD ISO image and burn it to disk. 3 Make the ISO available to the vCenter Server. vCenter Server type Action Virtual Attach the CD-ROM drive to the ISO, either by using the ESXi or from the datastore. Physical Insert the DVD into the physical server's drive. 4 Run Autoplay on the DVD. 5 Select Auto Deploy Server and click Install. 6 When the installer wizard prompts you for the Repository Location, browse to the volume or hard drive that has enough storage for Auto Deploy use and select that location. Network shares are not an option when you install Auto Deploy. 7 Leave the defaults for everything else. 8 When the installer prompts you for credentials, use your vCenter Server administrator credentials. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 215
- 216. What to do next n Request access to a vSphere Web Client that can access the vCenter Server system that will manage the Auto Deploy server. n Configure the Auto Deploy and TFTP environment. See “Configure the Auto Deploy and TFTP Environment in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 216. Configure the Auto Deploy and TFTP Environment in the vSphere Web Client You must download a FTP Boot ZIP file from your Auto Deploy server. The customized FTP server serves the boot images that Auto Deploy provides. You can perform the task in the vSphere Web Client. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 From your Web browser, access the URL of the vSphere Web Client that connects to the vCenter Server system which manages the Auto Deploy Server. 2 When the Certificate warning appears continue to the vCenter Server system. 3 In the inventory, drill down to the vCenter Server system. 4 Click the Manage tab, select Settings, and click Auto Deploy. 5 Click Download TFTP Boot Log to download the TFTP configuration file. 6 Save the file (Deploy-tftp.zip) to the TFTP_Root directory that you created when you installed the TFTP Server and unzip the file into that directory. 7 Minimize the Web browser you are using with the vSphere Web Client. What to do next Prepare the depot from which Auto Deploy retrieves the ESXi software when it provisions the hosts. See “Prepare the ESXi Software Depot,” on page 217. vSphere Installation and Setup 216 VMware, Inc.
- 217. Prepare the ESXi Software Depot Auto Deploy provisions hosts with images described by image profiles. Image profiles are stored in software depots. You must make sure the correct image profile is available before you start provisioning hosts. The ESXi software depot contains the image profiles and software packages (VIBs) that are used to run ESXi. An image profile is a list of VIBs. This proof of concept setup uses a depot and image profile provided by VMware and does not create custom image profiles. This proof of concept setup downloads the ZIP file that contains the image profile. You can instead point the Auto Deploy server to the HTTP URL of an image profile. If you require custom VIBs such as custom drivers in your image profile, you can create a custom image profile by using the Image Builder PowerCLI. The steps in this task instruct you to run PowerCLI cmdlets. For additional information on each cmdlet, type Help cmdlet at the PowerCLI prompt or search the vSphere Documentation Center. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 Log in to the console of the Windows system on which vCenter Server is installed with administrator privileges, either directly or by using RDP. 2 Download the ESXi Depot ZIP file from the VMware Web site to a location the PowerCLI Windows system can access. The file has a name that follows this pattern: VMware-Esxi-N.N.N-xxxxx-depot.zip. 3 Save the ZIP file to your local D: drive or any volume with enough space and note the location of the file. 4 Start a PowerCLI session and run the following cmdlets at the prompt. Connect-VIServer -Server your_vc_hostname -User username -Password password <Enter> Add-EsxSoftwareDepot path:VMware-Esxi-version-xxxxx-depot.zip <Enter> Include the complete path and file name of the ZIP file you downloaded. 5 Validate that you successfully added the ZIP file to the depot by checking the contents of the depot with the Get-EsxImageProfile cmdlet. Get-EsxImageProfile <Enter> The cmdlet returns information about all image profiles in the depot. What to do next Set up Auto Deploy to provision the first host and provision that host with the image profile in the depot. See “Set Up the First Host and Provision with Auto Deploy,” on page 218. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 217
- 218. Set Up the First Host and Provision with Auto Deploy Setting up the first host requires that you understand how to write Auto Deploy rules with vSphere PowerCLI. After you write the rules and add them to the ruleset, you can turn on the host to provision it. You use the PowerCLI command-line interface to specify how Auto Deploy provisions the target hosts. You define rules and add each rule to the active ruleset. The Auto Deploy server checks the ruleset to determine which image profile to send to each ESXi host, which host profile to send to each ESXi host, and which location on the vCenter Server to place the host in. A rule allows you to specify the following parameters. Parameter Description Name Name of the rule, specified with the -Name parameter. Item One or more items, specified with the -Item parameter. An item can be an image profile to be used, a host profile to be used, or a vCenter Server inventory location (datacenter, folder, cluster) for the target host. You can specify multiple items separated by commas. Pattern The pattern specifies the host or group of hosts to which the rule applies. Choose one of the following. vendor Machine vendor name. model Machine model name. serial Machine serial number. hostname Machine hostname. domain Domain name. ipv4 IPv4 address of the machine. mac Boot NIC MAC address. asset Machine asset tag. oemstring OEM-specific strings in the SMBIOS. Specify -AllHosts to apply the item or items to all hosts. This proof of concept setup first uses -AllHosts and later uses an IP address range to identify the hosts to provision. Write Rules for the First Host You specify the image profile to provision the host with by using PowerCLI to write a rule and adding the rule to the active ruleset. This task assumes you have a basic knowledge of Microsoft PowerShell and vSphere PowerCLI. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. n Make sure you can access the ESXi software from the system on which you run the PowerCLI cmdlets. vSphere Installation and Setup 218 VMware, Inc.
- 219. Procedure 1 Log in to the console of the Windows system on which vCenter Server is installed with administrator privileges, either directly or by using RDP. This task assumes that you installed PowerCLI on the system on which the vCenter Server system is running. 2 Open the PowerCLI window and list the ESXi image profiles. Get-EsxImageProfile 3 Create a new rule by running the following cmdlet, replacing ESXi-5.1.0-XXXXX-standard with the image profile that you want to use. New-DeployRule -Name "InitialBootRule" -Item "Esxi-5.1.0-XXXXX-standard" -AllHosts 4 Add the new rule to the active rule set to make the rule available to the Auto Deploy server. Add-DeployRule -DeployRule "InitialBootRule" What to do next Boot the host and check that Auto Deploy provisions the host and adds it to the vCenter Server inventory. See “Provision the First Host,” on page 219. Provision the First Host You can provision the first host and check its location on the vCenter Server to complete verification of the image provisioning of your setup. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 Open a console session to the physical host that you want to use as the first ESXi target host, boot the host, and look for messages that indicate a successful iPXE boot. During the boot process, DHCP assigns an IP address to the host. The IP address matches a name you specified earlier in the DNS server. The host contacts the Auto Deploy server and downloads the ESXi binaries from the HTTP URL indicated in the iPXE tramp file that you downloaded into the TFTP_Root directory earlier. Each instance of Auto Deploy produces a custom set of files for the TFTP Server. 2 With a vSphere Web Client and connect to the vCenter Server system. In this proof of concept setup, the vCenter Server system is localhost. 3 Click Hosts and Clusters. 4 Check that the newly provisioned host is now in the vCenter Server inventory at the datacenter level. By default, Auto Deploy adds hosts at the datacenter level when the boot process completes. What to do next If you encounter problems, see “Troubleshooting Auto Deploy,” on page 203. Configure the first host for use as a reference host and save its host profile for use with other hosts. See “Configure the Proof of Concept Reference Host,” on page 220. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 219
- 220. Configure the Proof of Concept Reference Host You can customize the first ESXi host that you boot for your environment and create a host profile. You can set up Auto Deploy to provision other target hosts with that host profile. The ESXi host you create the host profile from is considered your reference host or template host. How you configure the reference host depends on what you want to do. Shared settings Specify settings that all hosts share and save a host profile for the host. Host-specific settings Customize hosts by setting up the host profile to prompt for user input for a limited number of options such as a static IP address. Host customizations are saved when you save the host profile. See “Host Customization in the vSphere Web Client,” on page 195. Auto Deploy applies all common settings from the host profile to all target hosts. If you set up the host profile to ask for user input, all hosts provisioned with that host profile come up in maintenance mode. You must reapply the host profile or reset host customizations to be prompted for the host-specific information. NOTE Administrators cannot directly access or manipulate host customizations. Use the vSphere Web Client Host Profiles UI to work with host customizations. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 Use the vSphere Web Client to connect to the vCenter Server system. In this proof of concept setup, the vCenter Server system is localhost. 2 Click Hosts and Clusters and select the host that Auto Deploy added to the first datacenter. 3 Configure the host. The rest of the proof of concept setup assumes that you configure at least one setting that is different for different hosts. Configuration Description Networking Configure the following networking components. n Base virtual switch and management port group for VMkernel. n Storage network port group for VMkernel. n Virtual machine networking port group. n Any additional virtual switches and port groups. n Distributed switches, if necessary (transfer port groups to distributed switches if you use them). Storage Configure shared storage. Time settings Configure your time settings. Security Configure the security profile. Authentication Configure authentication. DNS and routing If necessary, configure DNS and route settings. Other Configure advanced settings or any other settings as required in the target environment. vSphere Installation and Setup 220 VMware, Inc.
- 221. What to do next Create the host profile from the reference host for use with all other target hosts. See the Host Profiles documentation. Create and Apply a Host Profile with the vSphere Web Client Configuration that is shared by a group of hosts is stored in a host profile. You can create the host profile from your reference host. Configuration that differs for different hosts, such as a static IP address, can be managed through the ahost customization mechanism. Auto Deploy can provision each host with the same host profile. In certain cases, Auto Deploy also uses host customizations that allow you to specify information that differs for different hosts. For example, if you set up a VMkernel port for vMotion or for storage, you can specify a static IP address for the port by using the host customization mechanism. In this example, you extract a host profile from a reference host, attach the host profile to one other host, and check host profile compliance. In most cases, you do not perform these tasks manually but you write an Auto Deploy rule that applies a host profile to hosts that are provisioned with Auto Deploy. See “Assign a Host Profile to Hosts,” on page 172. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 Log in to a vSphere Web Client that is connected to the vCenter Server system with administrator privileges. 2 Click Rules and Profiles and select Host Profiles. 3 Click the Extract profile from host icon and respond to the wizard prompts. Option Description Select Host Select the reference host you configured earlier. Name and Description Name the profile ESXiGold and add a description. Ready to Complete Review the information and click Finish. 4 Right-click the ESXiGold host profile, select Attach/Detach Hosts and Clusters. 5 Select the ESXi host to which you want to attach the profile, click Attach, and click Next. The wizard loads the host customization. 6 Provide any customization information and click Finish. What to do next Create a rule that assigns the image profile and the newly-created host profile to all hosts you want to provision with Auto Deploy. See “Create a Rule for Other Target Hosts,” on page 221. Create a Rule for Other Target Hosts You can create a rule that applies the previously verified image profile and the host profile that you just created to all target hosts. This task assumes you have a basic knowledge of Microsoft PowerShell and vSphere PowerCLI. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 221
- 222. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. Procedure 1 Log in to the console of the Windows system on which vCenter Server is installed with administrator privileges, either directly or by using RDP. 2 Start a PowerCLI session and type the following commands, followed by Enter, at the prompt. Connect-VIServer -Server your_vc_hostname -User username -Password password Add-EsxSoftwareDepot path:VMware-Esxi-version-xxxxx-depot.zip Include the complete path and file name of the ZIP file you downloaded earlier. Adding the software depot is required each time you start a new PowerCLI session. 3 (Optional) To display the rules in the active ruleset type he following cmdlet at the prompt and press Enter. Get-DeployRuleset 4 To create a rule that instructs Auto Deploy to provision the set of hosts in the specified IP range with the image you selected and with the host profile you created from the reference host, type the following command and press Enter. New-DeployRule -name "Production01Rule" -item "image_profile", ESXiGold,target_cluster - Pattern "ipv4=IP_range" Option Description image_profile The ESXi image profile you used in the first deploy rule. target_cluster Name of the cluster in vCenter Server to which you want to add all hosts. IP_range Either a single IP address or a range of IP addresses for the hosts you want to provision with the image profile and host profile. When you specify a target cluster, the host profile is applied to all hosts in the cluster. Applying the host profile to each host is not required. 5 Add the new rule to the active ruleset. Add-DeployRule -DeployRule "Production01Rule" <Enter> 6 (Optional) Remove the deploy rule you created for the initial boot operation. Remove-DeployRule -DeployRule InitialBootRule <Enter> 7 Check the active rule set. Get-DeployRuleset<Enter> PowerCLI displays information similar to the following example. Name: Production01Rule PatternList: {ipv4=address_range} ItemList: {ESXi-version-XXXXXX-standard, Compute01, ESXiGold} What to do next Provision all hosts and set up host customizations for each host. See “Provision All Hosts and Set Up Host Customizations,” on page 223. vSphere Installation and Setup 222 VMware, Inc.
- 223. Provision All Hosts and Set Up Host Customizations With the rule in place that provisions hosts using an image profile, and with the host profile created from the reference host available, you can provision all target hosts. If any host profile items are set to prompt the user for input, the host comes up in maintenance mode. You apply the host profile or check host compliance to be prompted for the information. The system associates the host customization with the host. Prerequisites n Make sure your system meets the requirements in the preinstallation checklist. See “Proof of Concept Preinstallation Checklist,” on page 210. n Perform all preceding proof of concept setup tasks. See “Auto Deploy Proof of Concept Setup,” on page 210 for the complete list. n Open a console to each host you want to provision to monitor boot progress. Procedure 1 Boot the remaining hosts. Auto Deploy boots the hosts, applies the host profile, and adds the hosts to the vCenter Server inventory. The hosts remain in maintenance mode because the host profile from the reference host is set up to require user input for each host. 2 With a vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server system. 3 Click Home and select Host Profiles. 4 In the panel on the left, select the ESXiGold profile and add the newly booted hosts to that profile. 5 Apply the host profile to each of the hosts, provide the user input information, and reboot each host. When the reboot progress completes, all hosts are running with the image you specify and use the configuration in the reference host profile. The cluster shows that all hosts are fully compliant. All hosts are now configured with the shared information through the reference host profile and with the host-specific information through the host customization mechanism. The next time you boot the hosts, they retrieve that information and boot completely. What to do next With your proof of concept implementation completed successfully, you can start planning your production setup. Using vSphere ESXi Image Builder CLI The ESXi Image Builder CLI is a set of PowerCLI cmdlets that you can use to manage vSphere image profiles and VIB packages, such as driver VIBs and update VIBs. You can also use Image Builder cmdlets to export an image profile to an ISO or offline depot ZIP file that you can use to install ESXi with a customized set of updates, patches, and drivers. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 223
- 224. Understanding Image Builder You can use the vSphere ® ESXi™ Image Builder CLI to manage software depots, image profiles, and software packages (VIBs). Image profiles and VIBs specify the software you want to use during installation or upgrade of an ESXi host. Image Builder Overview The Image Builder PowerCLI supports management of vSphere image profiles and VIBs. You can manage VIBs and image profiles with vSphere Image Builder. VIBs are software packages, and image profiles specify a set of software packages. See “Software Depots and Their Components,” on page 225. You use Image Builder cmdlets for managing the software to deploy to your ESXi hosts in several different scenarios. Create image profiles for use by Auto Deploy. Use Image Builder to create an image profile that defines the VIBs that Auto Deploy uses to provision hosts. Add custom third-party drivers to existing image profile and export to ISO or bundle. To add third-party driver or extension custom VIBs to your ESXi hosts, use Image builder to clone the base image provided by VMware, add the custom VIBs, and export to ISO or to offline bundle ZIP file. Perform upgrades. If you upgrade from a 4.0 or 4.1 system that includes custom extensions or drivers, you can use Image Builder to create an image profile that includes the vSphere 5 base VIB. You can create vSphere 5 VIBs for the custom extensions and add those VIBs to the base VIB. Export the custom image profile to an ISO you can install or to a ZIP that you can use with vSphere Update Manager. Create custom images with reduced footprint. Some customers require a minimal footprint image. These customers can clone the ESXi base image profile and remove VIBs using Image Builder. The Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlets take image profiles and VIBs as input and produce different outputs. Input. Image profiles and VIBs that are located in a software depot are used as input to PowerCLI cmdlets running on a Windows client. Output. PowerCLI cmdlets create custom image profiles that can be exported to ISO or an offline depot ZIP file. ISO images are used for installation. The ZIP depot can be used by vSphere Update Manager or by esxcli software commands to update or install images. Image profiles are also used in vSphere Auto Deploy rules to specify the software to provision ESXi hosts with. vSphere Installation and Setup 224 VMware, Inc.
- 225. Figure 7‑6. Image Builder Architecture vSphere Auto deploy vSphere Update Manager esxcli ZIP ISO Windows client Image Builder PowerCLI VIB image profile 1 depot image profile 2 user-created image profile VIB Software Depots and Their Components Understanding how depots, profiles, and VIBs are structured and where you can use them is a prerequisite for in-memory installation of a custom ESXi ISO, for provisioning ESXi hosts using vSphere Auto Deploy, and for certain custom upgrade operations. The following technical terms are used throughout the vSphere documentation set in discussions of installation and upgrade tasks. VIB A VIB is an ESXi software package. VMware and its partners package solutions, drivers, CIM providers, and applications that extend the ESXi platform as VIBs. VIBs are available in software depots. You can use VIBs to create and customize ISO images or to upgrade ESXi hosts by installing VIBs asynchronously onto the hosts. See “SoftwarePackage Object Properties,” on page 229. Image Profile An image profile defines an ESXi image and consists of VIBs. An image profile always includes a base VIB, and might include more VIBs. You examine and define an image profile using the Image Builder PowerCLI. See “ImageProfile Object Properties,” on page 228. Software Depot A software depot is a collection of VIBs and image profiles. The software depot is a hierarchy of files and folders and can be available through an HTTP URL (online depot) or a ZIP file (offline depot). VMware and VMware partners make depots available. Companies with large VMware installations might create internal depots to provision ESXi hosts with vSphere Auto Deploy, or to export an ISO for ESXi installation. Image Builder PowerCLI Overview Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlets allow you to manage image profiles and VIBs. The Image Builder PowerCLI includes the following cmdlets. NOTE When you run Image Builder cmdlets, provide all parameters on the command line when you invoke the cmdlet. Supplying parameters in interactive mode is not recommended. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 225
- 226. Run Get-Help cmdlet_name at the PowerCLI prompt for detailed reference information. Table 7‑15. Image Builder Cmdlets Cmdlet Description Add-EsxSoftwareDepot Adds the software depot or ZIP file at the specified location to your current environment. Downloads metadata from the depot and analyzes VIBs for dependencies. Remove- EsxSoftwareDepot Disconnects from the specified software depot. Get-EsxSoftwareDepot Returns a list of software depots that are in the current environment. If you want to examine and manage image profiles and VIBs, you must first add the corresponding software depot to your environment. Get- EsxSoftwarePackage Returns a list of software package objects (VIBs). Use this cmdlet's options to filter the results. Get-EsxImageProfile Returns an array of ImageProfile objects from all currently added depots. New-EsxImageProfile Creates a new image profile. In most cases, creating a new profile by cloning an existing profile is recommended. See “Create an Image Profile,” on page 233. Set-EsxImageProfile Modifies a local ImageProfile object and performs validation tests on the modified profile. The cmdlet returns the modified object but does not persist it. Export- EsxImageProfile Exports an image profile as either an ESXi ISO image for ESXi installation, or as a ZIP file. Compare- EsxImageProfile Returns an ImageProfileDiff structure that shows whether the two profiles have the same VIB list and acceptance level. See “Acceptance Levels,” on page 227. Remove- EsxImageProfile Removes the image profile from the software depot. Add- EsxSoftwarePackage Adds one or more new packages (VIBs) to an existing image profile. Remove- EsxSoftwarePackage Removes one or more packages (VIBs) from an image profile. Image Profiles Image profiles define the set of VIBs that an ESXi installation or update process uses. Image profiles apply to hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy and to other ESXi 5.x hosts. You define and manipulate image profiles with the Image Builder PowerCLI. Image Profile Requirements You can create a custom image profile from scratch or clone an existing profile and add or remove VIBs. A profile must meet the following requirements to be valid. n Each image profile must have a unique name and vendor combination. n Each image profile has an acceptance level. When you add a VIB to an image profile with an Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlet, Image Builder checks that the VIB matches the acceptance level defined for the profile. n You cannot remove VIBs that are required by other VIBs. n You cannot include two versions of the same VIB in an image profile. When you add a new version of a VIB, the new version replaces the existing version of the VIB. Image Profile Validation An image profile and its VIBs must meet several criteria to be valid. n Image profiles must contain at least one base VIB and one bootable kernel module. vSphere Installation and Setup 226 VMware, Inc.
- 227. n If any VIB in the image profile depends on another VIB, that other VIB must also be included in the image profile. VIB creators store that information in the SoftwarePackage object's Depends property. n VIBs must not conflict with each other. VIB creators store conflict information in the SoftwarePackage object's Conflicts property. n Two VIBs with the same name, but two different versions, cannot coexist. When you add a new version of a VIB, the new version replaces the existing version of the VIB. n No acceptance level validation issues exist. When you make a change to an image profile, Image Builder checks that the change does not invalidate the profile. Dependency Validation When you add or remove a VIB, Image Builder checks that package dependencies are met. Each SoftwarePackage object includes a Depends property that specifies a list of other VIBs that VIB depends on. See “Structure of ImageProfile, SoftwarePackage, and ImageProfileDiff Objects,” on page 228 Acceptance Level Validation Image Builder performs acceptance level validation each time an image profile is created or changed. Image Builder checks the acceptance level of VIBs in the image profile against the minimum allowed acceptance level of the profile. The acceptance level of the VIB is also validated each time the signature of a VIB is validated. VIB Validation During Export When you export an image profile to an ISO, Image Builder validates each VIB by performing the following actions. n Checks that no conflicts exist by checking the Conflicts property of each SoftwarePackage object. n Performs VIB signature validation. Signature validation prevents unauthorized modification of VIB packages. The signature is a cryptographic checksum that guarantees that a VIB was produced by its author. Signature validation also happens during installation of VIBs on an ESXi host and when the Auto Deploy server uses VIBs. n Checks that VIBs follow file path usage rules. VMware tests VMwareCertified and VMwareAccepted VIBs to guarantee those VIBs always follow file path usage rules. Acceptance Levels Each VIB is released with an acceptance level that cannot be changed. The host acceptance level determines which VIBs can be installed to a host. You can change the host acceptance levels with esxcli commands. VMware supports the following acceptance levels. VMwareCertified The VMwareCertified acceptance level has the most stringent requirements. VIBs with this level go through thorough testing fully equivalent to VMware in-house Quality Assurance testing for the same technology. Today, only IOVP drivers are published at this level. VMware takes support calls for VIBs with this acceptance level. VMwareAccepted VIBs with this acceptance level go through verification testing, but the tests do not fully test every function of the software. The partner runs the tests and VMware verifies the result. Today, CIM providers and PSA plugins are among the VIBs published at this level. VMware directs support calls for VIBs with this acceptance level to the partner's support organization. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 227
- 228. PartnerSupported VIBs with the PartnerSupported acceptance level are published by a partner that VMware trusts. The partner performs all testing. VMware does not verify the results. This level is used for a new or nonmainstream technology that partners want to enable for VMware systems. Today, driver VIB technologies such as Infiniband, ATAoE, and SSD are at this level with nonstandard hardware drivers. VMware directs support calls for VIBs with this acceptance level to the partner's support organization. CommunitySupported The Community Supported acceptance level is for VIBs created by individuals or companies outside of VMware partner programs. VIBs at this level have not gone through any VMware-approved testing program and are not supported by VMware Technical Support or by a VMware partner. Structure of ImageProfile, SoftwarePackage, and ImageProfileDiff Objects In some situations, knowing the structure of ImageProfile, SoftwarePackage, and ImageProfileDiff objects helps you manage deployment and upgrade processes. ImageProfile Object Properties The ImageProfile object, which is accessible with the Get-EsxImageProfile PowerCLI cmdlet, has the following properties. Name Type Description AcceptanceLevel AcceptanceLevel Determines which VIBs you can add to the profile. Levels are VMwareCertified, VMwareAccepted, PartnerSupported, and CommunitySupported. See “Acceptance Levels,” on page 227. Author System.String Person who created the profile. 60 characters or fewer. CreationTime System.DateTime Timestamp of creation time. Description System.String Full text description of profile. No length limit. GUID System.String Globally unique ID of the image profile. ModifiedTime System.DateTime Timestamp of last modification time. Name System.String Name of the image profile. 80 characters or fewer. ReadOnly System.Boolean When set to true, the profile cannot be edited. Use Set-EsxImageProfile - Readonly to make your custom image profiles read only. Rules ImageProfileRule[] Displays any OEM hardware requirements that the image profile might have. Auto Deploy checks this property when deploying an image profile and deploys the profile if matching hardware is available. Vendor System.String Organization that publishes the profile. 40 characters or fewer. VibList SoftwarePackage[] List of VIB IDs the image consists of. vSphere Installation and Setup 228 VMware, Inc.
- 229. SoftwarePackage Object Properties When preparing an image profile, you can examine software packages to decide which packages are suitable for inclusion. The SoftwarePackage object has the following properties. Name Type Description AcceptanceLevel AcceptanceLevel Acceptance level of this VIB. Conflicts SoftwareConstraint[] List of VIBs that cannot be installed at the same time as this VIB. Each constraint uses the following format: package-name[<<|<=|=|>=|<< version] Depends SoftwareConstraint[] List of VIBs that must be installed at the same time as this VIB. Same constraint format as Conflicts property. Description System.String Long description of the VIB. Guid System.String Unique ID for the VIB. LiveInstallOk System.Boolean True if live installs of this VIB are supported. LiveRemoveOk System.Boolean True if live removals of this VIB are supported. MaintenanceMode System.Boolean True if hosts must be in maintenance mode for installation of this VIB. Name System.String Name of the VIB. Usually uniquely describes the package on a running ESXi system. Provides SoftwareProvides List of virtual packages or interfaces this VIB provides. See “SoftwareProvide Object Properties,” on page 231. ReferenceURLs SupportReference[] List of SupportReference objects with in-depth support information. The SupportReference object has two properties, Title and URL, both of type System.String. Replaces SoftwareConstraint[] List of SoftwareConstraint objects that identify VIBs that repliace this VIB or make it obsolete. VIBs automatically replace VIBs with the same name but lower versions. ReleaseDate System.DateTime Date and time of VIB publication or release. SourceUrls System.String[] List of source URLs from which this VIB can be downloaded. StatelessReady System.Boolean True if the package supports host profiles or other technologies that make it suitable for use in conjunction with vSphere Auto Deploy. Summary System.String One-line summary of the VIB. Tags System.String[] An array of string tags for this package defined by the vendor or publisher. Tags can be used to identify characteristics of a package. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 229
- 230. Name Type Description Vendor System.String VIB vendor or publisher. Version System.String VIB version. VersionObject Software.Version The VersionObject property is of type SoftwareVersion. The SoftwareVersion class implements a static Compare method to compare two versions of strings. See “SoftwareVersion Object Properties,” on page 230 ImageProfileDiff Object Properties When you run the Compare-EsxImageProfile cmdlet, you pass in two parameters, first the reference profile, and then the comparison profile. The cmdlet returns an ImageProfileDiff object, which has the following properties. Name Type Description CompAcceptanceLevel System.String Acceptance level for the second profile that you passed to Compare- EsxImageProfile. DowngradeFromRef System.String[] List of VIBs in the second profile that are downgrades from VIBs in the first profile. Equal System.Boolean True if the two image profiles have identical packages and acceptance levels. OnlyInComp System.String List of VIBs found only in the second profile that you passed to Compare- EsxImageProfile. OnlyInRef System.String[] List of VIBs found only in the first profile that you passed to Compare- EsxImageProfile. PackagesEqual System.Boolean True if the image profiles have identical sets of VIB packages. RefAcceptanceLevel System.String Acceptance level for the first profile that you passed to Compare- EsxImageProfile. UpgradeFromRef System.String[] List of VIBs in the second profile that are upgrades from VIBs in the first profile. SoftwareVersion Object Properties The SoftwareVersion object allows you to compare two version strings. The object includes a Compare static methot that accepts two strings as input and returns 1 if the first version string is higher than the second version string. Compare returns 0 if two versions strings are equal. Compare returns -1 if the second version string is higher than the first string. The object has the following properties. vSphere Installation and Setup 230 VMware, Inc.
- 231. Name Type Description Version System.String The part of the version before the hyphen. This part indicates the primary version. Release System.String The part of the version after the hyphen. This part indicates the release version. SoftwareConstraint Object Properties The SoftwareConstraint object implements a MatchesProvide method. The method accepts a SoftwareProvides or SoftwarePackage object as input and returns True if the constraint matches the SoftwareProvide or the SoftwarePackage, or False otherwise. The SoftwareConstraint object also includes the following properties. Name Type Description Name System.String Name of the constraint. This name should match a corresponding SoftwareProvides Name property. Relation System.String An enum, or one of the following comparison indicators: <<, <=, = >=, >>. This property can be $null if the constraint does not have a Relation and Version property. Version System.String The version to match the constraint against. This property can be $null if the constraint does not have a Relation and Version property. VersionObject SoftwareVersion The version represented by a SoftwareVersion object. SoftwareProvide Object Properties The SoftwareProvide object includes the following properties. Name Type Description Name System.String Name of the provide Version System.String Version of the provide. Can be $null if the provide does not specify a version. Release System.String Version of the provide as represented by a SoftwareVersion object. See “SoftwareVersion Object Properties,” on page 230. Image Builder Installation and Usage Image Builder consists of the Image Builder server and the Image Builder PowerShell cmdlets. The Image Builder server starts when your run the first Image Builder cmdlet. Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software Before you can run Image Builder cmdlets, you must install vSphere PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. The Image Builder snap-in is included with the PowerCLI installation. You install Image Builder and prerequisite software on a Microsoft Windows system. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 231
- 232. Procedure 1 Install Microsoft .NET 2.0 from the Microsoft website following the instructions on that website. 2 Install Microsoft PowerShell 2.0. from the Microsoft website following the instructions on that website. 3 Install vSphere PowerCLI, which includes the Image Builder cmdlets. See the vSphere PowerCLI Installation Guide for detailed instructions. What to do next Review “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232.If you are new to PowerCLI, read the PowerCLI documentation. Use Image Builder cmdlets and other PowerCLI cmdlets and PowerShell cmdlets to manage image profiles and VIBs. Use Get-Help cmdlet_name at any time for command-line help. Using Image Builder Cmdlets Image Builder cmdlets are implemented as Microsoft PowerShell cmdlets and included in VMware PowerCLI. Users of Image Builder cmdlets can take advantage of all PowerCLI features. Experienced PowerShell users can use Image Builder cmdlets just like other PowerShell cmdlets. If you are new to PowerShell and PowerCLI, the following tips help you come up to speed. You can type cmdlets, parameters, and parameter values in the PowerCLI shell. n Get help for any cmdlet by running Get-Help cmdlet_name. n Remember that PowerShell is not case sensitive. n Use tab completion for cmdlet names and parameter names. n Format any variable and cmdlet output by using Format-List or Format-Table or their short forms fl or ft. See Get-Help Format-List. Passing Parameters by Name You can pass in parameters by name in most cases and surround parameter values that contain spaces or special characters with double quotes. Add-EsxSoftwarePackage -ImageProfile profile42 -SoftwarePackage "partner package 35" Passing Parameters as Objects You can pass parameters as objects if you want to do scripting and automation. You can use the technique with cmdlets that return multiple objects or with cmdlets that return a single object. 1 Bind the output of a cmdlet that returns multiple objects to a variable. $profs = Get-EsxImageProfile 2 When you run the cmdlet that needs the object as input, access the object by position, with the list starting with 0. Add-EsxSoftwarePackage -ImageProfile $profs[4] -SoftwarePackage partner-pkg The example adds the specified software package to the fifth image profile in the list returned by Get- EsxImageProfile. Most examples in the documentation pass in parameters by name. “Image Builder Workflows,” on page 240 includes examples that pass parameters as objects. vSphere Installation and Setup 232 VMware, Inc.
- 233. Setting Properties to Support Remote Signing For security reasons, Windows PowerShell supports an execution policy feature. It determines whether scripts are allowed to run and whether they must be digitally signed. By default, the execution policy is set to Restricted, which is the most secure policy. If you want to run scripts or load configuration files, you can change the execution policy by using the Set-ExecutionPolicy cmdlet. To do this, type the following in the vSphere PowerCLI console window. Set-ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned If the command is successful, you can run scripts and load configuration files. For more information about the execution policy and digital signing in Windows PowerShell, use the following cmdlet. Get-Help About_Signing Image Builder Common Tasks The Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlets allow you to manipulate software depots, image profiles, and VIBs. Create an Image Profile Cloning a published profile is the easiest way to create a custom image profile. Cloning a profile is especially useful if you want to remove a few VIBs from a profile, or if you want to use hosts from different vendors and want to use the same basic profile, but want to add vendor-specific VIBs. VMware partners or large installations might consider creating a profile from scratch. Administrators performing this task must have some experience with PowerCLI or Microsoft PowerShell. Prerequisites n Install the VMware PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. See “Image Builder Installation and Usage,” on page 231. n Verify that you have access to the software depot that contains the image profile you want to clone. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232. Procedure 1 At the PowerShell prompt, add the depot that contains the profile you want to clone to the current session. Depot Type Cmdlet Remote depot Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url. ZIP file a Download the ZIP file to a local file path. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline- bundle.zip The cmdlet returns one or more SoftwareDepot objects. 2 (Optional) Run the Get-EsxImageProfile cmdlet to find the name of the profile that you want to clone. Get-ESXImageProfile You can use filtering options with Get-EsxImageProfile. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 233
- 234. 3 Run the New-EsxImageProfile cmdlet to create the new profile and use the -CloneProfile parameter to specify the profile you want to clone. New-EsxImageProfile -CloneProfile My_Profile -Name "Test Profile 42" This example clones the profile named My-Profile and assigns it the name Test Profile 42. You must specify a unique combination of name and vendor for the cloned profile. What to do next See “Examining Depot Contents,” on page 240 for some examples of filtering. Customize the image profile by adding or removing VIBs. See “Add VIBs to an Image Profile,” on page 234. Add VIBs to an Image Profile You can add one or more VIBs to an image profile if that image profile is not set to ReadOnly. If the new VIB depends on other VIBs or conflicts with other VIBs in the profile, a message is displayed at the PowerShell prompt and the VIB is not added. You can add VIBs from VMware or from VMware partners to an image profile. If you add VMware VIBs, the Image Builder PowerCLI performs validation. If you add VIBs from two or more OEM partners, no errors are reported but the resulting image profile might not work. Install VIBs from only one OEM vendor at a time. You might be able to add VIBs even if the resulting image profile is invalid. NOTE VMware can support only environments and configurations that have been proven to be stable and fully functional through rigorous and extensive testing. Use only those supported configurations. If you have to go outside of that clearly defined space, use custom VIBs. Custom VIBs lower your host compliance and, as a result, supportability. But you know the changes you made, and can maintain those changes with the custom VIB mechanism. Prerequisites n Install the VMware PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 231. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232. n Administrators performing this task must have some experience with PowerCLI or Microsoft PowerShell. Procedure 1 Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot for each depot you want to work with. Depot Type Cmdlet Remote depot Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url. ZIP file a Download the ZIP file to a local file path. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline- bundle.zip The cmdlet returns one or more SoftwareDepot objects. 2 Run Get-EsxImageProfile to list all image profiles in all currently visible depots. Get-EsxImageProfile The cmdlet returns all available profiles. You can narrow your search by using the optional arguments to filter the output. vSphere Installation and Setup 234 VMware, Inc.
- 235. 3 Clone the profile. New-EsxImageProfile -CloneProfile My_Profile -Name "Test Profile 42" -Vendor "My Vendor" Image profiles published by VMware and its partners are read only. To make changes, you clone the image profile. The vendor parameter is required. 4 Run Add-EsxSoftwarePackage to add a new package to one of the image profile. Add-EsxSoftwarePackage -ImageProfile My_Profile -SoftwarePackage partner-package The cmdlet runs the standard validation tests on the image profile. If validation succeeds, the cmdlet returns a modified, validated image profile. If the VIB that you want to add depends on a different VIB, the cmdlet displays that information and includes the VIB that would resolve the dependency. If the acceptance level of the VIB that you want to add is lower than the image profile acceptance level, an error results. Change the acceptance level of the image profile to add the VIB. 5 (Optional) Change the acceptance level of the image profile if an error about acceptance level problems displays. VIB acceptance levels are set during VIB creation and cannot be changed. The image profile includes the new VIB. Export an Image Profile to ISO or Offline Bundle ZIP You can export an image profile to an ISO image or a ZIP file of component files and folders. You cannot create both by running the cmdlet once. You can use the ISO image as an ESXi installer or upload the ISO into vSphere Update Manager for upgrades. You can use the ZIP file, which contains metadata and the VIBs specified in the image profile, for upgrades to ESXi 5.0 and later. Administrators performing this task must have some experience with PowerCLI or Microsoft PowerShell. Prerequisites n Install the VMware PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 231. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232. Procedure 1 Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot to connect to the depot that contains the image profile to export. Depot Type Cmdlet Remote depot Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url. ZIP file a Download the ZIP file to a local file path. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline- bundle.zip The cmdlet returns one or more SoftwareDepot objects. 2 Run Export-EsxImageProfile to export the image profile. To build... Run... ISO images Export-EsxImageProfile with the -ExportToIso parameter. Offline depot ZIP files Export-EsxImageProfile with the -ExportToBundle parameter. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 235
- 236. For the ISO image, Image Builder validates VIB signatures, adds VIB binaries to the image, and downloads the image to the specified location. For the ZIP file, Image Builder validates VIB signatures and downloads the VIB binaries to the specified location. Example: Exporting an Image Profile to ISO or Offline Bundle Export an image profile to ISO from the PowerCLI prompt. 1 Add the software depot. Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl url_or_file 2 Display all available image profiles to find the name of the image profile to export. Get-EsxImageProfile 3 Export the image profile. Export-EsxImageProfile -ImageProfile "myprofile" -ExportToIso -FilePath iso_name Export an image profile to an offline bundle ZIP from the PowerCLI prompt. 1 Add the software depot. Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl url_or_file 2 Display all available image profiles to find the name of the image profile to export. Get-EsxImageProfile 3 Export the image profile. Export-EsxImageProfile -ImageProfile "myprofile" -ExportToBundle -FilePath C:my_bundle.zip What to do next Use the ISO image in an ESXi installation or upload the ISO image into vSphere Update Manager to perform upgrades. Use the ZIP file to upgrade an ESXi installation. n Import the ZIP file into vSphere Update Manager for use with patch baselines. n Download the ZIP file to an ESXi host or a datastore and run esxcli software vib commands to import the VIBs in the ZIP file. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation. Preserve Image Profiles Across Sessions When you create an image profile and exit the PowerCLI session, the image profile is no longer available when you start a new session. You can export the image profile to a ZIP file software depot, and add that depot in the next session. Prerequisites n Install the VMware PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 231. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232. Procedure 1 In a PowerCLI session, create an image profile, for example by cloning an existing image profile and adding a VIB. vSphere Installation and Setup 236 VMware, Inc.
- 237. 2 Before you exit the session, export the image profile to a ZIP file by calling Export-EsxImageProfile with the ExportToBundle parameter. Export-EsxImageProfile -ImageProfile "my_profile" -ExportToBundle -FilePath "C:isostemp- base-plus-vib25.zip" 3 Exit the PowerCLI session. 4 When you start a new PowerCLI session, you can add the depot to access your image profile. Add-EsxSoftwareDepot "C:isostemp-base-plus-vib25.zip" Working with Acceptance Levels Hosts, image profiles, and individual VIBs have acceptance levels. VIB acceptance levels show tested the VIB. Understanding what each acceptance level implies, how to change levels, and what a change implies is an important part of installation and update procedures. Acceptance levels are set for hosts, image profiles, and individual VIBs. The default acceptance level for an ESXi image or image profile is PartnerSupported. Host acceptance levels The host acceptance level determines which VIBs you can install on a host. You can change a host's acceptance level with ESXCLI commands. By default, ESXi hosts have an acceptance level of PartnerSupported to allow for easy updates with PartnerSupported VIBs. NOTE VMware supports hosts at the PartnerSupported acceptance level. For problems with individual VIBs with PartnerSupported acceptance level, VMware refers you to the partner's support organization. . Image profile acceptance levels The image profile acceptance level is set to the lowest VIB acceptance level in the image profile. If you want to add a VIB with a low acceptance level to an image profile, you can change the image profile acceptance level with the Set-EsxImageProfile cmdlet. See “Set the Image Profile Acceptance Level,” on page 239. The vSphere Update Manager does not display the actual acceptance level. Use Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlets to retrieve the acceptance level information for VIBs and image profiles. VIB acceptance levels A VIB's acceptance level is set when the VIB is created. Only the VIB creator can set the acceptance level. If you attempt to provision a host with an image profile or VIB that has a lower acceptance level than the host, an error results. Change the acceptance level of the host to install the image profile or VIB. See “Change the Host Acceptance Level,” on page 238. Changing the acceptance level of the host changes the system support for that host. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 237
- 238. The acceptance level of a host, image profile, or VIB allows you to determine who tested the VIB and who supports the VIB. VMware supports the following acceptance levels. VMwareCertified The VMwareCertified acceptance level has the most stringent requirements. VIBs with this level go through thorough testing fully equivalent to VMware in-house Quality Assurance testing for the same technology. Today, only IOVP drivers are published at this level. VMware takes support calls for VIBs with this acceptance level. VMwareAccepted VIBs with this acceptance level go through verification testing, but the tests do not fully test every function of the software. The partner runs the tests and VMware verifies the result. Today, CIM providers and PSA plugins are among the VIBs published at this level. VMware directs support calls for VIBs with this acceptance level to the partner's support organization. PartnerSupported VIBs with the PartnerSupported acceptance level are published by a partner that VMware trusts. The partner performs all testing. VMware does not verify the results. This level is used for a new or nonmainstream technology that partners want to enable for VMware systems. Today, driver VIB technologies such as Infiniband, ATAoE, and SSD are at this level with nonstandard hardware drivers. VMware directs support calls for VIBs with this acceptance level to the partner's support organization. CommunitySupported The Community Supported acceptance level is for VIBs created by individuals or companies outside of VMware partner programs. VIBs at this level have not gone through any VMware-approved testing program and are not supported by VMware Technical Support or by a VMware partner. Change the Host Acceptance Level You can lower the host acceptance level to match the acceptance level for a VIB or image profile you want to install. The acceptance level of each VIB on a host must be at least as high as the host acceptance level. For example, you cannot install a VIB with PartnerSupported acceptance level on a host with VMwareAccepted acceptance level. You must first lower the acceptance level of the host. Prerequisites Install vCLI or deploy the vSphere Management Assistant (vMA) virtual machine. See Getting Started with vSphere Command-Line Interfaces. For troubleshooting, run esxcli commands in the ESXi Shell. Procedure 1 Retrieve the acceptance level for the VIB or image profile. Option Description List information for all VIBs. esxcli --server=server_name software sources vib list -- depot=depot_URL List information for a specified VIB. esxcli --server=server_name software sources vib list -- viburl=vib_URL List information for all image profiles. esxcli --server=server_name software sources profile list --depot=depot_URL List information for a specified image profile. esxcli --server=server_name software sources profile get -- depot=depot_URL --profile=profile_name 2 Get the host acceptance level. esxcli --server=server_name software acceptance get vSphere Installation and Setup 238 VMware, Inc.
- 239. 3 If the acceptance level of the VIB is lower than the acceptance level of the host, change the acceptance level of the host. esxcli --server=server_name software acceptance set --level=acceptance_level The value for acceptance_level can be VMwareCertified, VMwareAccepted, PartnerSupported, or CommunitySupported. The values for acceptance_level are case-sensitive. NOTE If the host has a higher acceptance level than the VIB or image profile you want to add, you can run commands in the esxcli software vib or esxcli software profile namespace with the --force option. When you use the --force option, a warning appears because your setup is no longer consistent. The warning is repeated when you install VIBs, remove VIBs, and perform certain other operations on the host that has inconsistent acceptance levels. Set the Image Profile Acceptance Level If you want to add a VIB to an image profile, and the VIB acceptance level is lower than the image profile acceptance level, you can clone the image profile with a lower acceptance level or change the image profile acceptance level. Prerequisites n Install the VMware PowerCLI and all prerequisite software. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 231. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232. Procedure 1 Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot for each depot you want to work with. Depot Type Cmdlet Remote depot Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url. ZIP file a Download the ZIP file to a local file path. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline- bundle.zip. 2 Get the acceptance level for the image profile. Get-EsxImageProfile -Name string 3 Set the acceptance level of the image profile. Set-EsxImageProfile -Name string -AcceptanceLevel level You can specify VMwareCertified, VMwareAccepted, PartnerSupported, or CommunitySupported as an acceptance level. If you lower the acceptance level, the level of support for the image profile and hosts that you provision with it changes. See “Acceptance Levels,” on page 227. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 239
- 240. Image Builder Workflows Image Builder workflows are examples for cmdlet usage. Workflows do not represent actual tasks, but illustrate how you might explore different ways of using a cmdlet. Administrators trying out the workflows benefit from some experience with PowerCLI, Microsoft PowerShell, or both. Examining Depot Contents You can examine software depots and VIBs with Image Builder PowerCLI cmdlets. This workflow illustrates examining depot contents and includes examples of wildcard usage. The workflow itself passes parameters by name, the example below passes parameters as objects by accessing variables. Before you use the cmdlets in this workflow, make sure your environment meets the following requirements. n VMware PowerCLI and prerequisite is software installed. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 231. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232. Examining depot contents is facilitated by the use of filtering options and wildcard characters. 1 At the PowerShell prompt, add the depot that you want to examine to the current session. For remote depots, run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url. For an offline depot ZIP file, you must download the ZIP file first. a Download the ZIP file to a local file path, but do not unzip it. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline-bundle.zip 2 Retrieve image profiles. You can filter by vendor, name and acceptance level. n Get-EsxImageProfiles Returns an array of ImageProfile objects from all depots you added to the session. n Get-EsxImageProfile -Vendor "C*" Returns all image profiles create by a vendor with a name that starts with a C. 3 Retrieve software packages by using Get-EsxSoftwarePackage. You can filter, for example by vendor or version, and you can use the standard PowerShell wildcard characters. n Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -Vendor "V*" Returns all software packages from a vendor with a name that starts with a V. n Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -Vendor "V*" -Name "*scsi*" Returns all software packages with a name that has the string scsi in it from a vendor with a name that starts with a V. n Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -Version "2.0*" Returns all software packages with a version string that starts with a 2.0. vSphere Installation and Setup 240 VMware, Inc.
- 241. 4 Use -Newest to find the newest package. n Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -Vendor "V*" -Newest Returns the newest package for the vendors starting with V and displays the information as a table. n Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -Vendor "V*" -Newest | format-list Pipes the output of the request for software packages to the PowerShell format-list cmdlet and displays detailed information about each software package. 5 Display the list of VIBs in the image profile. (Get-EsxImageProfile -Name "Robin's Profile").VibList VibList is a property of the ImageProfile object. See “Structure of ImageProfile, SoftwarePackage, and ImageProfileDiff Objects,” on page 228. 6 Retrieve software packages released before or after a certain date by using the CreatedBefore or CreatedAfter parameter. Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -CreatedAfter 7/1/2010 Example: Depot Content Examination Using Variables This example workflow examines depot contents by passing in parameters as objects, accessed by position in a variable, instead of passing in parameters by name. You can run the following commands in sequence from the PowerCLI prompt. Replace names with names that are appropriate in your installation. Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -Vendor "V*" Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -Vendor "V*" -Name "r*" Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -Version "2.0*" $ip1 = Get-EsxImageProfile -name ESX-5.0.0-123456-full $ip1.VibList Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -CreatedAfter 7/1/2010 Creating Image Profiles by Cloning Workflow You can use Image Builder cmdlets to check which depots are available, to add a depot, to display image profile information, and to create a new image profile by cloning one of the available image profiles. Before you use the cmdlets in this workflow, make sure your environment meets the following requirements. n VMware PowerCLI and prerequisite is software installed. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 231. n If you encounter problems running PowerCLI cmdlets, consider changing the execution policy. See “Using Image Builder Cmdlets,” on page 232. Published profiles are usually read only and cannot be modified. Even if a published profile is not read only, cloning instead of modifying the profile is a best practice, because modifying the original profile erases the original. You cannot revert to the original, unmodified profile except by reconnecting to a depot. A profile cloning workflow might include checking the current state of the system, adding a software depot, and cloning the profile. 1 In a PowerShell window, check whether any software depots are defined for the current session. $DefaultSoftwareDepots PowerShell returns the currently defined depots, or nothing if you just started PowerShell. 2 If necessary, add the depot that includes the profile you want to clone to the current session. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 241
- 242. For remote depots, run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url. For an offline depot ZIP file, you must download the ZIP file first. a Download the ZIP file to a local file path. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline-bundle.zip PowerShell adds the specified depot to your current session and lists all current depots. 3 Check the $DefaultSoftwareDepots variable, which now returns the newly-added depot. $DefaultSoftwareDepots 4 Display all currently available image profiles. Get-EsxImageProfile The list helps you pick a likely candidate for cloning. 5 Clone one of the image profiles by specifying the name displayed in the Name column, a name for the new profile, and the vendor. $ip = New-EsxImageProfile -CloneProfile base-tbd-v1 -Name "Test Profile 42" -Vendor "Vendor20" 6 Display the newly created image profile. $ip Name Vendor Last Modified Acceptance Level ---- ------ ------------- ---------------- Test Profile 42 Vendor20 9/15/2010 5:45:43... PartnerSupported Example: Creating Image Profile by Cloning Using Variables This sample cmdlet sequence repeats the steps of this workflow, but passes parameters as objects, accessed by position in a variable, instead of passing parameters by name. You can run the following cmdlets in sequence from the PowerCLI prompt. $DefaultSoftwareDepots Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url $DefaultSoftwareDepots $profs = Get-EsxImageProfile $profs $ip = New-EsxImageProfile -CloneProfile $profs[2] -Name "new_profile_name" -Vendor "my_vendor" $ip Creating Image Profiles from Scratch Workflow In most situations, you create an image profile by cloning an existing profile. Some VMware customers or partners might need to create an image profile from scratch. Pay careful attention to dependencies and acceptance levels if you create an image profile from scratch. Before you use the cmdlets in this workflow, make sure your environment meets the following requirements. n VMware PowerCLI and prerequisite is software installed. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 231. n You have access to a depot that includes a base image and one or more VIBs. VMware and VMware partners make public depots, accessible by a URL, available. VMware or VMware partners can create a ZIP file that you can unzip to your local environment and access by using a file path. See “Create an Image Profile,” on page 233 for an example of cloning and modifying an image profile. vSphere Installation and Setup 242 VMware, Inc.
- 243. The system expects that the acceptance level of the VIBs you add to the base image is at least as high as the level of the base image. Pass in the -AcceptanceLevel parameter to change the acceptance level of the image profile if you have to add a VIB with a lower acceptance level. As an alternative to specifying the parameters on the command line, you can use the PowerShell prompting mechanism to specify string parameters. Prompting does not work for other parameters such as objects. The following workflow illustrates creating image profiles from scratch. 1 At the PowerShell prompt, add the depot that contains the packages you want to use to the current session. For remote depots, run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url. For an offline depot ZIP file, you must download the ZIP file first. a Download the ZIP file to a local file path. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline-bundle.zip 2 List the available packages that you are interested in and bind them to a variable. Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -CreatedAfter 7/1/2010 3 Create a new profile, assign it a name and vendor, and add a base package. New-EsxImageProfile -NewProfile -Name "Test #2" -vendor "Vendor42" -SoftwarePackage esx- base[0] The example uses the esx-base package. In most cases, you include the esx-base package when you create an image profile from scratch. Names that contain spaces are surrounded by quotes. 4 Pipe the information about the new image profile to format-list for detailed information about the new package. (Get-EsxImageProfile -Name "Test #2").VibList | format-list Example: Creating Image Profiles from Scratch Using Variables This command sequence repeats the steps of the workflow, but passes parameters as objects, accessed by position in a variable, instead of passing parameters by name. You can run the following commands in sequence from the PowerCLI prompt. Add-EsxSoftwareDepot depoturl $pkgs = Get-EsxSoftwarePackage -CreatedAfter 7/1/2010 $ip2 = New-EsxImageProfile -Name "Test #2" -vendor "Vendor42" -SoftwarePackage $pkgs[0] $ip2 | format-list Editing Image Profiles Workflow You can create a custom image by cloning and editing an image profile. You can add or replace one or more VIBs in the existing profile. If adding or replacing VIBs would make the image profile inconsistent, an error results. Before you use the cmdlets in this workflow, make sure your environment meets the following requirements. n VMware PowerCLI and prerequisite is software installed. See “Install Image Builder PowerCLI and Prerequisite Software,” on page 231. n You have access to a depot that includes a base image and one or more VIBs. VMware and VMware partners make public depots, accessible by a URL, available. VMware or VMware partners can create a ZIP file that you can download to your local environment and access by using a file path. 1 At the PowerShell prompt, add the depot that contains the image profile that you want to edit to the current session. Chapter 7 Installing ESXi VMware, Inc. 243
- 244. For remote depots, run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url. For an offline depot ZIP file, you must download the ZIP file first. a Download the ZIP file to a local file path. b Run Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl C:file_pathoffline-bundle.zip 2 Pipe the image profile you intend to edit to format-list to see detailed information. In this example, the image profile created in “Creating Image Profiles from Scratch Workflow,” on page 242 contains only the base image. A newly created image profile is not included in the depot. Instead, you access the image profile by name or by binding it to a variable. Get-EsxImageProfile "Test #2" | format-list PowerShell returns the formatted information. Name : Test #2 Vendor : Vendor42 ... VibList : {esx-base 5.0.0.-...,} 3 (Optional) If you are adding a VIB with a lower acceptance level than the image profile's level, change the acceptance level of the image profile. Set-EsxImageProfile -ImageProfile "Test #2" -AcceptanceLevel VMwareAccepted PowerShell returns the information about the changed profile in tabular format. Name Vendor Last Modified Acceptance Level ---- ------ ------------- ---------------- Test #2 Vendor42 9/22/2010 12:05:... VMwareAccepted 4 Add a software package (VIB) to the image profile. You can add the package by name. Add-EsxSoftwarePackage -ImageProfile "Test #2" -SoftwarePackage NewPack3 PowerShell returns the information about the image profile in tabular format. Name Vendor Last Modified Acceptance Level ---- ------ ------------- ---------------- Test #2 Vendor42 9/22/2010 12:05:... VMwareAccepted 5 Display the image profile again. Get-EsxImageProfile "Test #2" | format-list The VIB list is updated to include the new software package and the information is displayed. Name : Test #2 Vendor : Vendor42 ... VibList : {esx-base 5.0.0.-..., NewPack3} Example: Editing Image Profiles with Variables This cmdlet sequence repeats the steps of the workflow but passes parameters as objects, accessed by position in a variable, instead of passing parameters by name. You can run the following cmdlets in sequence from the PowerCLI prompt. Add-EsxSoftwareDepot -DepotUrl depot_url $ip2 = Get-EsxImageProfile -name "Test #2" $ip2 | format-list Set-EsxImageProfile -ImageProfile $ip2 -AcceptanceLevel VMwareAccepted Add-EsxImageSoftwarePackage -ImageProfile $ip2 -SoftwarePackage NewPack3 $ip2 | format-list vSphere Installation and Setup 244 VMware, Inc.
- 245. Setting Up ESXi 8 These topics provide information about using the direct console user interface and configuring defaults for ESXi. This chapter includes the following topics: n “ESXi Autoconfiguration,” on page 246 n “About the Direct Console ESXi Interface,” on page 246 n “Set the Password for the Administrator Account,” on page 249 n “Configuring the BIOS Boot Settings,” on page 249 n “Host Fails to Boot After You Install ESXi in UEFI Mode,” on page 250 n “Network Access to Your ESXi Host,” on page 251 n “Configure the Network Settings on a Host That Is Not Attached to the Network,” on page 251 n “Managing ESXi Remotely,” on page 252 n “Configuring Network Settings,” on page 252 n “Storage Behavior,” on page 256 n “View System Logs,” on page 259 n “Configure Syslog on ESXi Hosts,” on page 260 n “Enable Lockdown Mode Using the Direct Console,” on page 261 n “Enable Lockdown Mode Using the vSphere Web Client,” on page 261 n “Enable ESXi Shell and SSH Access with the Direct Console User Interface,” on page 262 n “Set the Host Image Profile Acceptance Level,” on page 262 n “Reset the System Configuration,” on page 263 n “Remove All Custom Packages on ESXi,” on page 264 n “Disable Support for Non-ASCII Characters in Virtual Machine File and Directory Names,” on page 264 n “Disable ESXi,” on page 264 VMware, Inc. 245
- 246. ESXi Autoconfiguration When you turn on the ESXi host for the first time or after resetting the configuration defaults, the host enters an autoconfiguration phase. This phase configures system network and storage devices with default settings. By default, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) configures IP, and all visible blank internal disks are formatted with the virtual machine file system (VMFS) so that virtual machines can be stored on the disks. About the Direct Console ESXi Interface Use the direct console interface for initial ESXi configuration and troubleshooting. Connect a keyboard and monitor to the host to use the direct console. After the host completes the autoconfiguration phase, the direct console appears on the monitor. You can examine the default network configuration and change any settings that are not compatible with your network environment. Key operations available to you in the direct console include: n Configuring hosts n Setting up administrative access n Troubleshooting You can also use vSphere Web Client to manage the host through vCenter Server. Table 8‑1. Navigating in the Direct Console Action Key View and change the configuration F2 Change the user interface to high-contrast mode F4 Shut down or restart the host F12 Move the selection between fields Arrow keys Select a menu item Enter Toggle a value Spacebar Confirm sensitive commands, such as resetting configuration defaults F11 Save and exit Enter Exit without saving Esc Exit system logs q Configure the Keyboard Layout for the Direct Console You can configure the layout for the keyboard that you use with the direct console. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Configure Keyboard and press Enter. 2 Select the layout to use. 3 Press the spacebar to toggle selections on and off. 4 Press Enter. vSphere Installation and Setup 246 VMware, Inc.
- 247. Create a Security Banner for the Direct Console A security banner is a message that is displayed on the direct console Welcome screen. Procedure 1 From the vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server. 2 Select the host in the inventory. 3 Click the Manage tab. 4 Click Settings. 5 Under System, select Advanced System Settings. 6 Select Annotations. 7 Click the Edit icon. 8 Enter a security message. The message is displayed on the direct console Welcome screen. Redirecting the Direct Console to a Serial Port To manage your ESXi host remotely from a serial console, you can redirect the direct console to a serial port. vSphere supports the VT100 terminal type and the PuTTy terminal emulator to view the direct console over the serial port. You can redirect the direct console to a serial port in several ways. n Redirect the Direct Console to a Serial Port by Setting the Boot Options Manually on page 247 When you redirect the direct console to a serial port by setting the boot options, the change does not persist for subsequent boots. n Redirect the Direct Console to a Serial Port from the vSphere Web Client on page 248 You can manage the ESXi host remotely from a console that is connected to the serial port by redirecting the direct console to either of the serial ports com1 or com2. When you use the vSphere Web Client to redirect the direct console to a serial port, the boot option that you set persists after subsequent reboots. n Redirect the Direct Console to a Serial Port in a Host Deployed with Auto Deploy on page 248 After you redirect the direct console to a serial port, you can make that setting part of the host profile that persists when you reprovision the host with Auto Deploy. Redirect the Direct Console to a Serial Port by Setting the Boot Options Manually When you redirect the direct console to a serial port by setting the boot options, the change does not persist for subsequent boots. Prerequisites Verify that the serial port is not in use for serial logging and debugging. Procedure 1 Start the host. 2 When the Loading VMware Hypervisor window appears, press Shift+O to edit boot options. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 247
- 248. 3 Disable the logPort and gdbPort on com1 and set tty2Port to com1 by entering the following boot options: "gdbPort=none logPort=none tty2Port=com1"; To use com2 instead, replace com1 with com2. The direct console is redirected to the serial port until you reboot the host. To redirect the direct console for subsequent boots, see “Redirect the Direct Console to a Serial Port from the vSphere Web Client,” on page 248 Redirect the Direct Console to a Serial Port from the vSphere Web Client You can manage the ESXi host remotely from a console that is connected to the serial port by redirecting the direct console to either of the serial ports com1 or com2. When you use the vSphere Web Client to redirect the direct console to a serial port, the boot option that you set persists after subsequent reboots. Prerequisites n Verify that you can access the host from the vSphere Web Client. n Verify that the serial port is not in use for serial logging and debugging, or for ESX Shell (tty1Port). Procedure 1 From the vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server. 2 Select the host in the inventory. 3 Click the Manage tab. 4 Click Settings. 5 Under System, select Advanced System Settings. 6 Make sure that the VMkernel.Boot.logPort and VMkernel.Boot.gdbPort fields are not set to use the com port that you want to redirect the direct console to. 7 Set VMkernel.Boot.tty2Port to the serial port to redirect the direct console to: com1 or com2. 8 Reboot the host. You can now manage the ESXi host remotely from a console that is connected to the serial port. Redirect the Direct Console to a Serial Port in a Host Deployed with Auto Deploy After you redirect the direct console to a serial port, you can make that setting part of the host profile that persists when you reprovision the host with Auto Deploy. Prerequisites The serial port must not already be in use for serial logging and debugging. Procedure 1 From the vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server. 2 Select the host in the inventory. 3 Click the Manage tab. 4 Select Settings. 5 Select Advanced System Settings. vSphere Installation and Setup 248 VMware, Inc.
- 249. 6 Make sure that the VMkernel.Boot.logPort and VMkernel.Boot.gdbPort fields are not set to use the com port that you want to redirect the direct console to. 7 Set VMkernel.Boot.tty2Port to the serial port to redirect the direct console to: com1 or com2. 8 Click OK. 9 Save the host profile and attach the host to the profile. See the vSphere Host Profiles documentation. The setting to redirect the direct console to a serial port is stored by vCenter Server and persists when you reprovision the host with Auto Deploy. Set the Password for the Administrator Account You can use the direct console to set the password for the administrator account (root). The administrative user name for the ESXi host is root. By default, the administrative password is not set. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Configure Password. 2 (Optional) If a password is already set up, type the password in the Old Password line and press Enter. 3 In the New Password line, type a new password and press Enter. 4 Retype the new password and press Enter. Configuring the BIOS Boot Settings If your server has multiple drives, you might need to configure the BIOS settings. The BIOS boot configuration determines how your server boots. Generally, the CD-ROM device is listed first. NOTE If you are using ESXi Embedded, the BIOS boot configuration determines whether your server boots into the ESXi boot device or another boot device. Generally, the USB flash device is listed first in the BIOS boot settings on the machine that hosts ESXi. You can change the boot setting by configuring the boot order in the BIOS during startup or by selecting a boot device from the boot device selection menu. When you change the boot order in the BIOS, the new setting affects all subsequent reboots. When you select a boot device from the boot device selection menu, the selection affects the current boot only. Some servers do not have a boot device selection menu, in which case you must change the boot order in the BIOS even for one-time boots, and then change it back again during a subsequent reboot. Change the BIOS Boot Setting for ESXi Configure the BIOS boot setting for ESXi if you want the server to boot into ESXi by default. ESXi Installable and ESXi Embedded cannot exist on the same host. Procedure 1 While the ESXi host is powering on, press the key required to enter your host’s BIOS setup. Depending on your server hardware, the key might be a function key or Delete. The option to enter the BIOS setup might be different for your server. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 249
- 250. 2 Select the BIOS boot setting. Option Description If you are using the installable version of ESXi Select the disk on which you installed the ESXi software and move it to the first position in the list. The host boots into ESXi. If you are using ESXi Embedded Select the USB flash device and move it to the first position in the list. The host starts in ESXi mode. Configure the Boot Setting for Virtual Media If you are using remote management software to set up ESXi, you might need to configure the boot setting for virtual media. Virtual media is a method of connecting a remote storage media such as CD-ROM, USB mass storage, ISO image, and floppy disk to a target server that can be anywhere on the network. The target server has access to the remote media, and can read from and write to it as if it were physically connected to the server's USB port. Prerequisites ESXi Installable and ESXi Embedded cannot exist on the same host. Procedure 1 Connect the media to the virtual device. For example, if you are using a Dell server, log in to the Dell Remote Access Controller (DRAC) or a similar remote management interface and select a physical floppy or CD-ROM drive, or provide a path to a floppy image or CD-ROM image. 2 Reboot the server. 3 While the server is powering on, enter the device selection menu. Depending on your server hardware, the key might be a function key or Delete. 4 Follow the instructions to select the virtual device. The server boots from the configured device once and goes back to the default boot order for subsequent boots. Host Fails to Boot After You Install ESXi in UEFI Mode When you install ESXi on a host machine in UEFI mode, the machine might fail to boot. Problem When you reboot after installing ESXi on a host machine in UEFI mode, the reboot might fail. This problem is accompanied by an error message similar to Unexpected network error. No boot device available. Cause The host system fails to recognize the disk that ESXi is installed on as the boot disk. Solution 1 While the error message is displayed on screen, press F11 to display boot options. 2 Select an option similar to Add boot option. The wording of the option might vary, depending on your system. 3 Select the file EFIBOOTBOOTx64.EFI on the disk that you installed ESXi on. vSphere Installation and Setup 250 VMware, Inc.
- 251. 4 Change the boot order so that the host boots from the option that you added. Network Access to Your ESXi Host The default behavior is to configure the ESXi management network using DHCP. You can override the default behavior and use static IP settings for the management network after the installation is completed. Table 8‑2. Network Configuration Scenarios Supported by ESXi Scenario Approach You want to accept the DHCP-configured IP settings. In the ESXi direct console, you can find the IP address assigned through DHCP to the ESXi management interface. You can use that IP address to connect to the host from the vSphere Web Client and customize settings, including changing the management IP address. One of the following is true: n You do not have a DHCP server. n The ESXi host is not connected to a DHCP server. n Your connected DHCP server is not functioning properly. During the autoconfiguration phase, the software assigns the link local IP address, which is in the subnet 169.254.x.x/16. The assigned IP address appears on the direct console. You can override the link local IP address by configuring a static IP address using the direct console. The ESXi host is connected to a functioning DHCP server, but you do not want to use the DHCP- configured IP address. During the autoconfiguration phase, the software assigns a DHCP- configured IP address. You can make the initial connection by using the DHCP-configured IP address. Then you can configure a static IP address. If you have physical access to the ESXi host, you can override the DHCP-configured IP address by configuring a static IP address using the direct console. Your security deployment policies do not permit unconfigured hosts to be powered on the network. Follow the setup procedure in “Configure the Network Settings on a Host That Is Not Attached to the Network,” on page 251. Configure the Network Settings on a Host That Is Not Attached to the Network Some highly secure environments do not permit unconfigured hosts on the network to be powered on. You can configure the host before you attach the host to the network. Prerequisites Verify that no network cables are connected to the host. Procedure 1 Power on the host. 2 Use the direct console to configure the password for the administrator account (root). 3 Use the direct console to configure a static IP address. 4 Connect a network cable to the host. 5 (Optional) Use the vSphere Web Clientto connect to a vCenter Server system. 6 (Optional) Add the host to the vCenter Server inventory. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 251
- 252. Managing ESXi Remotely You can use the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Server to manage the host. For instructions about downloading and installing vCenter Server and the vSphere Web Client, see the following topics. n “Download the vCenter Server Installer,” on page 73 n Install vCenter Server as Part of a Custom Install n “Install or Upgrade the vSphere Web Client,” on page 101 Configuring Network Settings ESXi requires one IP address for the management network. To configure basic network settings, use the vSphere Web Client or the direct console. Use the vSphere Web Client if you are satisfied with the IP address assigned by the DHCP server. Use the direct console in the following cases: n You are not satisfied with the IP address assigned by the DHCP server. n You are not allowed to use the IP address assigned by the DHCP server. n ESXi does not have an IP address. This situation could happen if the autoconfiguration phase did not succeed in configuring DHCP. n The wrong network adapter was selected during the autoconfiguration phase. Choose Network Adapters for the Management Network Traffic between an ESXi host and any external management software is transmitted through an Ethernet network adapter on the host. You can use the direct console to choose the network adapters that are used by the management network. Examples of external management software include the vCenter Server and SNMP client. Network adapters on the host are named vmnicN, where N is a unique number identifying the network adapter, for example, vmnic0, vmnic1, and so forth. During the autoconfiguration phase, the ESXi host chooses vmnic0 for management traffic. You can override the default choice by manually choosing the network adapter that carries management traffic for the host. In some cases, you might want to use a Gigabit Ethernet network adapter for your management traffic. Another way to help ensure availability is to select multiple network adapters. Using multiple network adapters enables load balancing and failover capabilities. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Configure Management Network and press Enter. 2 Select Network Adapters and press Enter. 3 Select a network adapter and press Enter. After the network is functional, you can use the vSphere Web Client to connect to the ESXi host through vCenter Server. vSphere Installation and Setup 252 VMware, Inc.
- 253. Set the VLAN ID You can set the virtual LAN (VLAN) ID number of the ESXi host. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Configure Management Network and press Enter. 2 Select VLAN and press Enter. 3 Enter a VLAN ID number from 1 through 4094. Configuring IP Settings for ESXi By default, DHCP sets the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway. For future reference, write down the IP address. For DHCP to work, your network environment must have a DHCP server. If DHCP is not available, the host assigns the link local IP address, which is in the subnet 169.254.x.x/16. The assigned IP address appears on the direct console. If you do not have physical monitor access to the host, you can access the direct console using a remote management application. See “Using Remote Management Applications,” on page 134 When you have access to the direct console, you can optionally configure a static network address. The default subnet mask is 255.255.0.0. Configure IP Settings from the Direct Console If you have physical access to the host or remote access to the direct console, you can use the direct console to configure the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway. Procedure 1 Select Configure Management Network and press Enter. 2 Select IP Configuration and press Enter. 3 Select Set static IP address and network configuration. 4 Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway and press Enter. Configure IP Settings from the vSphere Web Client If you do not have physical access to the host, you can use the vSphere Web Client to configure static IP settings. Procedure 1 Log in to the vCenter Server from the vSphere Web Client. 2 Select the host in the inventory. 3 On the Manage tab, select Networking. 4 Select Virtual adapters. 5 Select vmk0 Management Network and click the edit icon. 6 Select IPv4 settings. 7 Select Use static IPv4 settings. 8 Enter or change the static IPv4 address settings. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 253
- 254. 9 (Optional) Set static IPv6 addresses. a Select IPv6 settings. b Select Static IPv6 addresses. c Click the add icon. d Type the IPv6 address and click OK. 10 Click OK. Configuring DNS for ESXi You can select either manual or automatic DNS configuration of the ESXi host. The default is automatic. For automatic DNS to work, your network environment must have a DHCP server and a DNS server. In network environments where automatic DNS is not available or not desirable, you can configure static DNS information, including a host name, a primary name server, a secondary name server, and DNS suffixes. Configure DNS Settings from the Direct Console If you have physical access to the host or remote access to the direct console, you can use the direct console to configure DNS information. Procedure 1 Select Configure Management Network and press Enter. 2 Select DNS Configuration and press Enter. 3 Select Use the following DNS server addresses and hostname. 4 Enter the primary server, an alternative server (optional), and the host name. Configure DNS Suffixes If you have physical access to the host, you can use the direct console to configure DNS information. By default, DHCP acquires the DNS suffixes. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Configure Management Network. 2 Select Custom DNS Suffixes and press Enter. 3 Enter new DNS suffixes. Test the Management Network You can use the direct console to do simple network connectivity tests. The direct console performs the following tests. n Pings the default gateway n Pings the primary DNS name server n Pings the secondary DNS nameserver n Resolves the configured host name vSphere Installation and Setup 254 VMware, Inc.
- 255. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Test Management Network and press Enter. 2 Press Enter to start the test. Restart the Management Agents The management agents synchronize VMware components and let you access the ESXi host through the vSphere Web Clientand vCenter Server. They are installed with the vSphere software. You might need to restart the management agents if remote access is interrupted. Restarting the management agents restarts all management agents and services that are installed and running in /etc/init.d on the ESXi host. Typically, these agents include hostd, ntpd, sfcbd, slpd, wsman, and vobd. The software also restarts Fault Domain Manager (FDM) if it is installed. Users accessing this host through the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Server lose connectivity when you restart management agents. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Troubleshooting Options and press Enter. 2 Select Restart Management Agents and press Enter. 3 Press F11 to confirm the restart. The ESXi host restarts the management agents and services. Restart the Management Network Restarting the management network interface might be required to restore networking or to renew a DHCP lease. Restarting the management network will result in a brief network outage that might temporarily affect running virtual machines. If a renewed DHCP lease results in a new network identity (IP address or host name), remote management software will be disconnected. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Restart Management Network and press Enter. 2 Press F11 to confirm the restart. Disable the Management Network The management network synchronizes VMware components and lets you access the ESXi host through the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Server. It is installed with the vSphere software. You might need to disable the management network to isolate a host from the vCenter Server inventory. Users who access this host through the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Server lose connectivity when you disable the management network. One reason to disable the management network is to isolate an ESXi host from an HA and DRS cluster, without losing your static IP and DNS configurations or rebooting the host. This operation does not require downtime for virtual machines. The virtual machines continue to run while the host is disconnected from vCenter Server and the vSphere Web Client. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Disable Management Network and press Enter. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 255
- 256. 2 Press F11 to confirm. Restoring the Standard Switch A vSphere Distributed Switch functions as a single virtual switch across all associated hosts. Virtual machines can maintain a consistent network configuration as they migrate across multiple hosts. If you migrate an existing standard switch, or virtual adapter, to a Distributed Switch and the Distributed Switch becomes unnecessary or stops functioning, you can restore the standard switch to ensure that the host remains accessible. When you restore the standard switch, a new virtual adapter is created and the management network uplink that is currently connected to Distributed Switch is migrated to the new virtual switch. You might need to restore the standard switch for the following reasons: n The Distributed Switch is not needed or is not functioning. n The Distributed Switch needs to be repaired to restore connectivity to vCenter Server and the hosts need to remain accessible. n You do not want vCenter Server to manage the host. When the host is not connected to vCenter Server, most Distributed Switch features are unavailable to the host. Prerequisites Verify that your management network is connected to a distributed switch. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Restore Standard Switch and press Enter. If the host is on a standard switch, this selection is dimmed, and you cannot select it. 2 Press F11 to confirm. Test Connectivity to Devices and Networks You can use the direct console to perform some simple network connectivity tests. In addition to the management network, you can specify other devices and networks. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select Test Management Network and press Enter. 2 Type addresses to ping or another DNS host name to resolve. 3 Press Enter to start the test. Storage Behavior When you start ESXi, the host enters an autoconfiguration phase during which system storage devices are configured with defaults. NOTE Partitioning for hosts that are upgraded to ESXi 5.x from ESXi versions earlier than version 5.0 differs significantly from partitioning for new installations of ESXi 5.x. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation. vSphere Installation and Setup 256 VMware, Inc.
- 257. When you reboot the ESXi host after installing the ESXi image, the host configures the system storage devices with default settings. By default, all visible blank internal disks are formatted with VMFS, so you can store virtual machines on the disks. In ESXi Embedded, all visible blank internal disks with VMFS are also formatted by default. CAUTION ESXi overwrites any disks that appear to be blank. Disks are considered to be blank if they do not have a valid partition table or partitions. If you are using software that uses such disks, in particular if you are using logical volume manager (LVM) instead of, or in addition to, conventional partitioning schemes, ESXi might cause local LVM to be reformatted. Back up your system data before you power on ESXi for the first time. On the hard drive or USB device that the ESXi host is booting from, the disk-formatting software retains existing diagnostic partitions that the hardware vendor creates. In the remaining space, the software creates the partitions described in Table 8-3. Table 8‑3. Partitions Created by ESXi on the Host Drive ESXi Version Partitions Created ESXi Installable For fresh installations, several new partitions are created for the boot banks, the scratch partition, and the locker. Fresh ESXi installations use GUID Partition Tables (GPT) instead of MSDOS-based partitioning. The partition table itself is fixed as part of the binary image, and is written to the disk at the time the system is installed. The ESXi installer leaves the scratch and VMFS partitions blank and ESXi creates them when the host is rebooted for the first time after installation or upgrade. One 4GB VFAT scratch partition is created for system swap. See “About the Scratch Partition,” on page 258. The VFAT scratch partition is created only on the disk from which the ESXi host is booting. NOTE To create the VMFS volume and a scratch partition with the installation, the ESXi installer requires a minimum of 5.2GB of free space on the installation disk. The installer affects only the installation disk. The installer does not affect other disks of the server. When you install on a disk, the installer overwrites the entire disk. When the installer autoconfigures storage, the installer does not overwrite hardware vendor partitions. During ESXi installation, the installer creates a 110MB diagnostic partition for core dumps. ESXi Embedded One 110MB diagnostic partition for core dumps, if this partition is not present on another disk. The VFAT scratch and diagnostic partitions are created only on the disk from which the ESXi host is booting. On other disks, the software creates one VMFS5 partition per blank disk, using the whole disk. Only blank disks are formatted. Both ESXi Installable and ESXi Embedded One VMFS5 partition on the remaining free space. You might want to override this default behavior if, for example, you use shared storage devices instead of local storage. To prevent automatic disk formatting, detach the local storage devices from the host under the following circumstances: n Before you start the host for the first time. n Before you start the host after you reset the host to the configuration defaults. To override the VMFS formatting if automatic disk formatting already occurred, you can remove the datastore. See the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 257
- 258. About the Scratch Partition For new installations of ESXi, during the autoconfiguration phase, a 4GB VFAT scratch partition is created if the partition is not present on another disk. NOTE Partitioning for hosts that are upgraded to ESXi 5.x from ESXi versions earlier than version 5.0 differs significantly from partitioning for new installations of ESXi 5.x. See the vSphere Upgrade documentation. When ESXi boots, the system tries to find a suitable partition on a local disk to create a scratch partition. The scratch partition is not required. It is used to store vm-support output, which you need when you create a support bundle. If the scratch partition is not present, vm-support output is stored in a ramdisk. In low- memory situations, you might want to create a scratch partition if one is not present. For the installable version of ESXi, the partition is created during installation and is selected. VMware recommends that you do not modify the partition. NOTE To create the VMFS volume and scratch partition, the ESXi installer requires a minimum of 5.2GB of free space on the installation disk. For ESXi Embedded, if a partition is not found, but an empty local disk exists, the system formats it and creates a scratch partition. If no scratch partition is created, you can configure one, but a scratch partition is not required. You can also override the default configuration. You might want to create the scratch partition on a remote NFS mounted directory. NOTE The installer can create multiple VFAT partitions. The VFAT designation does not always indicate that the partition is a scratch partition. In some cases, a VFAT partition can simply lie idle. Set the Scratch Partition from the vSphere Web Client If a scratch partition is not set up, you might want to configure one, especially if low memory is a concern. When a scratch partition is not present, vm-support output is stored in a ramdisk. Prerequisites The directory to use for the scratch partition must exist on the host. Procedure 1 From the vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server. 2 Select the host in the inventory. 3 Click the Manage tab. 4 Select Settings. 5 Select Advanced System Settings. The setting ScratchConfig.CurrentScratchLocation shows the current location of the scratch partition. 6 In the field ScratchConfig.ConfiguredScratchLocation, enter a directory path that is unique for this host. 7 Reboot the host for the changes to take effect. vSphere Installation and Setup 258 VMware, Inc.
- 259. Host Stops Unexpectedly at Bootup When Sharing a Boot Disk with Another Host When more than one host, either physical or virtual, boots from the same shared physical disk or LUN, they cannot use the same scratch partition. Problem The host stops at bootup when sharing a boot disk with another host. Cause More than one ESXi host can share the same physical disk or LUN. When two such hosts also have the same scratch partition configured, either of the hosts can fail at bootup. Solution 1 Set the hosts to boot sequentially, and boot the hosts. This setting lets you start the hosts so that you can change the scratch partition for one of them. 2 From the vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server. 3 Select the host in the inventory. 4 Click the Manage tab. 5 Click Settings. 6 Under System, select Advanced System Settings. 7 Select ScratchConfig. The field ScratchConfig.CurrentScratchLocation shows the current location of the scratch partition. 8 In the field ScratchConfig.ConfiguredScratchLocation, enter a directory path that is unique for this host. 9 Reboot the host for the changes to take effect. View System Logs System logs provide detailed information about system operational events. Procedure 1 From the direct console, select View System Logs. 2 Press a corresponding number key to view a log. vCenter Server Agent (vpxa) logs appear if you add the host to vCenter Server. 3 Press Enter or the spacebar to scroll through the messages. 4 Perform a regular expression search. a Press the slash key (/). b Type the text to find. c Press Enter. The found text is highlighted on the screen. 5 Press q to return to the direct console. What to do next See also “Configure Syslog on ESXi Hosts,” on page 260. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 259
- 260. Configure Syslog on ESXi Hosts All ESXi hosts run a syslog service (vmsyslogd), which logs messages from the VMkernel and other system components to log files. You can use the vSphere Web Client or the esxcli system syslog vCLI command to configure the syslog service. For more information about using vCLI commands, see Getting Started with vSphere Command-Line Interfaces. Procedure 1 In the vSphere Web Client inventory, select the host. 2 Click the Manage tab. 3 In the System panel, click Advanced System Settings. 4 Locate the Syslog section of the Advanced System Settings list. 5 To set up logging globally, select the setting to change and click the Edit icon. Option Description Syslog.global.defaultRotate Sets the maximum number of archives to keep. You can set this number globally and for individual subloggers. Syslog.global.defaultSize Sets the default size of the log, in KB, before the system rotates logs. You can set this number globally and for individual subloggers. Syslog.global.LogDir Directory where logs are stored. The directory can be located on mounted NFS or VMFS volumes. Only the /scratch directory on the local file system is persistent across reboots. The directory should be specified as [datastorename] path_to_file where the path is relative to the root of the volume backing the datastore. For example, the path [storage1] /systemlogs maps to the path /vmfs/volumes/storage1/systemlogs. Syslog.global.logDirUnique Selecting this option creates a subdirectory with the name of the ESXi host under the directory specified by Syslog.global.LogDir. A unique directory is useful if the same NFS directory is used by multiple ESXi hosts. Syslog.global.LogHost Remote host to which syslog messages are forwarded and port on which the remote host receives syslog messages. You can include the protocol and the port, for example, ssl://hostName1:514. UDP (default), TCP, and SSL are supported. The remote host must have syslog installed and correctly configured to receive the forwarded syslog messages. See the documentation for the syslog service installed on the remote host for information on configuration. 6 (Optional) To overwrite the default log size and log rotation for any of the logs. a Click the name of the log you that want to customize. b Click the Edit icon and enter the number of rotations and log size you want. 7 Click OK. Changes to the syslog options take effect immediately. vSphere Installation and Setup 260 VMware, Inc.
- 261. Enable Lockdown Mode Using the Direct Console To increase the security of your ESXi hosts, you can put them in lockdown mode. When you enable lockdown mode, no users other than vpxuser have authentication permissions, nor can they perform operations against the host directly. Lockdown mode forces all operations to be performed through vCenter Server. When a host is in lockdown mode, you cannot run vSphere CLI commands from an administration server, from a script, or from vMA against the host. External software or management tools might not be able to retrieve or modify information from the ESXi host. NOTE Users with the DCUI Access privilege are authorized to log in to the Direct Console User Interface (DCUI) when lockdown mode is enabled. When you disable lockdown mode using the DCUI, all users with the DCUI Access privilege are granted the Administrator role on the host. You grant the DCUI Access privilege in Advanced Settings. Enabling or disabling lockdown mode affects which types of users are authorized to access host services, but it does not affect the availability of those services. In other words, if the ESXi Shell, SSH, or Direct Console User Interface (DCUI) services are enabled, they will continue to run whether or not the host is in lockdown mode. You can enable lockdown mode using the Add Host wizard to add a host to vCenter Server, using the vSphere Web Client to manage a host, or using the direct console user interface. NOTE If you enable or disable lockdown mode using the Direct Console User Interface (DCUI), permissions for users and groups on the host are discarded. To preserve these permissions, you must enable and disable lockdown mode using the vSphere Web Client connected to vCenter Server. Lockdown mode is available only on ESXi hosts that you add to vCenter Server. See the vSphere Security documentation for more information about lockdown mode. Procedure 1 In the direct console, select Configure Lockdown Mode and press Enter. 2 Press the spacebar to select Enable Lockdown Mode and press Enter. 3 Press Enter. The host is in lockdown mode. Enable Lockdown Mode Using the vSphere Web Client Enable lockdown mode to require that all configuration changes go through vCenter Server. You can also enable or disable lockdown mode through the Direct Console User Interface (DCUI). Procedure 1 Browse to the host in the vSphere Web Client inventory. 2 Click the Manage tab and click Settings. 3 Under System, select Security Profile. 4 In the Lockdown Mode panel, click Edit. 5 Select Enable Lockdown Mode. 6 Click OK. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 261
- 262. Enable ESXi Shell and SSH Access with the Direct Console User Interface Use the direct console user interface to enable the ESXi Shell. Procedure 1 From the Direct Console User Interface, press F2 to access the System Customization menu. 2 Select Troubleshooting Options and press Enter. 3 From the Troubleshooting Mode Options menu, select a service to enable. n Enable ESXi Shell n Enable SSH 4 Press Enter to enable the service. 5 (Optional) Set the timeout for the ESXi Shell. By default, timeouts for the ESXi Shell is 0 (disabled). The availability timeout setting is the number of minutes that can elapse before you must log in after the ESXi Shell is enabled. After the timeout period, if you have not logged in, the shell is disabled. NOTE If you are logged in when the timeout period elapses, your session will persist. However, the ESXi Shell will be disabled, preventing other users from logging in. a From the Troubleshooting Mode Options menu, select Modify ESXi Shell and SSH timeouts and press Enter. b Enter the availability timeout in minutes. The availability timeout is the number of minutes that can elapse before you must log in after the ESXi Shell is enabled. c Press Enter. d Enter the idle timeout. The idle timeout is the number of minutes that can elapse before the user is logged out of an idle interactive sessions. Changes to the idle timeout apply the next time a user logs in to the ESXi Shell and do not affect existing sessions. 6 Press Esc until you return to the main menu of the Direct Console User Interface. Set the Host Image Profile Acceptance Level The Host Image Profile acceptance level determines which vSphere installation bundles (VIBs) are accepted for installation. VIB signatures are checked and accepted for installation based on a combination of the VIB acceptance level and the host image profile acceptance level. VIBs are tagged with an acceptance level that depends on their signature status. See “Acceptance Levels,” on page 227. Prerequisites Required privileges: Host.Configuration.SecurityProfile and Host.Configuration.Firewall vSphere Installation and Setup 262 VMware, Inc.
- 263. Procedure 1 From the vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server. 2 Select the host in the inventory. 3 Click the Manage tab. 4 Click Settings. 5 Under System, select Security Profile. 6 Scroll down to Host Image Profile Acceptance Level, and click Edit. 7 Select the acceptance level and click OK. Table 8‑4. Host Image Profile Acceptance Levels Host Image Profile Acceptance Level Accepted Levels of VIBs VMware Certified VMware Certified VMware Accepted VMware Certified, VMware Accepted Partner Supported VMware Certified, VMware Accepted, Partner Supported Community Supported VMware Certified, VMware Accepted, Partner Supported, Community Supported Reset the System Configuration If you are having trouble determining the source of a problem with your ESXi host, you can reset the system configuration. Changes in the system configuration can be related to various problems, including problems with connectivity to the network and devices. Resetting the system configuration might solve such problems. If resetting the system configuration does not solve the problem, it can still rule out configuration changes made since the initial setup as the source of the problem. When you reset the configuration, the software overrides all your configuration changes, deletes the password for the administrator account (root), and reboots the host. Configuration changes made by your hardware vendor, such as IP address settings and license configuration, might also be deleted. Resetting the configuration does not remove virtual machines on the ESXi host. After you reset the configuration defaults, the virtual machines are not visible, but you make them visible again by reconfiguring storage and reregistering the virtual machines. CAUTION When you reset the configuration defaults, users accessing the host lose connectivity. Prerequisites Before resetting the configuration, back up your ESXi configuration in case you want to restore your configuration. Procedure 1 Back up the configuration using the vSphere CLI vicfg-cfgbackup command. 2 From the direct console, select Reset System Configuration and press Enter. 3 Press F11 to confirm. The system reboots after all settings are reset to the default values. Chapter 8 Setting Up ESXi VMware, Inc. 263
- 264. Remove All Custom Packages on ESXi After adding custom packages, you might decide to remove them. Prerequisites Before you remove custom packages, shut down or migrate running virtual machines off of the ESXi host. Procedure 1 Reboot the ESXi host. 2 In the direct console, select Remove Custom Extensions and press F11 to confirm. 3 Reboot the host. All custom packages are removed. Disable Support for Non-ASCII Characters in Virtual Machine File and Directory Names By default, ESXi supports the use of non-ASCII characters for virtual machine file and directory names. You can disable this support by modifying the /etc/vmware/hostd/config.xml file. After you disable this support, you can still enter non-ASCII characters for virtual machine names. vSphere user interfaces will display the virtual machine names in the non-ASCII characters, but ESXi will convert the actual file and directory names to ASCII strings. Procedure 1 Using a text editor, open the /etc/vmware/hostd/config.xml file for the ESXi host. 2 Within the <config></config> tag, add the following code. <g11nSupport>false</g11nSupport> 3 Save and close the file. 4 Reboot the host. Disable ESXi If you do not want your server to be an ESXi host, you can deactivate the ESXi setup. Procedure 1 Remove VMFS datastores on the internal disks so that the internal disks are no longer set up to store virtual machines. 2 Change the boot setting in the BIOS so that the host no longer boots into ESXi. 3 Install another operating system in its place. vSphere Installation and Setup 264 VMware, Inc.
- 265. After You Install and Set Up ESXi 9 After ESXi is installed and set up, you can manage the host through the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Server, license the host, and back up your ESXi configuration. This chapter includes the following topics: n “Managing the ESXi Host with the vSphere Web Client,” on page 265 n “Licensing ESXi Hosts,” on page 265 Managing the ESXi Host with the vSphere Web Client The vSphere Web Client provides the simplest way to manage your ESXi host and operate its virtual machines. You can use the vSphere Web Client to connect to and operate vCenter Server by Web browser. To install the vSphere Web Client, see “Install or Upgrade the vSphere Web Client,” on page 101. Licensing ESXi Hosts You can use the vSphere Web Client and vCenter Server to license an individual host. For information about managing host licenses, see vCenter Server and Host Management. You can set up bulk licensing using PowerCLI commands. Bulk licensing works for all ESXi hosts, but is especially useful for hosts provisioned with Auto Deploy. See “Set Up Bulk Licensing,” on page 169. You can also operate ESXi without licensing for a 60-day evaluation period, during which you can access the full ESXi feature set. See “About ESXi Evaluation and Licensed Modes,” on page 122 About ESXi Evaluation and Licensed Modes After you purchase vSphere licenses, VMware provides a serial number that you use to license ESXi hosts. You can use evaluation mode to explore the entire set of features that are available for ESXi hosts, including features that are not included in the license that you have. For example, in evaluation mode, you can use vMotion, HA, DRS, and other features, even if you have not licensed those features. The installable version of ESXi is always installed in evaluation mode. ESXi Embedded is preinstalled on an internal USB device by your hardware vendor. It might be in evaluation mode or prelicensed. VMware, Inc. 265
- 266. The evaluation period is 60 days and begins when you turn on the ESXi host, even if you start in licensed mode rather than evaluation mode. Any time during the 60-day evaluation period, you can convert from licensed mode to evaluation mode. To take full advantage of the 60-day evaluation period, you should convert to evaluation mode as soon as possible after you first power on the host. For information about managing licensing and setting an ESXi host to evaluation mode, see the vCenter Server and Host Management documentation. Recording the ESXi License Key All ESXi editions have license keys associated with them. VMware recommends that you write down the license key and tape it to the server, or put the license key in a secure, easily accessible location. You can access the license key from the direct console or the vSphere Web Client. If the host becomes inaccessible or unbootable, it is important that you have a record of the license key. Access the ESXi License Key from the Direct Console If you have physical access to the host or remote access to the direct console, you can use the direct console to access the ESXi license key. Procedure u From the direct console, select View Support Information. The license key appears in the form XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX, labeled License Serial Number. NOTE The physical machine serial number also appears, labeled Serial Number. Do not confuse the license key with the physical machine serial number. Access the ESXi License Key from the vSphere Web Client You can use the vSphere Web Client to access the ESXi license key. Procedure 1 From the vSphere Web Client, connect to the vCenter Server. 2 Select the host in the inventory. 3 Select the Manage tab. 4 Select Settings. 5 Select System. 6 Select Licensing. The license key appears in the form XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX. vSphere Installation and Setup 266 VMware, Inc.
- 267. Index Symbols %include command 143 %post command 143 %pre command 143 Numerics 3rd-party modules, removing 264 64-bit DSN requirement 31 A acceptance levels image profiles 239 VIBs 227 acceptance levels, host 238 accepteula command 143 access, restricting 261 Active Directory identity source 86 Active Directory LDAP Server identity source 87 active rule set 157 Add-DeployRule 221 administrative password 249 administrator user, setting for vCenter Server 51 advanced management (Auto Deploy) 192 Apply-EsxImageProfile cmdlet 177 authenticating to vCenter Server 57 Authentication Proxy, See also vSphere Authentication Proxy Auto Deploy best practices 198 boot file 165 boot operation 155 boot process 158 cached 178 caching 182 caching usage scenarios 179 change target vCenter Server 194 coredump 204 DHCP address 206 DHCP reservations 213 DHCP server 165, 213 DNS Server 214 EFI 165 enable caching 180 failing to complete boot 205 failure to boot 207 highly available 202 host profiles 221 image profile warning 205 installing 215 iPXE boot 219 network boot problem 206 networking 191 PowerCLI cmdlets 163 PowerCLI installation 211 PowerCLI setup 211 preparing 165 proof of concept 210 proof of concept checklist 210 provisioning hosts 175 rebooting 176 redirection problem 204 reference host 185, 220 reprovisioning hosts with 176 reregister 192 rule set compliance 174 rules 218 static IP address 192 tasks 162 TFTP server 165, 207 timout error 203 troubleshooting 203 tutorial 210 usage scenarios for caching 179 user input 176 VLANs 165 wrong image 203 See also vSphere Auto Deploy Auto Deploy daemon 192 Auto Deploy image 217 Auto Deploy on vCenter Server Appliance 194 Auto Deploy PowerCLI 168, 171 Auto Deploy PowerCLI cmdlets 157 Auto Deploy roadmap 162 Auto Deploy rules 172, 173 Auto Deploy server 155 Auto Deploy upgrade 209 Auto Deploy with caching 182 auto-deploy register command 194 auto-partitioning 191 VMware, Inc. 267
- 268. B banner, security 247 best practices, Auto Deploy 198 BIOS 249 BIOS UUID 155 boot command line options 141 boot commands, entering 140 boot disk, shared 259 boot failure in UEFI mode. 250 boot file (Auto Deploy) 165 boot operations 155 boot process, Auto Deploy 158 boot prompt 141 boot setting 249 boot.cfg file 152 bootloader kernel options 141 bulk licensing 169 C CD-ROM, booting from virtual 250 CD/DVD, burning the ESXi ISO image 123 clearpart command 143 Client Integration Plug-in, installing 100 clients, firewall 23, 26 cluster location, assign with Auto Deploy 173 components included with the vCenter Server installer 72 computer name Oracle 31 SQL Server 31 configuration defaults, resetting 263 configuring ports 23, 26 configuring the keyboard 246 Connect-VIServer cmdlet 171–173, 177 connecting Oracle database 46, 47 SQL Server database 40 Copy-DeployRule cmdlet 177 creating a SQL Server database 33 creating an Oracle database 44 custom packages, removing 264 D data source name 31 database corruption, Auto Deploy 208 Database Monitoring,enabling for Microsoft SQL Server user 42 Database Monitoring,enabling for Oracle user 48 database roles, setting vCenter user rights 34 databases maintaining 32 Oracle 46 preparing 111 SQL Server 40, 41 DBO privileges 33 deactivating ESXi 264 default installation scripts 142 default root password 142 default storage behavior 256 defaults, restoring 263 deployment scenarios, vCenter Single Sign- On 57 deployment modes, vCenter Single Sign-On 52 depots 240 DHCP direct console 253, 254 for PXE booting the ESXi installer 128 vSphere Web Client 253 DHCP reservations, Auto Deploy 213 DHCP Scope 213 DHCP Server, Auto Deploy 213 DHCP server for Auto Deploy 165 direct console boot setting 249 configuring the keyboard 246 DHCP 253, 254 DNS 254 IP addressing 253, 254 management network 251, 252 navigating 246 network adapters 252 network settings 251, 252 password configuration 249 redirecting by setting the boot options 247 redirecting to a serial port 247, 248 security banner 247 static addressing 253, 254 testing management network 254, 256 VLAN ID 253 direct console, redirecting to a serial port in an Auto Deploy host 248 Directory Services 111, 113 disabling the management network 255 disk device names 152 Distributed Switch, See vSphere Distributed Switch distributed switches, permission 88 DNS 114, 254 DNS Requirements 27 DNS Server, Auto Deploy 214 DNS suffixes, direct console 254 domain controller 114 Download TFTP ZIP 165 vSphere Installation and Setup 268 VMware, Inc.
- 269. download the ESXi installer 135 download the vCenter Server installer 73 DRAC 28 dryrun command 143 DSN, 64-bit requirement 31 Dump Collector, See vSphere ESXi Dump Collector E EFI, Auto Deploy 165 enable caching 180 esxcli system coredump 187 ESXi about 246 deactivating 264 downloading the installer 135 installation options 121 installing 137 installing interactively 137 managing remotely 252 syslog service 260 system requirements 13 ESXi Dump Collector host profiles 189 reference host 189 ESXi hosts, licensing 265 ESXi Image Builder CLI, customized ESXi installation images 122 ESXi installation, required information 134 ESXi installation script, about 142 ESXi installation,Auto Deploy options 122 ESXi ISO image, burning on a CD/DVD 123 ESXi setup, post-setup 265 ESXi Shell access to host 262 ESXi,before you install 121 ESXi,installing 137 evaluation mode 122, 265 F factory defaults, restoring 263 FCoE,installing and booting ESXi from 134 firewall, network-based 114 floppy, booting from virtual 250 flowchart for installation and sign-in 69 folder location, assign with Auto Deploy 173 FTP 127 FTP Boot ZIP 216 G Get-Help PowerShell cmdlet 168 global data 111–113 gpupdate /force command 114 gPXE 127 group policy update 114 groups, requirements 111 GUID 114 H hardware requirements ESXi 13 vCenter Server 17 vCenter Server Appliance 17 hardware requirements,ESXi 15 high availability, and vCenter Single Sign-On 54 highly available Auto Deploy environment 182 host customization 155, 178, 192, 195 host customizations 223 host image profile acceptance level 262 host profile from reference host 220 host profiles assign with Auto Deploy 172 Auto Deploy 188 Auto Deploy rule 221 caching 183 Network Coredump 188 reference host for Auto Deploy 220 Host profiles, stateful installs 184 host provisioning 155 hosts, reprovisioning with Auto Deploy 176 hosts firewall 23, 26 I IDE disks 13, 15 identity source, adding to vCenter Single Sign- On 85 identity sources for vCenter Single Sign-On 58 IIS, conflict with vCenter Server over port 80 27 ILO 28 Image Builder and Auto Deploy 224 overview 224 See also ESXi Image Builder CLI Image Builder CLI, See vSphere ESXi Image Builder CLI Image Builder sessions 236 Image Builder, installing 231 Image Builder, workflows 240 image profile 217 image profiles acceptance level 239 editing 243 Image profiles, cloning 233 Image profiles, creating 233, 241 image profiles, export 235 image profiles, validation 226 Index VMware, Inc. 269
- 270. ImageProfile structure 228 include command 143 install command 143 install vCenter Server as part of Simple Install 75 install vCenter Server in a Custom Install 83 install vCenter Server using Simple Install 73 install vCenter Server using Custom Install 76 install vCenter Single Sign-On using Simple Install 74 installation and sign-in 69 Installation overview 11 installation script customized in ISO image 126 path to 143 supported locations 143 installation script, creating 140 installation scripts, default 142 installing Client Integration Plug-in 100 ESXi 137 Update Manager server 103 VirtualCenter Server 111 VMware vSphere Web Client 80, 101 installing ESXi, scripted 140 installing ESXi interactively 137 installing ESXi with software FCoE 134 installorupgrade command 143 interactive installation 121 Inventory Service install using Simple Install 73 prerequisites for installing 49 required information for installation or upgrade 62 See also vCenter Inventory Service Inventory Service database back up on Linux 117 back up on Windows 116 restore on Linux 117 restore on Windows 116 Inventory Service, install separately 81 Inventory Service,enabling IPv6 support 119 IP, on a detached host 251 IP address, vCenter Server with multiple network interfaces 113 IP addressing direct console 253, 254 vSphere Web Client 253 IPv6 60 IPv6 address, format 60 IPv6 support, enabling for Inventory Service 119 iSCSI software disk, installing ESXi on 139 ISO create 235 export 235 ISO image, with custom installation script 126 J Java Components (JRE), installing or upgrading separately 90 JDBC 41 JDBC URL formats 61 JRE,installing or upgrading separately 90 JVM heap settings, recommended for vCenter Virtual Appliance 17 K keyboard command 143 keyboard, localizing 246 kickstart file, creating 140 ks.cfg 142 L LDAP 112 license key 266 license key,accessing from the vSphere Web Client 266 licensed mode 122, 265 LicenseDataManager 169 licensing, bulk licensing 169 licensing ESXi hosts 265 Linked Mode and databases 110, 111 and permissions 110, 111 reachability 114 requirements 111 troubleshooting 114 local Oracle database 46, 47 local SQL Server database 33 localizing, keyboard 246 lockdown mode enabling 261 vSphere Web Client 261 log in to vCenter Server 57 logging, providing space for 23 logging in to vCenter Server 57 logical volume management 256 Lookup Service, See vCenter Lookup Service LVM 256 M MAC address 130, 155 maintaining the database 32 managed entities, permissions 88 management agents, restarting 255 vSphere Installation and Setup 270 VMware, Inc.
- 271. management network direct console 251, 252 disabling 255 restarting 255 testing 254, 256 media options, ESXi installer, supported 123 memory, ESXi requirements 13, 15 message, security 247 Microsoft .NET 168, 231 Microsoft .NET Framework 72 Microsoft PowerShell 168, 231 Microsoft SQL Server, requirements 30 Microsoft SQL database permissions, setting by using the dbo schema and db_owner database role 35 Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express 72 Microsoft SQL Server database schema, creating with a script (recommended method) 36 Microsoft Windows authentication for SQL Server 60 system account 60 Microsoft Windows Installer 72 N navigating, direct console 246 network adapters, direct console 252 network boot 212 network command 130, 143 network core dump 187 network drive, installing from 62 network settings, direct console 251, 252 New-DeployRule 218, 221 New-DeployRule cmdlet 171–173 New-EsxImageProfile cmdlet 233 NewEsxImageProfile cmdlet 241 non-ASCII characters, disable support for 264 O ODBC databases 40 offline bundle create 235 export 235 online Help, deploying locally 102 OpenLDAP Server identity source 87 Oracle database changing the computer name 31 remote access 46 requirements 30 script for creating 44 user 43 Oracle database schema 44 Oracle, preparing database 46 P paranoid command 143 part command 143 partition command 143 partitions 256, 258 password, administrative 249 permissions assigning 87 distributed switches 88 inheritance 88 plug-ins for vCenter Server 100 port 80 conflict between vCenter Server and IIS 27 ports configuring 23, 26 firewall 23, 26 ports used by vCenter Server 23 ports used by vCenter Server Appliance 26 PowerCLI 171 PowerCLI cmdlets, Auto Deploy 163 PowerCLI sessions 236 PowerCLI wildcard characters 240 Preface 7 preinstallation checklist 210 preparing database 47 prerequisites for installing vCenter Server 49 prerequisites for installing vCenter Single Sign- On 49 prerequisites for installing vCenter Inventory Service 49 PXE, configuration files 130 PXE boot ESXi installer using PXELINUX, setup procedure 130, 131, 133 PXELINUX boot ESXi installer using 130, 133 boot ESXi installler using 131 R redirecting log files 259 reference host Auto Deploy 188 configuration options 187 reference host for Auto Deploy 185 registration of Auto Deploy 192 registry settings 114 reinstalling vCenter Server 109 remote access, restricting 261 remote management applications 134 remote management of ESXi 252 remote Oracle database 46 remote SQL Server database 33 removing 3rd-party modules 264 Index VMware, Inc. 271
- 272. removing custom packages 264 removing vCenter Server 109 Repair-DeployRulesetCompliance cmdlet 174 requirements for vSphere Web Client 22 resetting configuration defaults 263 restarting the management agents 255 restarting the management network 255 restoring, factory defaults 263 restricting access 261 ROM image 127 root access, restricting 261 root password 249 rootpw command 143 RPCCfg.exe 114 RSA 28 rule rule enginesets 157 rule set 155 rule set compliance 174 rules 157, 221 rules engine 157 S SAS disks 13, 15 SATA disks 13, 15 scratch partition,enabling 258 scratch storage 256, 258 script, for installing ESXi 142 script for Oracle database 44 script for SQL Server database 33 scripted installation, differences from ESXi 4.x 151 scripted installation of ESXi, by PXE Booting 155 scripted installation of ESXi, from a USB flash drive 154 scripted installation of ESXi,from a CD or DVD 153 scripted installation option 121 SCSI 13, 15 SDK 114 security 60 security banner 247 Security Token Service 56 serial port redirecting the direct console from the vSphere Web Client 248 redirecting the direct console to 247 services, syslogd 260 sessions, PowerCLI 236 Simple Install 73 Single Sign-On, See vCenter Single Sign-On SMBIOS information 155 snap-in, Auto Deploy 168 software depot 217 software depots, examining 240 SoftwarePackage structure 228 specifications ESXi hardware requirements 13, 15 performance recommendations 13, 15 SQL compatibility mode 68 SQL Server changing the computer name 31 Microsoft Windows authentication 60 preparing the database 40, 41 script for creating 33 SSH access to host 262 Standard switch, restoring 256 state 155 stateful installs 184 stateless caching 183, 202 static addressing, about 251, 252 static DNS 254 static DNS, direct console 254 static IP 253 static IP address for Auto Deploy 192 storage 256 STS (Security Token Service) 56 subnet mask 253 support information 266 synchronize ESX/ESXi clocks on vSphere network 59 synchronizing clocks on the vSphere network 59 syslog, host profile 190 Syslog Collector, See vSphere Syslog Collector syslog, Auto Deploy 190 system requirements, vCenter Server database 30 system swap 256, 258 T target hosts 212 TCP/IP setup for SQL Server 41 template host for Auto Deploy 185 Test-DeployRuleSetCompliance cmdlet 174 testing management network, direct console 256 TFTP 127 TFTP server Auto Deploy 207 installing 211 TFTP server for Auto Deploy 165 tftp-hpa 127 tftpd32 127 timeout error, Auto Deploy 203 vSphere Installation and Setup 272 VMware, Inc.
- 273. Tomcat 114 troubleshooting, Linked Mode 114 U UEFI mode, ESXi fails to boot 250 uninstalling vCenter Server 109 unregister Auto Deploy 194 updated information 9 upgrade command 143 upgrading ESXi, scripted 140 upgrading vSphere Web Client 80, 101 USB, bootable ESXi installation 123 USB, ESXi installation script 125 user and group for Oracle database 43 user input 223 user input for Auto Deploy 178 user input for Auto Deploy hosts 176 user repositories for vCenter Single Sign-On 58 V vCenter Inventory Service hardware requirements 17 updating URL 118 vCenter Lookup Service 56 vCenter Orchestrator 72 vCenter Server additional components 100 before you install 29 components 72 downloading the installer 73 hardware requirements 17 install using Simple Install 73 install as part of Simple Install 75 install in a Custom Install 83 installing 69 installing from a network drive 62 installing on IPv6 machine 60 joining a group 111–113 Linked Mode 109 logging in 57 plug-ins 100 ports 23 prerequisites for installing 49 required information for installation or upgrade 62 required information for vCenter Server installation 62 requirements for joining a group 111 setting the administrator user 56 setting user rights through database roles 34 software requirements 22 system requirements 13 vCenter Server Appliance,redirect to the vCenter Single Sign-On of a different virtual machine 95 vCenter Server databases, preparing 30 vCenter Server installation, post-installation 99 vCenter Server administrator user, setting 51 vCenter Server Appliance Auto Deploy 193, 194 configuration file format 96 ports 26 synchronize clock with NTP server 60 See also VMware vCenter Server Appliance vCenter Server Appliance,creating a custom password 94 vCenter Server Appliance:Auto Deploy 193, 194 vCenter Server database Microsoft SQL Server 32 Oracle 42 vCenter Server MSSQL database objects, creating manually with a script 37 vCenter Server tc Server, installing or upgrading separately 91 vCenter Server upgrade 209 vCenter Server VMware vCenter Server - tc Server Settings 114 vCenter Simple Install 73 vCenter Single Sign-On Active Directory 85 deployment modes 52 deployment scenarios 57 effect on vCenter Server installation and upgrades 51 high availability 54 identity sources 58, 85 install using Simple Install 73 installation fails 91 LDAP 85 OpenLDAP 85 Prerequisites for Installing vCenter Single Sign-On, Inventory Service, and vCenter Server 49 redirect vCenter Server Appliance to 95 required information for installation or upgrade 62 User repositories 58 vCenter Single Sign-On , custom install first or only instance 77 vCenter Single Sign-On, install additional node at existing site 78 vCenter Single Sign-On, install additional node at new site 79 vCenter Single Sign-On, install using Simple Install 74 vCenter Virtual Appliance, JVM heap settings 17 Index VMware, Inc. 273
- 274. VIB, third party 224 VIB structure 228 VIBs 224, 225 VIBs, acceptance levels 227 VIBs, validation 226 viewing, log files 259 virtual CD 134 virtual machine console, installing 100 virtual machines, RAM requirements 13, 15 virtual media 250 VirtualCenter Management Webservices 99 VLAN ID, direct console 253 VLANs, Auto Deploy 165 vmaccepteula command 143 VMFS 256 vmk0 191 vmkernel module, removing 264 VMware vCenter Server - tc Server settings in vCenter Server 114 VMware Directory Service 56 VMware vCenter Management Webservices 116 VMware vCenter Server Appliance downloading and deploying 92 hardware requirements 17 software requirements 22 VMware vSphere Web Client, installing or upgrading 80, 101 vmware-fdm 209 vmware-rbd-watchdog 194 vSphere Authentication Proxy IIS installation causes port 80 conflict 27 install or upgrade 108 vSphere Auto Deploy installing ESXi with 155 installing or upgrading 107 vSphere CLI 258 vSphere Distributed Switch, restoring standard switch 256 vSphere ESXi Dump Collector, install or upgrade 104 vSphere ESXi Image Builder CLI, using 223 vSphere installation and setup, introduction 11 vSphere Syslog Collector, install or upgrade 106 vSphere Update Manager 72 vSphere Update Manager,databases 30 vSphere Web Client DHCP 253 hardware requirements 17 managing ESXi host 265 online Help 102 requirements 22 static addressing 253 See also VMware vSphere Web Client vSwitch0 191 VWS 114 W waiter.tgz file 203 web client, See VMware vSphere Web Client wildcard characters, PowerCLI 240 working rule set 157 vSphere Installation and Setup 274 VMware, Inc.